Bill Text: IL HB0307 | 2021-2022 | 102nd General Assembly | Enrolled
NOTE: There are more recent revisions of this legislation. Read Latest Draft
Bill Title: Creates the Second 2021 General Revisory Act. Combines multiple versions of Sections amended by more than one Public Act. Renumbers Sections of various Acts to eliminate duplication. Corrects obsolete cross-references and technical errors. Makes stylistic changes. Makes other changes. Effective immediately.
Spectrum: Moderate Partisan Bill (Democrat 17-5)
Status: (Passed) 2021-12-17 - Public Act . . . . . . . . . 102-0687 [HB0307 Detail]
Download: Illinois-2021-HB0307-Enrolled.html
Bill Title: Creates the Second 2021 General Revisory Act. Combines multiple versions of Sections amended by more than one Public Act. Renumbers Sections of various Acts to eliminate duplication. Corrects obsolete cross-references and technical errors. Makes stylistic changes. Makes other changes. Effective immediately.
Spectrum: Moderate Partisan Bill (Democrat 17-5)
Status: (Passed) 2021-12-17 - Public Act . . . . . . . . . 102-0687 [HB0307 Detail]
Download: Illinois-2021-HB0307-Enrolled.html
| |||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | AN ACT concerning State government.
| ||||||
2 | Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois,
| ||||||
3 | represented in the General Assembly:
| ||||||
4 | Section 1. Nature of this Act. | ||||||
5 | (a) This Act may be cited as the Second 2021 General | ||||||
6 | Revisory Act. | ||||||
7 | (b) This Act is not intended to make any substantive | ||||||
8 | change in the law. It reconciles conflicts that have arisen | ||||||
9 | from multiple amendments and enactments and makes technical | ||||||
10 | corrections and revisions in the law. | ||||||
11 | This Act revises and, where appropriate, renumbers certain | ||||||
12 | Sections that have been added or amended by more than one | ||||||
13 | Public Act. In certain cases in which a repealed Act or Section | ||||||
14 | has been replaced with a successor law, this Act may | ||||||
15 | incorporate amendments to the repealed Act or Section into the | ||||||
16 | successor law. This Act also corrects errors, revises | ||||||
17 | cross-references, and deletes obsolete text. | ||||||
18 | (c) In this Act, the reference at the end of each amended | ||||||
19 | Section indicates the sources in the Session Laws of Illinois | ||||||
20 | that were used in the preparation of the text of that Section. | ||||||
21 | The text of the Section included in this Act is intended to | ||||||
22 | include the different versions of the Section found in the | ||||||
23 | Public Acts included in the list of sources, but may not | ||||||
24 | include other versions of the Section to be found in Public |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Acts not included in the list of sources. The list of sources | ||||||
2 | is not a part of the text of the Section. | ||||||
3 | (d) Public Acts 101-652 through 102-98 were considered in | ||||||
4 | the preparation of the combining revisories included in this | ||||||
5 | Act. Many of those combining revisories contain no striking or | ||||||
6 | underscoring because no additional changes are being made in | ||||||
7 | the material that is being combined.
| ||||||
8 | (5 ILCS 80/4.32 rep.) | ||||||
9 | Section 5. The Regulatory Sunset Act is amended by | ||||||
10 | repealing Section 4.32.
| ||||||
11 | Section 7. The Election Code is amended by changing | ||||||
12 | Sections 2A-1.1, 7-4, 7-10, 7-12, 10-4, and 19-2 as follows:
| ||||||
13 | (10 ILCS 5/2A-1.1) (from Ch. 46, par. 2A-1.1)
| ||||||
14 | Sec. 2A-1.1. All elections; consolidated elections - | ||||||
15 | consolidated schedule. | ||||||
16 | (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Code, in
| ||||||
17 | even-numbered years, the general election shall be held on the | ||||||
18 | first
Tuesday after the first Monday of November; and an | ||||||
19 | election to be known
as the general primary election shall be | ||||||
20 | held on the third Tuesday in March . ;
| ||||||
21 | (b) In odd-numbered years, an election to be known as the
| ||||||
22 | consolidated election shall be held on the first Tuesday in | ||||||
23 | April except
as provided in Section 2A-1.1a of this Code Act ; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and
an election to be known as the consolidated primary | ||||||
2 | election shall be
held on the last Tuesday in February.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 102-15, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-14-21.)
| ||||||
4 | (10 ILCS 5/7-4) (from Ch. 46, par. 7-4)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 7-4.
The following words and phrases in this Article | ||||||
6 | 7 shall,
unless the same be inconsistent with the context, be | ||||||
7 | construed as
follows:
| ||||||
8 | 1. The word "primary" , the primary elections provided for | ||||||
9 | in this
Article, which are the general primary, the | ||||||
10 | consolidated primary, and for
those municipalities which have | ||||||
11 | annual partisan elections for any officer,
the municipal | ||||||
12 | primary held 6 weeks prior to the general primary election
| ||||||
13 | date in even numbered years.
| ||||||
14 | 2. The definitions definition of terms in Section 1-3 of | ||||||
15 | this Code Act shall apply to
this Article.
| ||||||
16 | 3. The word "precinct" , a voting district heretofore or | ||||||
17 | hereafter
established by law within which all qualified | ||||||
18 | electors vote at one
polling place.
| ||||||
19 | 4. The words "state office" or "state officer", an office | ||||||
20 | to be
filled, or an officer to be voted for, by qualified | ||||||
21 | electors of the
entire state, including United States Senator | ||||||
22 | and Congressperson at large.
| ||||||
23 | 5. The words "congressional office" or "congressional | ||||||
24 | officer",
representatives in Congress.
| ||||||
25 | 6. The words "county office" or "county officer," include |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | an office
to be filled or an officer to be voted for, by the | ||||||
2 | qualified electors of
the entire county. "County office" or | ||||||
3 | "county officer" also include the
assessor and board of | ||||||
4 | appeals and county commissioners and president of
county board | ||||||
5 | of Cook County, and county board members and the chair
of the | ||||||
6 | county board in counties subject to Division 2-3 of the | ||||||
7 | Counties Code "An Act relating to the
composition and election | ||||||
8 | of county boards in certain counties", enacted
by the 76th | ||||||
9 | General Assembly .
| ||||||
10 | 7. The words "city office" and "village office," and | ||||||
11 | "incorporated
town office" or "city officer" and "village | ||||||
12 | officer", and "incorporated
town officer" , an office to be | ||||||
13 | filled or an officer to be voted for by
the qualified electors | ||||||
14 | of the entire municipality, including alderpersons.
| ||||||
15 | 8. The words "town office" or "town officer", an office to | ||||||
16 | be filled
or an officer to be voted for by the qualified | ||||||
17 | electors of an entire
town.
| ||||||
18 | 9. The words "town" and "incorporated town" shall | ||||||
19 | respectively be
defined as in Section 1-3 of this Code Act .
| ||||||
20 | 10. The words "delegates and alternate delegates to | ||||||
21 | National
nominating conventions" include all delegates and | ||||||
22 | alternate delegates to
National nominating conventions whether | ||||||
23 | they be elected from the state
at large or from congressional | ||||||
24 | districts or selected by State convention
unless contrary and | ||||||
25 | non-inclusive language specifically limits the term
to one | ||||||
26 | class.
|
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 11. "Judicial office" means a post held by a judge of the | |||||||||||||||||||||
2 | Supreme,
Appellate , or Circuit Court.
| |||||||||||||||||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 102-15, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-14-21.)
| |||||||||||||||||||||
4 | (10 ILCS 5/7-10) (from Ch. 46, par. 7-10)
| |||||||||||||||||||||
5 | Sec. 7-10. Form of petition for nomination. The name of no | |||||||||||||||||||||
6 | candidate for
nomination, or State central committeeperson, or | |||||||||||||||||||||
7 | township committeeperson, or
precinct committeeperson, or ward | |||||||||||||||||||||
8 | committeeperson or candidate for delegate or
alternate | |||||||||||||||||||||
9 | delegate to national nominating conventions, shall be printed
| |||||||||||||||||||||
10 | upon the primary ballot unless a petition for nomination has | |||||||||||||||||||||
11 | been filed in
his behalf as provided in this Article in | |||||||||||||||||||||
12 | substantially the following form:
| |||||||||||||||||||||
13 | We, the undersigned, members of and affiliated with the | |||||||||||||||||||||
14 | .... party
and qualified primary electors of the .... party, | |||||||||||||||||||||
15 | in the .... of ....,
in the county of .... and State of | |||||||||||||||||||||
16 | Illinois, do hereby petition that
the following named person | |||||||||||||||||||||
17 | or persons shall be a candidate or candidates
of the .... party | |||||||||||||||||||||
18 | for the nomination for (or in case of committeepersons for
| |||||||||||||||||||||
19 | election to) the office or offices hereinafter specified, to | |||||||||||||||||||||
20 | be voted
for at the primary election to be held on (insert | |||||||||||||||||||||
21 | date).
| |||||||||||||||||||||
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Name.................. Address.......................
| ||||||
2 | State of Illinois)
| ||||||
3 | ) ss.
| ||||||
4 | County of........)
| ||||||
5 | I, ...., do hereby certify
that I reside at No. .... | ||||||
6 | street, in the .... of ...., county of ....,
and State of | ||||||
7 | ....., that I am 18 years of age or older, that
I am a citizen | ||||||
8 | of the United States, and that the signatures on this sheet
| ||||||
9 | were signed
in my presence, and are genuine, and that to the | ||||||
10 | best of my knowledge
and belief the persons so signing were at | ||||||
11 | the time of signing the
petitions qualified voters of the .... | ||||||
12 | party, and that their respective
residences are correctly | ||||||
13 | stated, as above set forth.
| ||||||
14 | .........................
| ||||||
15 | Subscribed and sworn to before me on (insert date).
| ||||||
16 | .........................
| ||||||
17 | Each sheet of the petition other than the statement of | ||||||
18 | candidacy and
candidate's statement shall be of uniform size | ||||||
19 | and shall contain above
the space for signatures an | ||||||
20 | appropriate heading giving the information
as to name of | ||||||
21 | candidate or candidates, in whose behalf such petition is
| ||||||
22 | signed; the office, the political party represented and place | ||||||
23 | of
residence; and the heading of each sheet shall be the same.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Such petition shall be signed by qualified primary | ||||||
2 | electors residing
in the political division for which the | ||||||
3 | nomination is sought in their
own proper persons only and | ||||||
4 | opposite the signature of each signer, his
residence address | ||||||
5 | shall be written or printed. The residence address
required to | ||||||
6 | be written or printed opposite each qualified primary | ||||||
7 | elector's
name shall include the street address or rural route | ||||||
8 | number of the signer,
as the case may be, as well as the | ||||||
9 | signer's county, and city, village or
town, and state.
| ||||||
10 | However , the county or city, village or town, and state of | ||||||
11 | residence of
the electors may be printed on the petition forms | ||||||
12 | where all of the
electors signing the petition reside in the | ||||||
13 | same county or city, village
or town, and state. Standard | ||||||
14 | abbreviations may be used in writing the
residence address, | ||||||
15 | including street number, if any. At the bottom of
each sheet of | ||||||
16 | such petition shall be added a circulator statement signed by
| ||||||
17 | a person 18 years of age or older who is a citizen of the | ||||||
18 | United States,
stating the street address or rural route | ||||||
19 | number, as the case may be, as well
as the county, city, | ||||||
20 | village or town, and state;
and certifying that the signatures | ||||||
21 | on that sheet of the petition were signed in
his or her | ||||||
22 | presence and certifying that the signatures are genuine; and
| ||||||
23 | either (1) indicating the dates on which that sheet was | ||||||
24 | circulated, or (2)
indicating the first and last dates on | ||||||
25 | which the sheet was circulated, or (3)
certifying that none of | ||||||
26 | the signatures on the sheet were signed more than 90
days |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | preceding the last day for the filing of the petition and | ||||||
2 | certifying that
to the best of his or her knowledge and belief | ||||||
3 | the persons so signing were at
the time of signing the | ||||||
4 | petitions qualified voters of the political party for
which a | ||||||
5 | nomination is sought. Such statement shall be sworn to before | ||||||
6 | some
officer authorized to administer oaths in this State.
| ||||||
7 | Except as otherwise provided in this Code, no petition | ||||||
8 | sheet shall be circulated more than 90 days preceding the
last | ||||||
9 | day provided in Section 7-12 for the filing of such petition.
| ||||||
10 | The person circulating the petition, or the candidate on | ||||||
11 | whose behalf the
petition is circulated, may strike any | ||||||
12 | signature from the petition,
provided that:
| ||||||
13 | (1) the person striking the signature shall initial | ||||||
14 | the petition at
the place where the signature is struck; | ||||||
15 | and
| ||||||
16 | (2) the person striking the signature shall sign a | ||||||
17 | certification
listing the page number and line number of | ||||||
18 | each signature struck from
the petition. Such | ||||||
19 | certification shall be filed as a part of the petition.
| ||||||
20 | Such sheets before being filed shall be neatly fastened | ||||||
21 | together in
book form, by placing the sheets in a pile and | ||||||
22 | fastening them together
at one edge in a secure and suitable | ||||||
23 | manner, and the sheets shall then
be numbered consecutively. | ||||||
24 | The sheets shall not be fastened by pasting
them together end | ||||||
25 | to end, so as to form a continuous strip or roll. All
petition | ||||||
26 | sheets which are filed with the proper local election |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | officials,
election authorities or the State Board of | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | Elections shall be the original
sheets which have been signed | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | by the voters and by the circulator thereof,
and not | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | photocopies or duplicates of such sheets. Each petition must | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | include
as a part thereof, a statement of candidacy for each of | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | the candidates filing,
or in whose behalf the petition is | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | filed. This statement shall set out the
address of such | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | candidate, the office for which he is a candidate, shall state
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
9 | that the candidate is a qualified primary voter of the party to | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | which the
petition relates and is qualified for the office | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
11 | specified (in the case of a
candidate for State's Attorney it | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | shall state that the candidate is at the time
of filing such | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | statement a licensed attorney-at-law of this State), shall | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | state
that he has filed (or will file before the close of the | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | petition filing period)
a statement of economic interests as | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | required by the Illinois Governmental
Ethics Act, shall | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | request that the candidate's name be placed upon the official
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
18 | ballot, and shall be subscribed and sworn to by such candidate | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
19 | before some
officer authorized to take acknowledgment of deeds | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | in the State and shall be in
substantially the following form:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | Statement of Candidacy
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State of Illinois)
| ||||||
2 | ) ss.
| ||||||
3 | County of .......)
| ||||||
4 | I, ...., being first duly sworn, say that I reside at .... | ||||||
5 | Street in the city
(or village) of ...., in the county of ...., | ||||||
6 | State of Illinois; that I
am a qualified voter therein and am a | ||||||
7 | qualified primary voter of the ....
party; that I am a | ||||||
8 | candidate for nomination (for election in the case of | ||||||
9 | committeeperson
and delegates and alternate delegates) to the | ||||||
10 | office of ....
to be voted upon at the primary election to be | ||||||
11 | held on (insert date); that I am
legally qualified (including
| ||||||
12 | being the holder of any license that may be an eligibility | ||||||
13 | requirement
for the office I seek the nomination for) to hold | ||||||
14 | such office and that I
have filed (or I will file before the | ||||||
15 | close of the petition filing period)
a statement of economic | ||||||
16 | interests as required by the Illinois
Governmental Ethics Act | ||||||
17 | and I hereby request that my name be printed
upon the official | ||||||
18 | primary ballot for nomination for (or election to in
the case | ||||||
19 | of committeepersons and delegates and alternate delegates) | ||||||
20 | such
office.
| ||||||
21 | Signed ......................
| ||||||
22 | Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me by ...., | ||||||
23 | who is to me
personally known, on (insert date).
| ||||||
24 | Signed ....................
| ||||||
25 | (Official Character)
| ||||||
26 | (Seal, if officer has one.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | The petitions, when filed, shall not be withdrawn or added | ||||||
2 | to, and no
signatures shall be revoked except by revocation | ||||||
3 | filed in writing with
the State Board of Elections, election | ||||||
4 | authority or local election
official with whom the petition is | ||||||
5 | required to be filed, and before the
filing of such petition. | ||||||
6 | Whoever forges the name of a signer upon any
petition required | ||||||
7 | by this Article is deemed guilty of a forgery and on
conviction | ||||||
8 | thereof shall be punished accordingly.
| ||||||
9 | A candidate for the offices listed in this Section must | ||||||
10 | obtain the number
of signatures specified in this Section on | ||||||
11 | his or her petition for nomination.
| ||||||
12 | (a) Statewide office or delegate to a national nominating | ||||||
13 | convention. Except as otherwise provided in this Code, if a
| ||||||
14 | candidate seeks to run for statewide office or as a delegate or | ||||||
15 | alternate
delegate to a national nominating convention elected | ||||||
16 | from the State at-large,
then the candidate's petition for | ||||||
17 | nomination must contain at least 5,000 but
not more than | ||||||
18 | 10,000 signatures.
| ||||||
19 | (b) Congressional office or congressional delegate to a | ||||||
20 | national nominating
convention. Except as otherwise provided | ||||||
21 | in this Code, if a candidate seeks to run for United States | ||||||
22 | Congress or as a
congressional delegate or alternate | ||||||
23 | congressional delegate to a national
nominating convention | ||||||
24 | elected from a congressional district, then the
candidate's | ||||||
25 | petition for nomination must contain at least the number of
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | signatures equal to 0.5% of the qualified primary electors of | ||||||
2 | his or her party
in his or her congressional district. In the | ||||||
3 | first primary election following a
redistricting of | ||||||
4 | congressional districts, a candidate's petition for nomination
| ||||||
5 | must contain at least 600 signatures of qualified primary | ||||||
6 | electors of the
candidate's political party in his or her | ||||||
7 | congressional district.
| ||||||
8 | (c) County office. Except as otherwise provided in this | ||||||
9 | Code, if a candidate seeks to run for any countywide office,
| ||||||
10 | including , but not limited to , county board chairperson or | ||||||
11 | county board
member, elected on an at-large basis, in a county | ||||||
12 | other than Cook County,
then the candidate's petition for | ||||||
13 | nomination must contain at least the number
of signatures | ||||||
14 | equal to 0.5% of the qualified electors of his or her party who
| ||||||
15 | cast votes at the last preceding general election in his or her | ||||||
16 | county. If a
candidate
seeks to run for county board member | ||||||
17 | elected from a county board district, then
the candidate's | ||||||
18 | petition for nomination must contain at least the number of
| ||||||
19 | signatures equal to 0.5% of the qualified primary electors of | ||||||
20 | his or her party
in the
county board district. In the first | ||||||
21 | primary election following a redistricting
of county board | ||||||
22 | districts or the initial establishment of county board
| ||||||
23 | districts, a candidate's petition for nomination must contain | ||||||
24 | at least the
number of signatures equal to 0.5% of the | ||||||
25 | qualified electors of his or her
party
in the entire county who | ||||||
26 | cast votes at the last preceding general election
divided by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the
total number of county board districts comprising the | ||||||
2 | county board; provided
that
in no event shall the number of | ||||||
3 | signatures be less than 25.
| ||||||
4 | (d) County office; Cook County only.
| ||||||
5 | (1) If a candidate seeks to run for countywide office | ||||||
6 | in Cook County,
then the candidate's petition for | ||||||
7 | nomination must contain at least the number
of signatures | ||||||
8 | equal to 0.5% of the qualified electors of his or her party | ||||||
9 | who
cast votes at the last preceding general election in | ||||||
10 | Cook County.
| ||||||
11 | (2) If a candidate seeks to run for Cook County Board | ||||||
12 | Commissioner,
then the candidate's petition for nomination | ||||||
13 | must contain at least the number
of signatures equal to | ||||||
14 | 0.5% of
the qualified primary electors of his or her party | ||||||
15 | in his or her county board
district. In the first primary | ||||||
16 | election following a redistricting of Cook
County Board of | ||||||
17 | Commissioners districts, a candidate's petition for
| ||||||
18 | nomination must contain at least the number of signatures | ||||||
19 | equal to 0.5% of
the qualified electors of his or her party | ||||||
20 | in the entire county who cast votes
at the last
preceding | ||||||
21 | general election divided by the total number of county | ||||||
22 | board
districts comprising the county board; provided that | ||||||
23 | in no event shall the
number of signatures be less than 25.
| ||||||
24 | (3) Except as otherwise provided in this Code, if a | ||||||
25 | candidate seeks to run for Cook County Board of Review
| ||||||
26 | Commissioner, which is elected from a district pursuant to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection (c)
of Section 5-5 of the Property Tax Code, | ||||||
2 | then the candidate's petition for
nomination must contain | ||||||
3 | at least the number of signatures equal to 0.5% of
the | ||||||
4 | total number of registered voters in his or her board of
| ||||||
5 | review district in the last general election at which a | ||||||
6 | commissioner was
regularly scheduled to be elected from | ||||||
7 | that board of review district. In no
event shall the | ||||||
8 | number of signatures required be greater than the | ||||||
9 | requisite
number for a candidate who seeks countywide | ||||||
10 | office in Cook County
under subsection (d)(1) of this | ||||||
11 | Section. In the first primary election
following a | ||||||
12 | redistricting of Cook County Board of Review districts, a
| ||||||
13 | candidate's petition for nomination must contain at least | ||||||
14 | 4,000 signatures
or at least the number of signatures | ||||||
15 | required for a countywide candidate in
Cook County, | ||||||
16 | whichever is less,
of the qualified electors of his or her | ||||||
17 | party in the district.
| ||||||
18 | (e) Municipal or township office. If a candidate seeks to | ||||||
19 | run for municipal
or township office, then the candidate's | ||||||
20 | petition for nomination must contain
at least the number of | ||||||
21 | signatures equal to 0.5% of the qualified primary
electors of | ||||||
22 | his or her party in the municipality or township. If a | ||||||
23 | candidate
seeks to run for alderperson of a municipality, then | ||||||
24 | the candidate's petition for
nomination must contain at least | ||||||
25 | the number of signatures equal to 0.5% of the
qualified | ||||||
26 | primary electors of his or her party of the ward. In the first
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | primary election following redistricting of wards or trustee
| ||||||
2 | districts of a municipality or the initial establishment of | ||||||
3 | wards or districts,
a candidate's petition for nomination must | ||||||
4 | contain the number of signatures
equal to at least 0.5% of the | ||||||
5 | total number of votes cast for the candidate of
that political | ||||||
6 | party who received the highest number of votes in the entire
| ||||||
7 | municipality at the last regular election at which an officer | ||||||
8 | was regularly
scheduled to be elected from
the entire | ||||||
9 | municipality, divided by the number of wards or districts. In | ||||||
10 | no
event shall the number of signatures be less than 25.
| ||||||
11 | (f) State central committeeperson. If a candidate seeks to | ||||||
12 | run for State
central committeeperson, then the candidate's | ||||||
13 | petition for nomination must
contain at least 100 signatures | ||||||
14 | of the primary electors of his or her party of
his or
her | ||||||
15 | congressional district.
| ||||||
16 | (g) Sanitary district trustee. Except as otherwise | ||||||
17 | provided in this Code, if a candidate seeks to run for trustee | ||||||
18 | of a
sanitary district in which trustees are not elected from | ||||||
19 | wards, then the
candidate's petition for nomination must | ||||||
20 | contain at least the number of
signatures equal to 0.5% of the | ||||||
21 | primary electors of his or her party from the
sanitary | ||||||
22 | district. If a candidate seeks to run for trustee
of a sanitary | ||||||
23 | district in which trustees are elected from wards, then the
| ||||||
24 | candidate's petition for
nomination must contain at least the | ||||||
25 | number of signatures equal to 0.5% of the
primary electors of | ||||||
26 | his or her party in the ward of that sanitary district. In
the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | first primary election following redistricting of sanitary | ||||||
2 | districts elected
from wards, a candidate's petition for | ||||||
3 | nomination must contain at least the
signatures of 150 | ||||||
4 | qualified primary electors of his or her ward of that
sanitary | ||||||
5 | district.
| ||||||
6 | (h) Judicial office. Except as otherwise provided in this | ||||||
7 | Code, if a candidate seeks to run for judicial office in a | ||||||
8 | district, then the candidate's petition for nomination must | ||||||
9 | contain the number of signatures equal to 0.4% of the number of | ||||||
10 | votes cast in that district for the candidate for his or her | ||||||
11 | political party for the office of Governor at the last general | ||||||
12 | election at which a Governor was elected, but in no event less | ||||||
13 | than 500 signatures. If a candidate seeks to run for judicial | ||||||
14 | office in a
circuit or subcircuit, then the candidate's | ||||||
15 | petition for nomination
must contain the number of signatures | ||||||
16 | equal to 0.25% of the number of votes
cast for the judicial | ||||||
17 | candidate of his or her political party who received the
| ||||||
18 | highest number of votes
at the last general election at which a | ||||||
19 | judicial
officer from the same circuit or subcircuit was | ||||||
20 | regularly scheduled
to be elected, but in no event less than | ||||||
21 | 1,000 signatures in circuits and subcircuits located in the | ||||||
22 | First Judicial District or 500 signatures in every other | ||||||
23 | Judicial District.
| ||||||
24 | (i) Precinct, ward, and township committeeperson. Except | ||||||
25 | as otherwise provided in this Code, if a candidate seeks to
run | ||||||
26 | for precinct committeeperson, then the candidate's petition |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for nomination
must contain at least 10 signatures of the | ||||||
2 | primary electors of his or her
party for the precinct. If a | ||||||
3 | candidate seeks to run for ward committeeperson,
then the | ||||||
4 | candidate's petition for nomination must contain no less than | ||||||
5 | the
number of signatures equal to 10% of the primary electors | ||||||
6 | of his or her party
of the ward, but no more than 16% of those | ||||||
7 | same electors; provided that the
maximum number of signatures | ||||||
8 | may be 50 more than the minimum number, whichever
is greater. | ||||||
9 | If a candidate seeks to run for township committeeperson, then | ||||||
10 | the
candidate's petition for nomination must contain no less | ||||||
11 | than the number of
signatures equal to 5% of the primary | ||||||
12 | electors of his or her party of the
township, but no more than | ||||||
13 | 8% of those same electors;
provided that the maximum number of | ||||||
14 | signatures may be 50 more than the
minimum number, whichever | ||||||
15 | is greater.
| ||||||
16 | (j) State's attorney or regional superintendent of schools | ||||||
17 | for multiple
counties. If
a candidate seeks to run for State's | ||||||
18 | attorney or regional Superintendent of
Schools who serves more | ||||||
19 | than one county, then the candidate's petition for
nomination | ||||||
20 | must contain at least the number of signatures equal to 0.5% of | ||||||
21 | the
primary electors of his or her party in the territory | ||||||
22 | comprising the counties.
| ||||||
23 | (k) Any other office. If a candidate seeks any other | ||||||
24 | office, then the
candidate's petition for nomination must | ||||||
25 | contain at least the number of
signatures equal to 0.5% of the | ||||||
26 | registered voters of the political subdivision,
district, or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | division for which the nomination is made or 25 signatures,
| ||||||
2 | whichever is greater.
| ||||||
3 | For purposes of this Section the number of primary | ||||||
4 | electors shall be
determined by taking the total vote cast, in | ||||||
5 | the applicable district, for the
candidate for that political | ||||||
6 | party who received the highest number of votes,
statewide, at | ||||||
7 | the last general election in the State at which electors for
| ||||||
8 | President of the United States were elected. For political | ||||||
9 | subdivisions, the
number of primary electors shall be | ||||||
10 | determined by taking the total vote
cast for the candidate for | ||||||
11 | that political party who received the highest number
of votes | ||||||
12 | in the political subdivision at the last regular election at | ||||||
13 | which an
officer was regularly scheduled to be elected from | ||||||
14 | that subdivision. For wards
or districts of political | ||||||
15 | subdivisions, the number of primary electors shall be
| ||||||
16 | determined by taking the total vote cast for the candidate for | ||||||
17 | that political
party who received the highest number of votes | ||||||
18 | in the ward or district at the
last regular election at which | ||||||
19 | an officer was regularly scheduled to be elected
from that | ||||||
20 | ward or district.
| ||||||
21 | A "qualified primary elector" of a party may not
sign | ||||||
22 | petitions for or be a candidate in the primary of more than
one | ||||||
23 | party.
| ||||||
24 | The changes made to this Section by Public Act 93-574 of | ||||||
25 | this amendatory Act of the 93rd General
Assembly are | ||||||
26 | declarative of existing law, except for item (3) of subsection
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (d).
| ||||||
2 | Petitions of candidates for nomination for offices herein | ||||||
3 | specified,
to be filed with the same officer, may contain the | ||||||
4 | names of 2 or more
candidates of the same political party for | ||||||
5 | the same or different
offices. In the case of the offices of | ||||||
6 | Governor and Lieutenant Governor, a joint petition including | ||||||
7 | one candidate for each of those offices must be filed.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 102-15, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-14-21.)
| ||||||
9 | (10 ILCS 5/7-12) (from Ch. 46, par. 7-12)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 7-12. All petitions for nomination shall be filed by | ||||||
11 | mail or
in person as follows: | ||||||
12 | (1) Except as otherwise provided in this Code, where | ||||||
13 | the nomination is to be made for a State, congressional, | ||||||
14 | or
judicial office, or for any office a nomination for | ||||||
15 | which is made for a
territorial division or district which | ||||||
16 | comprises more than one county or
is partly in one county | ||||||
17 | and partly in another county or counties (including the | ||||||
18 | Fox Metro Water Reclamation District), then,
except as | ||||||
19 | otherwise provided in this Section, such petition for | ||||||
20 | nomination
shall be filed in the principal office of the | ||||||
21 | State Board of Elections not
more than 113 and not less | ||||||
22 | than 106 days prior to the date of the primary,
but, in the | ||||||
23 | case of petitions for nomination to fill a vacancy by | ||||||
24 | special
election in the office of representative in | ||||||
25 | Congress from this State, such
petition for nomination |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall be filed in the principal office of the State
Board | ||||||
2 | of Elections not more than 85 days and not less than 82 | ||||||
3 | days prior to
the date of the primary.
| ||||||
4 | Where a vacancy occurs in the office of Supreme, | ||||||
5 | Appellate or Circuit
Court Judge within the 3-week period | ||||||
6 | preceding the 106th day before a
general primary election, | ||||||
7 | petitions for nomination for the office in which
the | ||||||
8 | vacancy has occurred shall be filed in the principal | ||||||
9 | office of the
State Board of Elections not more than 92 nor | ||||||
10 | less than 85 days prior to
the date of the general primary | ||||||
11 | election.
| ||||||
12 | Where the nomination is to be made for delegates or | ||||||
13 | alternate
delegates to a national nominating convention, | ||||||
14 | then such petition for
nomination shall be filed in the | ||||||
15 | principal office of the State Board of
Elections not more | ||||||
16 | than 113 and not less than 106 days prior to the date of
| ||||||
17 | the primary; provided, however, that if the rules or | ||||||
18 | policies of a national
political party conflict with such | ||||||
19 | requirements for filing petitions for
nomination for | ||||||
20 | delegates or alternate delegates to a national nominating
| ||||||
21 | convention, the chair of the State central committee of | ||||||
22 | such national
political party shall notify the Board in | ||||||
23 | writing, citing by reference the
rules or policies of the | ||||||
24 | national political party in conflict, and in such
case the | ||||||
25 | Board shall direct such petitions to be filed in | ||||||
26 | accordance with the delegate selection plan adopted by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | state central committee of such national political party.
| ||||||
2 | (2) Where the nomination is to be made for a county | ||||||
3 | office or trustee
of a sanitary district then such | ||||||
4 | petition shall be filed in the office
of the county clerk | ||||||
5 | not more than 113 nor less than 106 days prior to the
date | ||||||
6 | of the primary.
| ||||||
7 | (3) Where the nomination is to be made for a municipal | ||||||
8 | or township
office, such petitions for nomination shall be | ||||||
9 | filed in the office of
the local election official, not | ||||||
10 | more than 99 nor less than 92 days
prior to the date of the | ||||||
11 | primary; provided, where a municipality's or
township's | ||||||
12 | boundaries are coextensive with or are entirely within the
| ||||||
13 | jurisdiction of a municipal board of election | ||||||
14 | commissioners, the petitions
shall be filed in the office | ||||||
15 | of such board; and provided, that petitions
for the office | ||||||
16 | of multi-township assessor shall be filed with the | ||||||
17 | election
authority.
| ||||||
18 | (4) The petitions of candidates for State central | ||||||
19 | committeeperson shall
be filed in the principal office of | ||||||
20 | the State Board of Elections not
more than 113 nor less | ||||||
21 | than 106 days prior to the date of the primary.
| ||||||
22 | (5) Petitions of candidates for precinct, township or | ||||||
23 | ward committeepersons
shall be filed in the office of the | ||||||
24 | county clerk not more
than 113 nor less than 106 days prior | ||||||
25 | to the date of the primary.
| ||||||
26 | (6) The State Board of Elections and the various |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | election authorities
and local election officials with | ||||||
2 | whom such petitions for nominations
are filed shall | ||||||
3 | specify the place where filings shall be made and upon
| ||||||
4 | receipt shall endorse thereon the day and hour on which | ||||||
5 | each petition
was filed. All petitions filed by persons | ||||||
6 | waiting in line as of 8:00
a.m. on the first day for | ||||||
7 | filing, or as of the normal opening hour of
the office | ||||||
8 | involved on such day, shall be deemed filed as of 8:00 a.m.
| ||||||
9 | or the normal opening hour, as the case may be. Petitions | ||||||
10 | filed by mail
and received after midnight of the first day | ||||||
11 | for filing and in the first
mail delivery or pickup of that | ||||||
12 | day shall be deemed as filed as of 8:00
a.m. of that day or | ||||||
13 | as of the normal opening hour of such day, as the
case may | ||||||
14 | be. All petitions received thereafter shall be deemed as | ||||||
15 | filed
in the order of actual receipt. However, 2 or more | ||||||
16 | petitions filed within the last hour of the filing | ||||||
17 | deadline shall be deemed filed simultaneously. Where 2 or | ||||||
18 | more petitions are received
simultaneously, the State | ||||||
19 | Board of Elections or the various election
authorities or | ||||||
20 | local election officials with whom such petitions are
| ||||||
21 | filed shall break ties and determine the order of filing, | ||||||
22 | by means of a
lottery or other fair and impartial method of | ||||||
23 | random selection approved
by the State Board of Elections. | ||||||
24 | Such lottery shall be conducted within
9 days following | ||||||
25 | the last day for petition filing and shall be open to the
| ||||||
26 | public. Seven days written notice of the time and place of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | conducting such
random selection shall be given by the | ||||||
2 | State Board of Elections to the chair
of the State central | ||||||
3 | committee of each established political
party, and by each | ||||||
4 | election authority or local election official, to the
| ||||||
5 | County Chair of each established political party, and to | ||||||
6 | each
organization of citizens within the election | ||||||
7 | jurisdiction which was
entitled, under this Article, at | ||||||
8 | the next preceding election, to have
pollwatchers present | ||||||
9 | on the day of election. The State Board of Elections,
| ||||||
10 | election authority or local election official shall post | ||||||
11 | in a conspicuous,
open and public place, at the entrance | ||||||
12 | of the office, notice of the time
and place of such | ||||||
13 | lottery. The State Board of Elections shall adopt rules
| ||||||
14 | and regulations governing the procedures for the conduct | ||||||
15 | of such lottery.
All candidates shall be certified in the | ||||||
16 | order in which their petitions
have been filed. Where | ||||||
17 | candidates have filed simultaneously, they shall be
| ||||||
18 | certified in the order determined by lot and prior to | ||||||
19 | candidates who filed
for the same office at a later time.
| ||||||
20 | (7) The State Board of Elections or the appropriate | ||||||
21 | election
authority or local election official with whom | ||||||
22 | such a petition for
nomination is filed shall notify the | ||||||
23 | person for whom a petition for
nomination has been filed | ||||||
24 | of the obligation to file statements of
organization, | ||||||
25 | reports of campaign contributions, and annual reports of
| ||||||
26 | campaign contributions and expenditures under Article 9 of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this Code Act .
Such notice shall be given in the manner | ||||||
2 | prescribed by paragraph (7) of
Section 9-16 of this Code.
| ||||||
3 | (8) Nomination papers filed under this Section are not | ||||||
4 | valid if the
candidate named therein fails to file a | ||||||
5 | statement of economic interests
as required by the | ||||||
6 | Illinois Governmental Ethics Act in relation to his
| ||||||
7 | candidacy with the appropriate officer by the end of the | ||||||
8 | period for the
filing of nomination papers unless he has | ||||||
9 | filed a statement of economic
interests in relation to the | ||||||
10 | same governmental unit with that officer
within a year | ||||||
11 | preceding the date on which such nomination papers were
| ||||||
12 | filed. If the nomination papers of any candidate and the | ||||||
13 | statement of
economic interest of that candidate are not | ||||||
14 | required to be filed with
the same officer, the candidate | ||||||
15 | must file with the officer with whom the
nomination papers | ||||||
16 | are filed a receipt from the officer with whom the
| ||||||
17 | statement of economic interests is filed showing the date | ||||||
18 | on which such
statement was filed. Such receipt shall be | ||||||
19 | so filed not later than the
last day on which nomination | ||||||
20 | papers may be filed.
| ||||||
21 | (9) Except as otherwise provided in this Code, any | ||||||
22 | person for whom a petition for nomination, or for | ||||||
23 | committeeperson or
for delegate or alternate delegate to a | ||||||
24 | national nominating convention has
been filed may cause | ||||||
25 | his name to be withdrawn by request in writing, signed
by | ||||||
26 | him and duly acknowledged before an officer qualified to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | take
acknowledgments of deeds, and filed in the principal | ||||||
2 | or permanent branch
office of the State Board of Elections | ||||||
3 | or with the appropriate election
authority or local | ||||||
4 | election official, not later than the date of
| ||||||
5 | certification of candidates for the consolidated primary | ||||||
6 | or general primary
ballot. No names so withdrawn shall be | ||||||
7 | certified or printed on the
primary ballot. If petitions | ||||||
8 | for nomination have been filed for the
same person with | ||||||
9 | respect to more than one political party, his name
shall | ||||||
10 | not be certified nor printed on the primary ballot of any | ||||||
11 | party.
If petitions for nomination have been filed for the | ||||||
12 | same person for 2 or
more offices which are incompatible | ||||||
13 | so that the same person could not
serve in more than one of | ||||||
14 | such offices if elected, that person must
withdraw as a | ||||||
15 | candidate for all but one of such offices within the
5 | ||||||
16 | business days following the last day for petition filing. | ||||||
17 | A candidate in a judicial election may file petitions for | ||||||
18 | nomination for only one vacancy in a subcircuit and only | ||||||
19 | one vacancy in a circuit in any one filing period, and if | ||||||
20 | petitions for nomination have been filed for the same | ||||||
21 | person for 2 or more vacancies in the same circuit or | ||||||
22 | subcircuit in the same filing period, his or her name | ||||||
23 | shall be certified only for the first vacancy for which | ||||||
24 | the petitions for nomination were filed. If he fails to
| ||||||
25 | withdraw as a candidate for all but one of such offices | ||||||
26 | within such time
his name shall not be certified, nor |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | printed on the primary ballot, for any
office. For the | ||||||
2 | purpose of the foregoing provisions, an office in a
| ||||||
3 | political party is not incompatible with any other office.
| ||||||
4 | (10)(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other | ||||||
5 | statute, no primary
shall be held for an established | ||||||
6 | political party in any township,
municipality, or ward | ||||||
7 | thereof, where the nomination of such
party for every | ||||||
8 | office to be voted upon by the electors of such
township, | ||||||
9 | municipality, or ward thereof, is uncontested. Whenever a
| ||||||
10 | political party's nomination of candidates is uncontested | ||||||
11 | as to one or
more, but not all, of the offices to be voted | ||||||
12 | upon by the electors of a
township, municipality, or ward | ||||||
13 | thereof, then a primary shall
be held for that party in | ||||||
14 | such township, municipality, or ward thereof;
provided | ||||||
15 | that the primary ballot shall not include those offices
| ||||||
16 | within such township, municipality, or ward thereof, for | ||||||
17 | which the
nomination is uncontested. For purposes of this | ||||||
18 | Article, the nomination
of an established political party | ||||||
19 | of a candidate for election to an office
shall be deemed to | ||||||
20 | be uncontested where not more than the number of persons
| ||||||
21 | to be nominated have timely filed valid nomination papers | ||||||
22 | seeking the
nomination of such party for election to such | ||||||
23 | office.
| ||||||
24 | (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other | ||||||
25 | statute, no primary
election shall be held for an | ||||||
26 | established political party for any special
primary |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | election called for the purpose of filling a vacancy in | ||||||
2 | the office
of representative in the United States Congress | ||||||
3 | where the nomination of
such political party for said | ||||||
4 | office is uncontested. For the purposes of
this Article, | ||||||
5 | the nomination of an established political party of a
| ||||||
6 | candidate for election to said office shall be deemed to | ||||||
7 | be uncontested
where not more than the number of persons | ||||||
8 | to be nominated have timely filed
valid nomination papers | ||||||
9 | seeking the nomination of such established party
for | ||||||
10 | election to said office. This subsection (b) shall not | ||||||
11 | apply if such
primary election is conducted on a regularly | ||||||
12 | scheduled election day.
| ||||||
13 | (c) Notwithstanding the provisions in subparagraph (a) | ||||||
14 | and (b) of this
paragraph (10), whenever a person who has | ||||||
15 | not timely filed valid nomination
papers and who intends | ||||||
16 | to become a write-in candidate for a political
party's | ||||||
17 | nomination for any office for which the nomination is | ||||||
18 | uncontested
files a written statement or notice of that | ||||||
19 | intent with the State Board of
Elections or the local | ||||||
20 | election official with whom nomination papers for
such | ||||||
21 | office are filed, a primary ballot shall be prepared and a | ||||||
22 | primary
shall be held for that office. Such statement or | ||||||
23 | notice shall be filed on
or before the date established in | ||||||
24 | this Article for certifying candidates
for the primary | ||||||
25 | ballot. Such statement or notice shall contain (i) the
| ||||||
26 | name and address of the person intending to become a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | write-in candidate,
(ii) a statement that the person is a | ||||||
2 | qualified primary elector of the
political party from whom | ||||||
3 | the nomination is sought, (iii) a statement that
the | ||||||
4 | person intends to become a write-in candidate for the | ||||||
5 | party's
nomination, and (iv) the office the person is | ||||||
6 | seeking as a write-in
candidate. An election authority | ||||||
7 | shall have no duty to conduct a primary
and prepare a | ||||||
8 | primary ballot for any office for which the nomination is
| ||||||
9 | uncontested unless a statement or notice meeting the | ||||||
10 | requirements of this
Section is filed in a timely manner.
| ||||||
11 | (11) If multiple sets of nomination papers are filed | ||||||
12 | for a candidate to
the same office, the State Board of | ||||||
13 | Elections, appropriate election
authority or local | ||||||
14 | election official where the petitions are filed shall
| ||||||
15 | within 2 business days notify the candidate of his or her | ||||||
16 | multiple petition
filings and that the candidate has 3 | ||||||
17 | business days after receipt of the
notice to notify the | ||||||
18 | State Board of Elections, appropriate election
authority | ||||||
19 | or local election official that he or she may cancel prior | ||||||
20 | sets
of petitions. If the candidate notifies the State | ||||||
21 | Board of Elections,
appropriate election authority or | ||||||
22 | local election official, the last set of
petitions filed | ||||||
23 | shall be the only petitions to be considered valid by the
| ||||||
24 | State Board of Elections, election authority or local | ||||||
25 | election official. If
the candidate fails to notify the | ||||||
26 | State Board of Elections, election authority
or local
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | election official then only the first set of petitions | ||||||
2 | filed shall be valid
and all subsequent petitions shall be | ||||||
3 | void.
| ||||||
4 | (12) All nominating petitions shall be available for | ||||||
5 | public inspection
and shall be preserved for a period of | ||||||
6 | not less than 6 months.
| ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 101-523, eff. 8-23-19; 102-15, eff. 6-17-21; | ||||||
8 | revised 7-14-21.)
| ||||||
9 | (10 ILCS 5/10-4) (from Ch. 46, par. 10-4)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 10-4. Form of petition for nomination. All petitions | ||||||
11 | for nomination
under this Article 10 for
candidates for public | ||||||
12 | office in this State, shall in addition to other
requirements | ||||||
13 | provided by law, be as follows: Such petitions shall
consist | ||||||
14 | of sheets of uniform size and each sheet shall contain, above
| ||||||
15 | the space for signature, an appropriate heading, giving the | ||||||
16 | information
as to name of candidate or candidates in whose | ||||||
17 | behalf such petition is
signed; the office; the party; place | ||||||
18 | of residence; and such other
information or wording as | ||||||
19 | required to make same valid, and the heading
of each sheet | ||||||
20 | shall be the same. Such petition shall be signed by the
| ||||||
21 | qualified voters in their own proper persons only, and | ||||||
22 | opposite the
signature of each signer his residence address | ||||||
23 | shall be written or
printed. The residence address required to | ||||||
24 | be written or printed
opposite each qualified primary | ||||||
25 | elector's name shall include the street
address or rural route |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | number of the signer, as the case may be, as well as
the | ||||||
2 | signer's county, and city, village or town, and state. | ||||||
3 | However,
the county or city, village or
town, and state of | ||||||
4 | residence of such electors may be printed on the
petition | ||||||
5 | forms where all of the electors signing the petition
reside in | ||||||
6 | the same county or city, village or town, and state. Standard
| ||||||
7 | abbreviations may be used in writing the residence address, | ||||||
8 | including
street number, if any. Except as otherwise provided | ||||||
9 | in this Code, no signature shall be valid or be counted in
| ||||||
10 | considering the validity or sufficiency of such petition | ||||||
11 | unless the
requirements of this Section are complied with. At | ||||||
12 | the bottom of each
sheet of such petition shall be added a | ||||||
13 | circulator's statement, signed by a
person 18
years of age or | ||||||
14 | older who is a citizen of the United States; stating the street | ||||||
15 | address or rural route
number, as the case may be, as well as | ||||||
16 | the county,
city,
village or town, and state; certifying that | ||||||
17 | the signatures on that sheet of
the petition
were signed in his | ||||||
18 | or her presence; certifying that the signatures are
genuine;
| ||||||
19 | and either (1) indicating the dates on which that sheet was | ||||||
20 | circulated, or (2)
indicating the first and last dates on | ||||||
21 | which the sheet was circulated, or (3)
certifying that none of | ||||||
22 | the signatures on the sheet were signed more than 90
days | ||||||
23 | preceding the last day for the filing of the petition; and
| ||||||
24 | certifying
that to the best of his knowledge and belief the | ||||||
25 | persons so signing were at the
time of signing the petition | ||||||
26 | duly registered voters under Article Articles 4, 5 , or 6 of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this
the Code of the political subdivision or district for | ||||||
2 | which the candidate or
candidates shall be nominated, and | ||||||
3 | certifying that their respective residences
are correctly | ||||||
4 | stated therein. Such statement shall be sworn to before some
| ||||||
5 | officer authorized to administer oaths in this State. Except | ||||||
6 | as otherwise provided in this Code, no petition sheet shall
be | ||||||
7 | circulated more than 90 days preceding the last day provided | ||||||
8 | in Section 10-6
for the filing of such petition. Such sheets, | ||||||
9 | before being presented to the
electoral board or filed with | ||||||
10 | the proper officer of the electoral district or
division of | ||||||
11 | the state or municipality, as the case may be, shall be neatly
| ||||||
12 | fastened together in book form, by placing the sheets in a pile | ||||||
13 | and fastening
them together at one edge in a secure and | ||||||
14 | suitable manner, and the sheets shall
then be numbered | ||||||
15 | consecutively. The sheets shall not be fastened by pasting
| ||||||
16 | them together end to end, so as to form a continuous strip or | ||||||
17 | roll. All
petition sheets which are filed with the proper | ||||||
18 | local election officials,
election authorities or the State | ||||||
19 | Board of Elections shall be the original
sheets which have | ||||||
20 | been signed by the voters and by the circulator, and not
| ||||||
21 | photocopies or duplicates of such sheets. A petition, when | ||||||
22 | presented or
filed, shall not be withdrawn, altered, or added | ||||||
23 | to, and no signature shall be
revoked except by revocation in | ||||||
24 | writing presented or filed with the officers or
officer with | ||||||
25 | whom the petition is required to be presented or filed, and | ||||||
26 | before
the presentment or filing of such petition. Whoever |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | forges any name of a
signer upon any petition shall be deemed | ||||||
2 | guilty of a forgery, and on conviction
thereof, shall be | ||||||
3 | punished accordingly. The word "petition" or "petition for
| ||||||
4 | nomination", as used herein, shall mean what is sometimes | ||||||
5 | known as nomination
papers, in distinction to what is known as | ||||||
6 | a certificate of nomination. The
words "political division for | ||||||
7 | which the candidate is nominated", or its
equivalent, shall | ||||||
8 | mean the largest political division in which all qualified
| ||||||
9 | voters may vote upon such candidate or candidates, as the | ||||||
10 | state in the case of
state officers; the township in the case | ||||||
11 | of township officers et cetera.
Provided, further, that no | ||||||
12 | person shall circulate or certify petitions for
candidates of | ||||||
13 | more than one political party, or for an independent candidate | ||||||
14 | or
candidates in addition to one political party, to be voted | ||||||
15 | upon at the next
primary or general election, or for such | ||||||
16 | candidates and parties with respect to
the same political | ||||||
17 | subdivision at the next consolidated election.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 102-15, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-15-21.)
| ||||||
19 | (10 ILCS 5/19-2) (from Ch. 46, par. 19-2) | ||||||
20 | Sec. 19-2. Except as otherwise provided in this Code, any | ||||||
21 | elector as defined in Section 19-1 may by mail or | ||||||
22 | electronically on the website of the appropriate election | ||||||
23 | authority, not more than 90 nor less than 5 days prior to the
| ||||||
24 | date of such election, or by personal delivery not more than 90 | ||||||
25 | nor less
than one day prior to the date of such election, make |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | application to the
county clerk or to the Board of Election | ||||||
2 | Commissioners for an official
ballot for the voter's precinct | ||||||
3 | to be voted at such election , or to be added to a list of | ||||||
4 | permanent vote by mail status voters who receive an official | ||||||
5 | vote by mail ballot for subsequent elections. Voters who make | ||||||
6 | an application for permanent vote by mail ballot status shall | ||||||
7 | follow the procedures specified in Section 19-3. Voters whose | ||||||
8 | application for permanent vote by mail status is accepted by | ||||||
9 | the election authority shall remain on the permanent vote by | ||||||
10 | mail list until the voter requests to be removed from | ||||||
11 | permanent vote by mail status, the voter provides notice to | ||||||
12 | the election authority of a change in registration, or the | ||||||
13 | election authority receives confirmation that the voter has | ||||||
14 | subsequently registered to vote in another county. The URL | ||||||
15 | address at which voters may electronically request a vote by | ||||||
16 | mail ballot shall be fixed no later than 90 calendar days | ||||||
17 | before an election and shall not be changed until after the | ||||||
18 | election.
Such a ballot shall be delivered to the elector only | ||||||
19 | upon separate application by the elector for each election.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 102-15, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-15-21.)
| ||||||
21 | Section 12. The Community Development Loan Guarantee Act | ||||||
22 | is amended by changing Section 30-1 as follows:
| ||||||
23 | (15 ILCS 516/30-1)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 30-1. Short title. This Article Act may be cited as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Community Development Loan Guarantee Act. References in | ||||||
2 | this Article to "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 101-657, eff. 3-23-21; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
4 | Section 15. The Department of State Police Law of the
| ||||||
5 | Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is amended by changing | ||||||
6 | Section 2605-53 as follows:
| ||||||
7 | (20 ILCS 2605/2605-53) | ||||||
8 | Sec. 2605-53. 9-1-1 system; sexual assault and sexual | ||||||
9 | abuse. | ||||||
10 | (a) The Office of the Statewide 9-1-1 Administrator, in | ||||||
11 | consultation with the Office of the Attorney General and the | ||||||
12 | Illinois Law Enforcement Training Standards Board, shall: | ||||||
13 | (1) develop comprehensive guidelines for | ||||||
14 | evidence-based, trauma-informed, victim-centered handling | ||||||
15 | of sexual assault or sexual abuse calls by Public Safety | ||||||
16 | Answering Point telecommunicators; and | ||||||
17 | (2) adopt rules and minimum standards for an | ||||||
18 | evidence-based, trauma-informed, victim-centered training | ||||||
19 | curriculum for handling of sexual assault or sexual abuse | ||||||
20 | calls for Public Safety Answering Point telecommunicators | ||||||
21 | ("PSAP"). | ||||||
22 | (a-5) Within one year after June 3, 2021 ( the effective | ||||||
23 | date of Public Act 102-9) this amendatory Act of the 102nd | ||||||
24 | General Assembly , the Office of the Statewide 9-1-1 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Administrator, in consultation with the Statewide 9-1-1 | ||||||
2 | Advisory Board, shall: | ||||||
3 | (1) develop comprehensive guidelines for training on | ||||||
4 | emergency dispatch procedures, including , but not limited | ||||||
5 | to , emergency medical dispatch, and the delivery of 9-1-1 | ||||||
6 | services and professionalism for public safety | ||||||
7 | telecommunicators and public safety telecommunicator | ||||||
8 | supervisors; and | ||||||
9 | (2) adopt rules and minimum standards for continuing | ||||||
10 | education on emergency dispatch procedures, including , but | ||||||
11 | not limited to , emergency medical dispatch, and the | ||||||
12 | delivery of 9-1-1 services and professionalism for public | ||||||
13 | safety telecommunicators and public safety | ||||||
14 | telecommunicator Supervisors . ; and | ||||||
15 | (a-10) The Office of the Statewide 9-1-1 Administrator may | ||||||
16 | as necessary establish by rule appropriate testing and | ||||||
17 | certification processes consistent with the training required | ||||||
18 | by this Section. | ||||||
19 | (b) Training requirements: | ||||||
20 | (1) Newly hired PSAP telecommunicators must complete | ||||||
21 | the sexual assault and sexual abuse training curriculum | ||||||
22 | established in subsection (a) of this Section prior to | ||||||
23 | handling emergency calls. | ||||||
24 | (2) All existing PSAP telecommunicators shall complete | ||||||
25 | the sexual assault and sexual abuse training curriculum | ||||||
26 | established in subsection (a) of this Section within 2 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | years of January 1, 2017 ( the effective date of Public Act | ||||||
2 | 99-801) this amendatory Act of the 99th General Assembly .
| ||||||
3 | (3) Newly hired public safety telecommunicators shall | ||||||
4 | complete the emergency dispatch procedures training | ||||||
5 | curriculum established in subsection (a-5) of this Section | ||||||
6 | prior to independently handling emergency calls within one | ||||||
7 | year of the Statewide 9-1-1 Administrator establishing the | ||||||
8 | required guidelines, rules, and standards. | ||||||
9 | (4) All public safety telecommunicators and public | ||||||
10 | safety telecommunicator supervisors who were not required | ||||||
11 | to complete new hire training prior to handling emergency | ||||||
12 | calls, must either demonstrate proficiency or complete the | ||||||
13 | training established in subsection (a-5) of this Section | ||||||
14 | within one year of the Statewide 9-1-1 Administrator | ||||||
15 | establishing the required guidelines, rules, and | ||||||
16 | standards. | ||||||
17 | (5) Upon completion of the training required in either | ||||||
18 | paragraph (3) or (4) of this subsection (b) , whichever is | ||||||
19 | applicable, all public safety telecommunicators and public | ||||||
20 | safety telecommunicator supervisors shall complete the | ||||||
21 | continuing education training regarding the delivery of | ||||||
22 | 9-1-1 services and professionalism biennially. | ||||||
23 | (c) The Illinois State Police may adopt rules for the | ||||||
24 | administration of this Section. | ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 102-9, eff. 6-3-21; revised 7-16-21.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 20. The State Police Act is amended by changing | ||||||
2 | Section 17c as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (20 ILCS 2610/17c) | ||||||
4 | Sec. 17c. Military equipment surplus program. | ||||||
5 | (a) For purposes of this Section: | ||||||
6 | "Bayonet" means a large knife designed to be attached to | ||||||
7 | the muzzle of a rifle, shotgun, or long gun for the purpose of | ||||||
8 | hand-to-hand combat. | ||||||
9 | "Grenade launcher" means a firearm or firearm accessory | ||||||
10 | used to launch fragmentary explosive rounds designed to | ||||||
11 | inflict death or cause great bodily harm. | ||||||
12 | "Military equipment surplus program" means any federal or | ||||||
13 | State program allowing a law enforcement agency to obtain | ||||||
14 | surplus military equipment , including, but not limited limit | ||||||
15 | to, any program organized under Section 1122 of the National | ||||||
16 | Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1994 (Pub. L. | ||||||
17 | 103-160) or Section 1033 of the National Defense Authorization | ||||||
18 | Act for Fiscal Year 1997 (Pub. L. 104-201), or any program | ||||||
19 | established under 10 U.S.C. 2576a. | ||||||
20 | "Tracked armored vehicle" means a vehicle that provides | ||||||
21 | ballistic protection to its occupants and utilizes a tracked | ||||||
22 | system instead of wheels for forward motion, not including | ||||||
23 | vehicles listed in the Authorized Equipment List as published | ||||||
24 | by the Federal Emergency Management Agency. | ||||||
25 | "Weaponized aircraft, vessel, or vehicle" means any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | aircraft, vessel, or vehicle with weapons installed. | ||||||
2 | (b) The Illinois State Police shall not request or receive | ||||||
3 | from any military equipment surplus program nor purchase or | ||||||
4 | otherwise utilize the following equipment: | ||||||
5 | (1) tracked armored vehicles; | ||||||
6 | (2) weaponized aircraft, vessels, or vehicles; | ||||||
7 | (3) firearms of .50-caliber or higher; | ||||||
8 | (4) ammunition of .50-caliber or higher; | ||||||
9 | (5) grenade launchers; or | ||||||
10 | (6) bayonets. | ||||||
11 | (c) If the Illinois State Police request other property | ||||||
12 | not prohibited by this Section from a military equipment | ||||||
13 | surplus program, the Illinois State Police shall publish | ||||||
14 | notice of the request on a publicly accessible website | ||||||
15 | maintained by the Illinois State Police within 14 days after | ||||||
16 | the request.
| ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21; 102-28, eff. 6-25-21; | ||||||
18 | revised 7-30-21.)
| ||||||
19 | Section 25. The Illinois Future of Work Act is amended by | ||||||
20 | changing Section 15 as follows:
| ||||||
21 | (20 ILCS 4103/15) | ||||||
22 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2024)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 15. Membership; meetings.
| ||||||
24 | (a) The members of the Illinois Future of Work Task Force |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall include and represent the diversity of the people of | ||||||
2 | Illinois, and shall be composed of the following:
| ||||||
3 | (1) four members, including one representative of the | ||||||
4 | business community and one representative of the labor | ||||||
5 | community, appointed by the Senate President, one of whom | ||||||
6 | shall serve as co-chair;
| ||||||
7 | (2) four members, including one representative of the | ||||||
8 | business community and one representative of the labor | ||||||
9 | community, appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate, | ||||||
10 | one of whom shall serve as co-chair;
| ||||||
11 | (3) four members, including one representative of the | ||||||
12 | business community and one representative of the labor | ||||||
13 | community, appointed by the Speaker of the House of | ||||||
14 | Representatives, one of whom shall serve as co-chair; | ||||||
15 | (4) four members, including one representative of the | ||||||
16 | business community and one representative of the labor | ||||||
17 | community, appointed by the Minority Leader of the Speaker | ||||||
18 | of the House of Representatives, one of whom shall serve | ||||||
19 | as co-chair;
| ||||||
20 | (5) four members, one from each of the following: the | ||||||
21 | business community, the labor community, the environmental | ||||||
22 | community, and the education community that advocate for | ||||||
23 | job growth, appointed by the Governor;
| ||||||
24 | (6) three members appointed by the Governor whose | ||||||
25 | professional expertise is at the juncture of work and | ||||||
26 | workers' rights;
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (7) the Director of Labor or his or her designee;
| ||||||
2 | (8) the Director of Commerce and Economic Opportunity | ||||||
3 | or his or her designee;
| ||||||
4 | (9) the Director of Employment Security or his or her | ||||||
5 | designee;
| ||||||
6 | (10) the Superintendent of the State Board of | ||||||
7 | Education or his or her designee; | ||||||
8 | (11) the Executive Director of the Illinois Community | ||||||
9 | College Board or his or her designee; and | ||||||
10 | (12) the Executive Director of the Board of Higher | ||||||
11 | Education or his or her designee. | ||||||
12 | (b) Appointments for the Illinois Future of Work Task | ||||||
13 | Force must be finalized by August 31, 2021. The Illinois | ||||||
14 | Future of Work Task Force shall hold one meeting per month for | ||||||
15 | a total of 7 meetings, and the first meeting must be held | ||||||
16 | within 30 days after appointments are finalized. | ||||||
17 | (c) Members of the Illinois Future of Work Task Force | ||||||
18 | shall serve without compensation.
| ||||||
19 | (d) The Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity | ||||||
20 | shall provide administrative support to the Task Force.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 102-407, eff. 8-19-21; revised 8-25-21.)
| ||||||
22 | Section 27. The Racial Impact Note Act is amended by | ||||||
23 | changing Section 110-5 as follows:
| ||||||
24 | (25 ILCS 83/110-5)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 110-5. Racial impact note. (a) Every bill which has | ||||||
2 | or could have a disparate impact on racial and ethnic | ||||||
3 | minorities, upon the request of any member, shall have | ||||||
4 | prepared for it, before second reading in the house of | ||||||
5 | introduction, a brief explanatory statement or note that shall | ||||||
6 | include a reliable estimate of the anticipated impact on those | ||||||
7 | racial and ethnic minorities likely to be impacted by the | ||||||
8 | bill. Each racial impact note must include, for racial and | ||||||
9 | ethnic minorities for which data are available: (i) an | ||||||
10 | estimate of how the proposed legislation would impact racial | ||||||
11 | and ethnic minorities; (ii) a statement of the methodologies | ||||||
12 | and assumptions used in preparing the estimate; (iii) an | ||||||
13 | estimate of the racial and ethnic composition of the | ||||||
14 | population who may be impacted by the proposed legislation, | ||||||
15 | including those persons who may be negatively impacted and | ||||||
16 | those persons who may benefit from the proposed legislation; | ||||||
17 | and (iv) any other matter that a responding agency considers | ||||||
18 | appropriate in relation to the racial and ethnic minorities | ||||||
19 | likely to be affected by the bill.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 102-4, eff. 4-27-21; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
21 | Section 30. The State Finance Act is amended by changing | ||||||
22 | Section 8.25-4 as follows:
| ||||||
23 | (30 ILCS 105/8.25-4) (from Ch. 127, par. 144.25-4)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 8.25-4.
All moneys in the Illinois Sports Facilities |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Fund are
allocated to and shall be transferred, appropriated , | ||||||
2 | and used only for the
purposes authorized by, and subject to, | ||||||
3 | the limitations and conditions of
this Section.
| ||||||
4 | All moneys deposited pursuant to Section 13.1 of the State | ||||||
5 | Revenue Sharing Act "An Act in relation to
State revenue | ||||||
6 | sharing with local governmental entities", as amended, and
all | ||||||
7 | moneys deposited with respect to the $5,000,000 deposit, but | ||||||
8 | not the
additional $8,000,000 advance applicable before July | ||||||
9 | 1, 2001, or the
Advance Amount applicable on and after that | ||||||
10 | date, pursuant to Section
6 of the "The Hotel
Operators' | ||||||
11 | Occupation Tax Act ", as amended , into the Illinois Sports
| ||||||
12 | Facilities Fund shall be credited to the Subsidy Account | ||||||
13 | within the Fund.
All moneys deposited with respect to the | ||||||
14 | additional $8,000,000 advance
applicable before July 1, 2001, | ||||||
15 | or the Advance Amount
applicable on and after that date, but
| ||||||
16 | not the $5,000,000 deposit, pursuant to Section 6 of the "The | ||||||
17 | Hotel Operators'
Occupation Tax Act ", as amended , into the | ||||||
18 | Illinois Sports Facilities Fund
shall be credited to the | ||||||
19 | Advance Account within the Fund. All moneys deposited from any | ||||||
20 | transfer pursuant to Section 8g-1 of the State Finance Act | ||||||
21 | shall be credited to the Advance Account within the Fund.
| ||||||
22 | Beginning with fiscal year 1989 and continuing for each | ||||||
23 | fiscal year
thereafter through and including fiscal year 2001, | ||||||
24 | no less than 30 days
before the beginning of such fiscal year
| ||||||
25 | (except as soon as may be practicable after July 7, 1988 ( the | ||||||
26 | effective date of Public Act 85-1034) this
amendatory Act of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 1988 with respect to fiscal year 1989) the Chairman of
the | ||||||
2 | Illinois Sports Facilities Authority shall certify to the | ||||||
3 | State
Comptroller and the State Treasurer, without taking into | ||||||
4 | account any
revenues or receipts of the Authority, the lesser | ||||||
5 | of (a) $18,000,000 and
(b) the sum of (i) the amount | ||||||
6 | anticipated to be required by the Authority
during the fiscal | ||||||
7 | year to pay principal of and interest on, and other
payments | ||||||
8 | relating to, its obligations issued or to be issued under | ||||||
9 | Section
13 of the Illinois Sports Facilities Authority Act, | ||||||
10 | including any deposits
required to reserve funds created under | ||||||
11 | any indenture or resolution
authorizing issuance of the | ||||||
12 | obligations and payments to providers of credit
enhancement, | ||||||
13 | (ii) the amount anticipated to be required by the Authority
| ||||||
14 | during the fiscal year to pay obligations under the provisions | ||||||
15 | of any
management agreement with respect to a facility or | ||||||
16 | facilities owned by the
Authority or of any assistance | ||||||
17 | agreement with respect to any facility for
which financial | ||||||
18 | assistance is provided under the Illinois Sports Facilities
| ||||||
19 | Authority Act, and to pay other capital and operating expenses | ||||||
20 | of the
Authority
during the fiscal year, including any | ||||||
21 | deposits required to reserve funds
created for repair and | ||||||
22 | replacement of capital assets and to meet the
obligations of | ||||||
23 | the Authority under any management agreement or assistance
| ||||||
24 | agreement, and (iii) any
amounts under (i) and (ii) above | ||||||
25 | remaining unpaid from previous years.
| ||||||
26 | Beginning with fiscal year 2002 and continuing for each |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | fiscal year
thereafter, no less than 30 days before the | ||||||
2 | beginning of such fiscal year, the
Chairman of the Illinois | ||||||
3 | Sports Facilities Authority shall certify to the State
| ||||||
4 | Comptroller and the State Treasurer, without taking into | ||||||
5 | account any revenues
or receipts of the Authority, the lesser | ||||||
6 | of (a) an amount equal to the sum of
the Advance Amount plus | ||||||
7 | $10,000,000 and (b) the sum of (i) the amount
anticipated to be | ||||||
8 | required by the Authority during the fiscal year to pay
| ||||||
9 | principal of and interest on, and other payments relating to, | ||||||
10 | its obligations
issued or to be issued under Section 13 of the | ||||||
11 | Illinois Sports Facilities
Authority Act, including any | ||||||
12 | deposits required to reserve funds created under
any indenture | ||||||
13 | or resolution authorizing issuance of the obligations and
| ||||||
14 | payments to providers of credit enhancement, (ii) the amount | ||||||
15 | anticipated to be
required by the Authority during the fiscal | ||||||
16 | year to pay obligations under
the provisions of any management | ||||||
17 | agreement with respect to a facility or
facilities owned by | ||||||
18 | the Authority or any assistance agreement with respect to
any | ||||||
19 | facility for which financial assistance is provided under the | ||||||
20 | Illinois
Sports Facilities Authority Act, and to pay other | ||||||
21 | capital and operating
expenses of the Authority during the | ||||||
22 | fiscal year, including any deposits
required to reserve funds | ||||||
23 | created for repair and replacement of capital assets
and to | ||||||
24 | meet the obligations of the Authority under any management | ||||||
25 | agreement or
assistance agreement, and (iii) any amounts under | ||||||
26 | (i) and (ii) above remaining
unpaid from previous years.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | A copy of any certification made by the Chairman under the
| ||||||
2 | preceding 2 paragraphs shall be filed with the Governor and | ||||||
3 | the Mayor
of the City of Chicago. The Chairman may file an | ||||||
4 | amended certification
from time to time.
| ||||||
5 | Subject to sufficient appropriation by the General | ||||||
6 | Assembly, beginning
with July 1, 1988 and thereafter | ||||||
7 | continuing on the first day of each month
during each fiscal | ||||||
8 | year through and including fiscal year 2001, the
Comptroller | ||||||
9 | shall order paid and the Treasurer
shall pay to the Authority | ||||||
10 | the amount in the Illinois Sports Facilities
Fund until (x) | ||||||
11 | the lesser of $10,000,000 or the amount appropriated for
| ||||||
12 | payment to the Authority from amounts credited to the Subsidy | ||||||
13 | Account and
(y) the lesser of $8,000,000 or the difference | ||||||
14 | between the amount
appropriated for payment to the Authority | ||||||
15 | during the fiscal year and
$10,000,000 has been paid from | ||||||
16 | amounts credited to the Advance Account.
| ||||||
17 | Subject to sufficient appropriation by the General | ||||||
18 | Assembly, beginning with
July 1, 2001, and thereafter | ||||||
19 | continuing on the first day of each month during
each fiscal | ||||||
20 | year thereafter, the Comptroller shall order paid and the | ||||||
21 | Treasurer
shall pay to the Authority the amount in the | ||||||
22 | Illinois Sports Facilities Fund
until (x) the lesser of | ||||||
23 | $10,000,000 or the amount appropriated for payment to
the
| ||||||
24 | Authority from amounts credited to the Subsidy Account and (y) | ||||||
25 | the lesser of
the Advance Amount or the difference between the | ||||||
26 | amount appropriated for
payment to the Authority during the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | fiscal year and $10,000,000 has been paid
from amounts | ||||||
2 | credited to the Advance Account.
| ||||||
3 | Provided that all amounts deposited in the Illinois Sports
| ||||||
4 | Facilities Fund and credited to the Subsidy Account, to the | ||||||
5 | extent
requested pursuant to the Chairman's certification, | ||||||
6 | have been paid, on June
30, 1989, and on June 30 of each year | ||||||
7 | thereafter, all amounts remaining in
the Subsidy Account of | ||||||
8 | the Illinois Sports Facilities Fund shall be
transferred by | ||||||
9 | the State Treasurer one-half to the General Revenue Fund in
| ||||||
10 | the State Treasury and one-half to the City Tax Fund. Provided | ||||||
11 | that all
amounts appropriated from the Illinois Sports | ||||||
12 | Facilities Fund, to the
extent requested pursuant to the | ||||||
13 | Chairman's certification, have been paid,
on June 30, 1989, | ||||||
14 | and on June 30 of each year thereafter, all amounts
remaining | ||||||
15 | in the Advance Account of the Illinois Sports Facilities Fund
| ||||||
16 | shall be transferred by the State Treasurer to the General | ||||||
17 | Revenue Fund in
the State Treasury.
| ||||||
18 | For purposes of this Section, the term "Advance Amount" | ||||||
19 | means, for
fiscal year 2002, $22,179,000, and for subsequent | ||||||
20 | fiscal years through fiscal
year 2033, 105.615% of the Advance | ||||||
21 | Amount for the immediately preceding fiscal
year, rounded up | ||||||
22 | to the nearest $1,000.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 102-16, Article 2, Section 2-5, eff. 6-17-21; | ||||||
24 | 102-16, Article 6, Section 6-5, eff. 6-17-21; revised | ||||||
25 | 7-17-21.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 35. The Illinois Procurement Code is amended by | ||||||
2 | changing Sections 35-30 and 50-85 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (30 ILCS 500/35-30) | ||||||
4 | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 101-657, Article | ||||||
5 | 40, Section 40-125 ) | ||||||
6 | Sec. 35-30. Awards. | ||||||
7 | (a) All State contracts for professional and artistic | ||||||
8 | services, except as
provided in this Section, shall be awarded | ||||||
9 | using the
competitive request for proposal process outlined in | ||||||
10 | this Section. The scoring for requests for proposals shall | ||||||
11 | include the commitment to diversity factors and methodology | ||||||
12 | described in subsection (e-5) of Section 20-15. | ||||||
13 | (b) For each contract offered, the chief procurement | ||||||
14 | officer, State
purchasing officer, or his or her designee | ||||||
15 | shall use the appropriate standard
solicitation
forms
| ||||||
16 | available from the chief procurement officer for matters other | ||||||
17 | than construction or the higher
education chief procurement | ||||||
18 | officer. | ||||||
19 | (c) Prepared forms shall be submitted to the chief | ||||||
20 | procurement officer for matters other than construction or the | ||||||
21 | higher education chief procurement officer,
whichever is | ||||||
22 | appropriate, for
publication in its Illinois Procurement | ||||||
23 | Bulletin and circulation to the chief procurement officer for | ||||||
24 | matters other than construction
or the higher education chief | ||||||
25 | procurement officer's list of
prequalified vendors. Notice of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the offer or request for
proposal shall appear at least 14 | ||||||
2 | calendar days before the response to the offer is due. | ||||||
3 | (d) All interested respondents shall return their | ||||||
4 | responses to the chief procurement officer for matters other | ||||||
5 | than construction
or the higher education chief procurement | ||||||
6 | officer,
whichever is appropriate, which shall open
and record | ||||||
7 | them. The chief procurement officer for matters other than | ||||||
8 | construction or higher education chief procurement officer
| ||||||
9 | then shall forward the responses, together
with any
| ||||||
10 | information it has available about the qualifications and | ||||||
11 | other State work
of the respondents. | ||||||
12 | (e) After evaluation, ranking, and selection, the | ||||||
13 | responsible chief
procurement officer, State purchasing | ||||||
14 | officer, or
his or her designee shall notify the chief | ||||||
15 | procurement officer for matters other than construction
or the | ||||||
16 | higher education chief procurement officer, whichever is | ||||||
17 | appropriate,
of the successful respondent and shall forward
a | ||||||
18 | copy of the signed contract for the chief procurement officer | ||||||
19 | for matters other than construction or higher education chief
| ||||||
20 | procurement officer's file. The chief procurement officer for | ||||||
21 | matters other than construction or higher education chief
| ||||||
22 | procurement officer shall
publish the names of the
responsible | ||||||
23 | procurement decision-maker,
the agency letting the contract, | ||||||
24 | the
successful respondent, a contract reference, and value of | ||||||
25 | the let contract
in the next appropriate volume of the | ||||||
26 | Illinois Procurement Bulletin. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (f) For all professional and artistic contracts with | ||||||
2 | annualized value
that exceeds $100,000, evaluation and ranking | ||||||
3 | by price are required. Any chief
procurement officer or State | ||||||
4 | purchasing officer,
but not their designees, may select a | ||||||
5 | respondent other than the lowest respondent by
price. In any | ||||||
6 | case, when the contract exceeds the $100,000 threshold and
the | ||||||
7 | lowest respondent is not selected, the chief procurement | ||||||
8 | officer or the State
purchasing officer shall forward together
| ||||||
9 | with the contract notice of who the low respondent by price was | ||||||
10 | and a written decision as
to why another was selected to the | ||||||
11 | chief procurement officer for matters other than construction | ||||||
12 | or
the higher education chief procurement officer, whichever | ||||||
13 | is appropriate.
The chief procurement officer for matters | ||||||
14 | other than construction or higher education chief procurement | ||||||
15 | officer shall publish as
provided in subsection (e) of Section | ||||||
16 | 35-30,
but
shall include notice of the chief procurement | ||||||
17 | officer's or State purchasing
officer's written decision. | ||||||
18 | (g) The chief procurement officer for matters other than | ||||||
19 | construction and higher education chief
procurement officer | ||||||
20 | may each refine, but not
contradict, this Section by | ||||||
21 | promulgating rules
for submission to the Procurement Policy | ||||||
22 | Board and then to the Joint Committee
on Administrative Rules. | ||||||
23 | Any
refinement shall be based on the principles and procedures | ||||||
24 | of the federal
Architect-Engineer Selection Law, Public Law | ||||||
25 | 92-582 Brooks Act, and the
Architectural, Engineering, and | ||||||
26 | Land Surveying Qualifications Based Selection
Act; except that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pricing shall be an integral part of the selection process. | ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 100-43, eff. 8-9-17; 101-657, Article 5, Section | ||||||
3 | 5-5, eff. 7-1-21 (See Section 25 of P.A. 102-29 for effective | ||||||
4 | date of P.A. 101-657, Article 5, Section 5-5).)
| ||||||
5 | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 101-657, Article | ||||||
6 | 40, Section 40-125 ) | ||||||
7 | Sec. 35-30. Awards. | ||||||
8 | (a) All State contracts for professional and artistic | ||||||
9 | services, except as
provided in this Section, shall be awarded | ||||||
10 | using the
competitive request for proposal process outlined in | ||||||
11 | this Section. The scoring for requests for proposals shall | ||||||
12 | include the commitment to diversity factors and methodology | ||||||
13 | described in subsection (e-5) of Section 20-15. | ||||||
14 | (b) For each contract offered, the chief procurement | ||||||
15 | officer, State
purchasing officer, or his or her designee | ||||||
16 | shall use the appropriate standard
solicitation
forms
| ||||||
17 | available from the chief procurement officer for matters other | ||||||
18 | than construction or the higher
education chief procurement | ||||||
19 | officer. | ||||||
20 | (c) Prepared forms shall be submitted to the chief | ||||||
21 | procurement officer for matters other than construction or the | ||||||
22 | higher education chief procurement officer,
whichever is | ||||||
23 | appropriate, for
publication in its Illinois Procurement | ||||||
24 | Bulletin and circulation to the chief procurement officer for | ||||||
25 | matters other than construction
or the higher education chief |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | procurement officer's list of
prequalified vendors. Notice of | ||||||
2 | the offer or request for
proposal shall appear at least 14 | ||||||
3 | calendar days before the response to the offer is due. | ||||||
4 | (d) All interested respondents shall return their | ||||||
5 | responses to the chief procurement officer for matters other | ||||||
6 | than construction
or the higher education chief procurement | ||||||
7 | officer,
whichever is appropriate, which shall open
and record | ||||||
8 | them. The chief procurement officer for matters other than | ||||||
9 | construction or higher education chief procurement officer
| ||||||
10 | then shall forward the responses, together
with any
| ||||||
11 | information it has available about the qualifications and | ||||||
12 | other State work
of the respondents. | ||||||
13 | (e) After evaluation, ranking, and selection, the | ||||||
14 | responsible chief
procurement officer, State purchasing | ||||||
15 | officer, or
his or her designee shall notify the chief | ||||||
16 | procurement officer for matters other than construction
or the | ||||||
17 | higher education chief procurement officer, whichever is | ||||||
18 | appropriate,
of the successful respondent and shall forward
a | ||||||
19 | copy of the signed contract for the chief procurement officer | ||||||
20 | for matters other than construction or higher education chief
| ||||||
21 | procurement officer's file. The chief procurement officer for | ||||||
22 | matters other than construction or higher education chief
| ||||||
23 | procurement officer shall
publish the names of the
responsible | ||||||
24 | procurement decision-maker,
the agency letting the contract, | ||||||
25 | the
successful respondent, a contract reference, and value of | ||||||
26 | the let contract
in the next appropriate volume of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Illinois Procurement Bulletin. | ||||||
2 | (f) For all professional and artistic contracts with | ||||||
3 | annualized value
that exceeds $100,000, evaluation and ranking | ||||||
4 | by price are required. Any chief
procurement officer or State | ||||||
5 | purchasing officer,
but not their designees, may select a | ||||||
6 | respondent other than the lowest respondent by
price. In any | ||||||
7 | case, when the contract exceeds the $100,000 threshold and
the | ||||||
8 | lowest respondent is not selected, the chief procurement | ||||||
9 | officer or the State
purchasing officer shall forward together
| ||||||
10 | with the contract notice of who the low respondent by price was | ||||||
11 | and a written decision as
to why another was selected to the | ||||||
12 | chief procurement officer for matters other than construction | ||||||
13 | or
the higher education chief procurement officer, whichever | ||||||
14 | is appropriate.
The chief procurement officer for matters | ||||||
15 | other than construction or higher education chief procurement | ||||||
16 | officer shall publish as
provided in subsection (e) of Section | ||||||
17 | 35-30,
but
shall include notice of the chief procurement | ||||||
18 | officer's or State purchasing
officer's written decision. | ||||||
19 | (g) The chief procurement officer for matters other than | ||||||
20 | construction and higher education chief
procurement officer | ||||||
21 | may each refine, but not
contradict, this Section by | ||||||
22 | promulgating rules
for submission to the Procurement Policy | ||||||
23 | Board and the Commission on Equity and Inclusion and then to | ||||||
24 | the Joint Committee
on Administrative Rules. Any
refinement | ||||||
25 | shall be based on the principles and procedures of the federal
| ||||||
26 | Architect-Engineer Selection Law, Public Law 92-582 Brooks |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Act, and the
Architectural, Engineering, and Land Surveying | ||||||
2 | Qualifications Based Selection
Act; except that pricing shall | ||||||
3 | be an integral part of the selection process. | ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 100-43, eff. 8-9-17; 101-657, Article 5, Section | ||||||
5 | 5-5, eff. 7-1-21 (See Section 25 of P.A. 102-29 for effective | ||||||
6 | date of P.A. 101-657, Article 5, Section 5-5); 101-657, | ||||||
7 | Article 40, Section 40-125, eff. 1-1-22; revised 7-13-21.)
| ||||||
8 | (30 ILCS 500/50-85) | ||||||
9 | Sec. 50-85. Diversity training. (a) Each chief procurement | ||||||
10 | officer, State purchasing officer, procurement compliance | ||||||
11 | monitor, applicable support staff of each chief procurement | ||||||
12 | officer, State agency purchasing and contracting staff, those | ||||||
13 | identified under subsection (c) of Section 5-45 of the State | ||||||
14 | Officials and Employees Ethics Act who have the authority to | ||||||
15 | participate personally and substantially in the award of State | ||||||
16 | contracts, and any other State agency staff with substantial | ||||||
17 | procurement and contracting responsibilities as determined by | ||||||
18 | the chief procurement officer, in consultation with the State | ||||||
19 | agency, shall complete annual training for diversity and | ||||||
20 | inclusion. Each chief procurement officer shall prescribe the | ||||||
21 | program of diversity and inclusion training appropriate for | ||||||
22 | each chief procurement officer's jurisdiction.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 101-657, eff. 7-1-21 (See Section 25 of P.A. | ||||||
24 | 102-29 for effective date of P.A. 101-657, Article 5, Section | ||||||
25 | 5-5); revised 7-23-21.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 40. The Commission on Equity and Inclusion Act is | ||||||
2 | amended by changing Section 40-1 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (30 ILCS 574/40-1) | ||||||
4 | (This Section may contain text from a Public Act with a | ||||||
5 | delayed effective date )
| ||||||
6 | Sec. 40-1. Short title. This Article Act may be cited as | ||||||
7 | the Commission on Equity and Inclusion Act. References in this | ||||||
8 | Article to "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 101-657, eff. 1-1-22; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
10 | Section 45. The Illinois Income Tax Act is amended by | ||||||
11 | changing Sections 211 and 905 as follows:
| ||||||
12 | (35 ILCS 5/211)
| ||||||
13 | Sec. 211. Economic Development for a Growing Economy Tax | ||||||
14 | Credit. For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 1999, a | ||||||
15 | Taxpayer
who has entered into an Agreement (including a New | ||||||
16 | Construction EDGE Agreement) under the Economic Development | ||||||
17 | for a Growing
Economy Tax Credit Act is entitled to a credit | ||||||
18 | against the taxes imposed
under subsections (a) and (b) of | ||||||
19 | Section 201 of this Act in an amount to be
determined in the | ||||||
20 | Agreement. If the Taxpayer is a partnership or Subchapter
S | ||||||
21 | corporation, the credit shall be allowed to the partners or | ||||||
22 | shareholders in
accordance with the determination of income |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and distributive share of income
under Sections 702 and 704 | ||||||
2 | and subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.
The Department, | ||||||
3 | in cooperation with the Department
of Commerce and Economic | ||||||
4 | Opportunity, shall prescribe rules to enforce and
administer | ||||||
5 | the provisions of this Section. This Section is
exempt from | ||||||
6 | the provisions of Section 250 of this Act.
| ||||||
7 | The credit shall be subject to the conditions set forth in
| ||||||
8 | the Agreement and the following limitations:
| ||||||
9 | (1) The tax credit shall not exceed the Incremental | ||||||
10 | Income Tax
(as defined in Section 5-5 of the Economic | ||||||
11 | Development for a Growing Economy
Tax Credit Act) with | ||||||
12 | respect to the project; additionally, the New Construction | ||||||
13 | EDGE Credit shall not exceed the New Construction EDGE | ||||||
14 | Incremental Income Tax (as defined in Section 5-5 of the | ||||||
15 | Economic Development for a Growing Economy Tax Credit | ||||||
16 | Act).
| ||||||
17 | (2) The amount of the credit allowed during the tax | ||||||
18 | year plus the sum of
all amounts allowed in prior years | ||||||
19 | shall not exceed 100% of the aggregate
amount expended by | ||||||
20 | the Taxpayer during all prior tax years on approved costs
| ||||||
21 | defined by Agreement.
| ||||||
22 | (3) The amount of the credit shall be determined on an | ||||||
23 | annual
basis. Except as applied in a carryover year | ||||||
24 | pursuant to Section 211(4) of
this Act, the credit may not | ||||||
25 | be applied against any State
income tax liability in more | ||||||
26 | than 10 taxable
years; provided, however, that (i) an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | eligible business certified by the
Department of Commerce | ||||||
2 | and Economic Opportunity under the Corporate Headquarters
| ||||||
3 | Relocation Act may not
apply the credit against any of its | ||||||
4 | State income tax liability in more than 15
taxable years
| ||||||
5 | and (ii) credits allowed to that eligible business are | ||||||
6 | subject to the
conditions
and requirements set forth in | ||||||
7 | Sections 5-35 and 5-45 of the Economic
Development for a | ||||||
8 | Growing Economy Tax Credit Act and Section 5-51 as | ||||||
9 | applicable to New Construction EDGE Credits.
| ||||||
10 | (4) The credit may not exceed the amount of taxes | ||||||
11 | imposed pursuant to
subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 | ||||||
12 | of this Act. Any credit
that is unused in the year the | ||||||
13 | credit is computed may be carried forward and
applied to | ||||||
14 | the tax liability of the 5 taxable years following the | ||||||
15 | excess credit
year, except as otherwise provided under | ||||||
16 | paragraph (4.5) of this Section. The credit shall be | ||||||
17 | applied to the earliest year for which there is a
tax | ||||||
18 | liability. If there are credits from more than one tax | ||||||
19 | year that are
available to offset a liability, the earlier | ||||||
20 | credit shall be applied first.
| ||||||
21 | (4.5) The Department of Commerce and Economic | ||||||
22 | Opportunity, in consultation with the Department of | ||||||
23 | Revenue, shall adopt rules to extend the sunset of any | ||||||
24 | earned, existing, or unused credit as provided for in | ||||||
25 | Section 605-1055 of the Department of Commerce and | ||||||
26 | Economic Opportunity Law of the
Civil Administrative Code |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of Illinois. | ||||||
2 | (5) No credit shall be allowed with respect to any | ||||||
3 | Agreement for any
taxable year ending after the | ||||||
4 | Noncompliance Date. Upon receiving notification
by the | ||||||
5 | Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity of the | ||||||
6 | noncompliance of a
Taxpayer with an Agreement, the | ||||||
7 | Department shall notify the Taxpayer that no
credit is | ||||||
8 | allowed with respect to that Agreement for any taxable | ||||||
9 | year ending
after the Noncompliance Date, as stated in | ||||||
10 | such notification. If any credit
has been allowed with | ||||||
11 | respect to an Agreement for a taxable year ending after
| ||||||
12 | the Noncompliance Date for that Agreement, any refund paid | ||||||
13 | to the
Taxpayer for that taxable year shall, to the extent | ||||||
14 | of that credit allowed, be
an erroneous refund within the | ||||||
15 | meaning of Section 912 of this Act.
| ||||||
16 | If, during any taxable year, a taxpayer ceases | ||||||
17 | operations at a project location that is the subject of | ||||||
18 | that Agreement with the intent to terminate operations in | ||||||
19 | the State, the tax imposed under subsections (a) and (b) | ||||||
20 | of Section 201 of this Act for such taxable year shall be | ||||||
21 | increased by the amount of any credit allowed under the | ||||||
22 | Agreement for that project location prior to the date the | ||||||
23 | taxpayer ceases operations. | ||||||
24 | (6) For purposes of this Section, the terms | ||||||
25 | "Agreement", "Incremental
Income Tax", "New Construction | ||||||
26 | EDGE Agreement", "New Construction EDGE Credit", "New |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Construction EDGE Incremental Income Tax", and | ||||||
2 | "Noncompliance Date" have the same meaning as when used
in | ||||||
3 | the Economic Development for a Growing Economy Tax Credit | ||||||
4 | Act.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 101-9, eff. 6-5-19; 102-16, eff. 6-17-21; | ||||||
6 | 102-40, eff. 6-25-21; revised 7-15-21.)
| ||||||
7 | (35 ILCS 5/905) (from Ch. 120, par. 9-905)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 905. Limitations on notices of deficiency.
| ||||||
9 | (a) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this Act:
| ||||||
10 | (1) A notice of deficiency shall be issued not later | ||||||
11 | than 3 years
after the date the return was filed, and
| ||||||
12 | (2) No deficiency shall be assessed or collected with | ||||||
13 | respect to the
year for which the return was filed unless | ||||||
14 | such notice is issued within such
period.
| ||||||
15 | (a-5) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act to | ||||||
16 | the contrary, for any taxable year included in a claim for | ||||||
17 | credit or refund for which the statute of limitations for | ||||||
18 | issuing a notice of deficiency under this Act will expire less | ||||||
19 | than 6 months after the date a taxpayer files the claim for | ||||||
20 | credit or refund, the statute of limitations is automatically | ||||||
21 | extended for 6 months from the date it would have otherwise | ||||||
22 | expired. | ||||||
23 | (b) Substantial omission of items. | ||||||
24 | (1) Omission of more than 25% of income. If the | ||||||
25 | taxpayer omits
from base income an amount properly |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | includible therein which is in
excess of 25% of the amount | ||||||
2 | of base income stated in the return, a
notice of | ||||||
3 | deficiency may be issued not later than 6 years after the
| ||||||
4 | return was filed. For purposes of this paragraph, there | ||||||
5 | shall not be
taken into account any amount which is | ||||||
6 | omitted in the return if such
amount is disclosed in the | ||||||
7 | return, or in a statement attached to the
return, in a | ||||||
8 | manner adequate to apprise the Department of the nature | ||||||
9 | and
the amount of such item.
| ||||||
10 | (2) Reportable transactions. If a taxpayer fails to | ||||||
11 | include on any return or statement for any taxable year | ||||||
12 | any information with respect to a reportable transaction, | ||||||
13 | as required under Section 501(b) of this Act, a notice of | ||||||
14 | deficiency may be issued not later than 6 years after the | ||||||
15 | return is filed with respect to the taxable year in which | ||||||
16 | the taxpayer participated in the reportable transaction | ||||||
17 | and said deficiency is limited to the non-disclosed item.
| ||||||
18 | (3) Withholding. If an employer omits from a return | ||||||
19 | required under Section 704A of this Act for any period | ||||||
20 | beginning on or after January 1, 2013, an amount required | ||||||
21 | to be withheld and to be reported on that return which is | ||||||
22 | in excess of 25% of the total amount of withholding | ||||||
23 | required to be reported on that return, a notice of | ||||||
24 | deficiency may be issued not later than 6 years after the | ||||||
25 | return was filed. | ||||||
26 | (c) No return or fraudulent return. If no return is filed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or a
false and fraudulent return is filed with intent to evade | ||||||
2 | the tax
imposed by this Act, a notice of deficiency may be | ||||||
3 | issued at any time. For purposes of this subsection (c), any | ||||||
4 | taxpayer who is required to join in the filing of a return | ||||||
5 | filed under the provisions of subsection (e) of Section 502 of | ||||||
6 | this Act for a taxable year ending on or after December 31, | ||||||
7 | 2013 and who is not included on that return and does not file | ||||||
8 | its own return for that taxable year shall be deemed to have | ||||||
9 | failed to file a return; provided that the amount of any | ||||||
10 | proposed assessment set forth in a notice of deficiency issued | ||||||
11 | under this subsection (c) shall be limited to the amount of any | ||||||
12 | increase in liability under this Act that should have reported | ||||||
13 | on the return required under the provisions of subsection (e) | ||||||
14 | of Section 502 of this Act for that taxable year resulting from | ||||||
15 | proper inclusion of that taxpayer on that return.
| ||||||
16 | (d) Failure to report federal change. If a taxpayer fails | ||||||
17 | to
notify the Department in any case where notification is | ||||||
18 | required by
Section 304(c) or 506(b), or fails to report a | ||||||
19 | change or correction which is
treated in the same manner as if | ||||||
20 | it were a deficiency for federal income
tax purposes, a notice | ||||||
21 | of deficiency may be issued (i) at any time or
(ii) on or after | ||||||
22 | August 13, 1999, at any time for the
taxable year for which the | ||||||
23 | notification is required or for any taxable year to
which the | ||||||
24 | taxpayer may carry an Article 2 credit, or a Section 207 loss,
| ||||||
25 | earned, incurred, or used in the year for which the | ||||||
26 | notification is required;
provided, however, that the amount |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of any proposed assessment set forth in the
notice shall be | ||||||
2 | limited to the amount of any deficiency resulting under this
| ||||||
3 | Act from the recomputation of the taxpayer's net income, | ||||||
4 | Article 2 credits, or
Section 207 loss earned, incurred, or | ||||||
5 | used in the taxable year for which the
notification is | ||||||
6 | required after giving effect to the item or items required to
| ||||||
7 | be reported.
| ||||||
8 | (e) Report of federal change.
| ||||||
9 | (1) Before August 13, 1999, in any case where | ||||||
10 | notification of
an alteration is given as required by | ||||||
11 | Section 506(b), a notice of
deficiency may be issued at | ||||||
12 | any time within 2 years after the date such
notification | ||||||
13 | is given, provided, however, that the amount of any
| ||||||
14 | proposed assessment set forth in such notice shall be | ||||||
15 | limited to the
amount of any deficiency resulting under | ||||||
16 | this Act from recomputation of
the taxpayer's net income, | ||||||
17 | net loss, or Article 2 credits
for the taxable year after | ||||||
18 | giving
effect to the item
or items reflected in the | ||||||
19 | reported alteration.
| ||||||
20 | (2) On and after August 13, 1999, in any case where | ||||||
21 | notification of
an alteration is given as required by | ||||||
22 | Section 506(b), a notice of
deficiency may be issued at | ||||||
23 | any time within 2 years after the date such
notification | ||||||
24 | is given for the taxable year for which the notification | ||||||
25 | is
given or for any taxable year to which the taxpayer may | ||||||
26 | carry an Article 2
credit, or a Section 207 loss, earned, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | incurred, or used in the year for which
the notification | ||||||
2 | is given, provided, however, that the amount of any
| ||||||
3 | proposed assessment set forth in such notice shall be | ||||||
4 | limited to the
amount of any deficiency resulting under | ||||||
5 | this Act from recomputation of
the taxpayer's net income, | ||||||
6 | Article 2 credits, or Section 207
loss earned, incurred, | ||||||
7 | or used in
the taxable year for which the notification is | ||||||
8 | given after giving
effect to the item
or items reflected | ||||||
9 | in the reported alteration.
| ||||||
10 | (f) Extension by agreement. Where, before the expiration | ||||||
11 | of the
time prescribed in this Section for the issuance of a | ||||||
12 | notice of
deficiency, both the Department and the taxpayer | ||||||
13 | shall have consented in
writing to its issuance after such | ||||||
14 | time, such notice may be issued at
any time prior to the | ||||||
15 | expiration of the period agreed upon.
In the case of a taxpayer | ||||||
16 | who is a partnership, Subchapter S corporation, or
trust and | ||||||
17 | who enters into an agreement with the Department pursuant to | ||||||
18 | this
subsection on or after January 1, 2003, a notice of | ||||||
19 | deficiency may be issued to
the partners, shareholders, or | ||||||
20 | beneficiaries of the taxpayer at any time prior
to the | ||||||
21 | expiration of the period agreed upon. Any
proposed assessment | ||||||
22 | set forth in the notice, however, shall be limited to the
| ||||||
23 | amount of
any deficiency resulting under this Act from | ||||||
24 | recomputation of items of income,
deduction, credits, or other | ||||||
25 | amounts of the taxpayer that are taken into
account by the | ||||||
26 | partner, shareholder, or beneficiary in computing its |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | liability
under this Act.
The period
so agreed upon may be | ||||||
2 | extended by subsequent agreements in writing made
before the | ||||||
3 | expiration of the period previously agreed upon.
| ||||||
4 | (g) Erroneous refunds. In any case in which there has been | ||||||
5 | an
erroneous refund of tax payable under this Act, a notice of | ||||||
6 | deficiency
may be issued at any time within 2 years from the | ||||||
7 | making of such refund,
or within 5 years from the making of | ||||||
8 | such refund if it appears that any
part of the refund was | ||||||
9 | induced by fraud or the misrepresentation of a
material fact, | ||||||
10 | provided, however, that the amount of any proposed
assessment | ||||||
11 | set forth in such notice shall be limited to the amount of
such | ||||||
12 | erroneous refund.
| ||||||
13 | Beginning July 1, 1993, in any case in which there has been | ||||||
14 | a refund of tax
payable under this Act attributable to a net | ||||||
15 | loss carryback as provided for in
Section 207, and that refund | ||||||
16 | is subsequently determined to be an erroneous
refund due to a | ||||||
17 | reduction in the amount of the net loss which was originally
| ||||||
18 | carried back, a notice of deficiency for the erroneous refund | ||||||
19 | amount may be
issued at any time during the same time period in | ||||||
20 | which a notice of deficiency
can be issued on the loss year | ||||||
21 | creating the carryback amount and subsequent
erroneous refund. | ||||||
22 | The amount of any proposed assessment set forth in the notice
| ||||||
23 | shall be limited to the amount of such erroneous refund.
| ||||||
24 | (h) Time return deemed filed. For purposes of this Section | ||||||
25 | a tax
return filed before the last day prescribed by law | ||||||
26 | (including any
extension thereof) shall be deemed to have been |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | filed on such last day.
| ||||||
2 | (i) Request for prompt determination of liability. For | ||||||
3 | purposes
of subsection (a)(1), in the case of a tax return | ||||||
4 | required under this
Act in respect of a decedent, or by his | ||||||
5 | estate during the period of
administration, or by a | ||||||
6 | corporation, the period referred to in such
Subsection shall | ||||||
7 | be 18 months after a written request for prompt
determination | ||||||
8 | of liability is filed with the Department (at such time
and in | ||||||
9 | such form and manner as the Department shall by regulations
| ||||||
10 | prescribe) by the executor, administrator, or other fiduciary
| ||||||
11 | representing the estate of such decedent, or by such | ||||||
12 | corporation, but
not more than 3 years after the date the | ||||||
13 | return was filed. This
subsection shall not apply in the case | ||||||
14 | of a corporation unless:
| ||||||
15 | (1) (A) such written request notifies the Department | ||||||
16 | that the
corporation contemplates dissolution at or before | ||||||
17 | the expiration of such
18-month period, (B) the | ||||||
18 | dissolution is begun in good faith before the
expiration | ||||||
19 | of such 18-month period, and (C) the dissolution is | ||||||
20 | completed;
| ||||||
21 | (2) (A) such written request notifies the Department | ||||||
22 | that a
dissolution has in good faith been begun, and (B) | ||||||
23 | the dissolution is
completed; or
| ||||||
24 | (3) a dissolution has been completed at the time such | ||||||
25 | written
request is made.
| ||||||
26 | (j) Withholding tax. In the case of returns required under |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Article 7
of this Act (with respect to any amounts withheld as | ||||||
2 | tax or any amounts
required to have been withheld as tax) a | ||||||
3 | notice of deficiency shall be
issued not later than 3 years | ||||||
4 | after the 15th day of the 4th month
following the close of the | ||||||
5 | calendar year in which such withholding was
required.
| ||||||
6 | (k) Penalties for failure to make information reports. A | ||||||
7 | notice of
deficiency for the penalties provided by Subsection | ||||||
8 | 1405.1(c) of this Act may
not be issued more than 3 years after | ||||||
9 | the due date of the reports with respect
to which the penalties | ||||||
10 | are asserted.
| ||||||
11 | (l) Penalty for failure to file withholding returns. A | ||||||
12 | notice of deficiency
for penalties provided by Section 1004 of | ||||||
13 | this Act for the taxpayer's failure
to file withholding | ||||||
14 | returns may not be issued more than three years after
the 15th | ||||||
15 | day of the 4th month following the close of the calendar year | ||||||
16 | in
which the withholding giving rise to the taxpayer's | ||||||
17 | obligation to file those
returns occurred.
| ||||||
18 | (m) Transferee liability. A notice of deficiency may be | ||||||
19 | issued to a
transferee relative to a liability asserted under | ||||||
20 | Section 1405 during time
periods defined as follows:
| ||||||
21 | (1) 1) Initial Transferee. In the case of the | ||||||
22 | liability of an initial
transferee, up to 2 years after | ||||||
23 | the expiration of the period of limitation for
assessment | ||||||
24 | against the transferor, except that if a court proceeding | ||||||
25 | for review
of the assessment against the transferor has | ||||||
26 | begun, then up to 2 years after
the return of the certified |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | copy of the judgment in the court proceeding.
| ||||||
2 | (2) 2) Transferee of Transferee. In the case of the | ||||||
3 | liability of a
transferee,
up to 2 years after the | ||||||
4 | expiration of the period of limitation for assessment
| ||||||
5 | against the preceding transferee, but not more than 3 | ||||||
6 | years after the
expiration of the period of limitation for | ||||||
7 | assessment against the initial
transferor; except that if, | ||||||
8 | before the expiration of the period of limitation
for the | ||||||
9 | assessment of the liability of the transferee, a court | ||||||
10 | proceeding for
the collection of the tax or liability in | ||||||
11 | respect thereof has been begun
against the initial | ||||||
12 | transferor or the last preceding transferee, as the case
| ||||||
13 | may be, then the period of limitation for assessment of | ||||||
14 | the liability of the
transferee shall expire 2 years after | ||||||
15 | the return of the certified copy of the
judgment in the | ||||||
16 | court proceeding.
| ||||||
17 | (n) Notice of decrease in net loss. On and after August 23, | ||||||
18 | 2002, no notice of deficiency shall
be issued as the result of | ||||||
19 | a decrease determined by the Department in the net
loss | ||||||
20 | incurred by a taxpayer in any taxable year ending prior to | ||||||
21 | December 31, 2002 under Section 207 of this Act unless the | ||||||
22 | Department
has notified the taxpayer of the proposed decrease | ||||||
23 | within 3 years after the
return reporting the loss was filed or | ||||||
24 | within one year after an amended return
reporting an increase | ||||||
25 | in the loss was filed, provided that in the case of an
amended | ||||||
26 | return, a decrease proposed by the Department more than 3 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | years after
the original return was filed may not exceed the | ||||||
2 | increase claimed by the
taxpayer on the original return.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 102-40, eff. 6-25-21; revised 8-3-21.)
| ||||||
4 | Section 50. The Local Government Revenue Recapture Act is | ||||||
5 | amended by changing Sections 5-20 and 10-30 as follows:
| ||||||
6 | (50 ILCS 355/5-20)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 5-20. Retention, collection, disclosure, and | ||||||
8 | destruction of financial information. | ||||||
9 | (a) A third party in possession of a taxpayer's financial | ||||||
10 | information must permanently destroy that financial | ||||||
11 | information pursuant to this Act. The financial information | ||||||
12 | shall be destroyed upon the soonest of the following to occur: | ||||||
13 | (1) if the taxpayer is not referred to the Department, | ||||||
14 | within 30 days after receipt of the taxpayer's financial | ||||||
15 | information from either the municipality or county, unless | ||||||
16 | the third party is monitoring disbursements from the | ||||||
17 | Department on an ongoing basis for a municipality or | ||||||
18 | county, in which case , the financial information shall be | ||||||
19 | destroyed no later than 3 years after receipt; or | ||||||
20 | (2) within 30 days after the Department receives a | ||||||
21 | taxpayer audit referral from a third party referring the | ||||||
22 | taxpayer to the Department for additional review. | ||||||
23 | (b) No third party in possession of financial information | ||||||
24 | may sell, lease, trade, market, or otherwise utilize or profit |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | from a taxpayer's financial information. The municipality or | ||||||
2 | county may, however, negotiate a fee with the third party. The | ||||||
3 | fee may be in the form of a contingency fee for a percentage of | ||||||
4 | the amount of additional distributions the municipality or | ||||||
5 | county receives for no more than 3 years following the first | ||||||
6 | disbursement to the municipality or county as a result of the | ||||||
7 | services of the third party under this Act. | ||||||
8 | (c) No third party may permanently or temporarily collect, | ||||||
9 | capture, purchase, use, receive through trade, or otherwise | ||||||
10 | retain a taxpayer's financial information beyond the scope of | ||||||
11 | subsection (a) of this Section. | ||||||
12 | (d) No third party in possession of confidential | ||||||
13 | information may disclose, redisclose, share, or otherwise | ||||||
14 | disseminate a taxpayer's financial information. | ||||||
15 | (e) A third party must dispose of the materials containing | ||||||
16 | financial information in a manner that renders the financial | ||||||
17 | information unreadable, unusable, and undecipherable. Proper | ||||||
18 | disposal methods include, but are not limited to, the | ||||||
19 | following: | ||||||
20 | (1) in the case of paper documents, burning, | ||||||
21 | pulverizing, or shredding so that the information cannot | ||||||
22 | practicably be read or reconstructed; and | ||||||
23 | (2) in the case of electronic media and other | ||||||
24 | non-paper media containing information, destroying or | ||||||
25 | erasing so that information cannot practicably be read, | ||||||
26 | reconstructed, or otherwise utilized by the third party or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | others.
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 101-628, eff. 6-1-20; 102-40, eff. 6-25-21; | ||||||
3 | revised 8-3-21.)
| ||||||
4 | (50 ILCS 355/10-30)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 10-30. Local government revenue recapture audit | ||||||
6 | referral. | ||||||
7 | (a) A third party shall not refer a taxpayer to the | ||||||
8 | Department for audit consideration unless the third party is | ||||||
9 | registered with the Department pursuant to Section 5-35. | ||||||
10 | (b) If, based on a review of the financial information | ||||||
11 | provided by the Department to a municipality or county, or | ||||||
12 | provided by a municipality or county to a registered third | ||||||
13 | party, the municipality or county discovers that a taxpayer | ||||||
14 | may have underpaid local retailers' or service occupation | ||||||
15 | taxes, then it may refer the matter to the Department for audit | ||||||
16 | consideration. The tax compliance referral may be made only by | ||||||
17 | the municipality, county, or third party and shall be made in | ||||||
18 | the form and manner required by the Department, including any | ||||||
19 | requirement that the referral be submitted electronically. The | ||||||
20 | tax compliance referral shall, at a minimum, include proof of | ||||||
21 | registration as a third party, a copy of a contract between the | ||||||
22 | third party and the county or municipality, the taxpayer's | ||||||
23 | name, Department account identification number, mailing | ||||||
24 | address, and business location, and the specific reason for | ||||||
25 | the tax compliance referral, including as much detail as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | possible. | ||||||
2 | (c) The Department shall complete its evaluation of all | ||||||
3 | audit referrals under this Act within 90 days after receipt of | ||||||
4 | the referral and shall handle all audit referrals as follows: | ||||||
5 | (1) the Department shall evaluate the referral to | ||||||
6 | determine whether it is sufficient to warrant further | ||||||
7 | action based on the information provided in the referral, | ||||||
8 | any other information the Department possesses, and audit | ||||||
9 | selection procedures of the Department; | ||||||
10 | (2) if the Department determines that the referral is | ||||||
11 | not actionable, then the Department shall notify the local | ||||||
12 | government that it has evaluated the referral and has | ||||||
13 | determined that no action
is deemed necessary and provide | ||||||
14 | the local government with an explanation for that | ||||||
15 | decision, including, but not limited to , an explanation | ||||||
16 | that (i) the Department has previously conducted an audit; | ||||||
17 | (ii) the Department is in the process of conducting an | ||||||
18 | investigation or other examination of the taxpayer's | ||||||
19 | records; (iii) the taxpayer has already been referred to | ||||||
20 | the Department and the Department determined an audit | ||||||
21 | referral is not actionable; (iv) the Department or a | ||||||
22 | qualified practitioner has previously conducted an audit | ||||||
23 | after referral under this Section 10-30; or (v) for just | ||||||
24 | cause; | ||||||
25 | (3) if the Department determines that the referral is | ||||||
26 | actionable, then it shall determine whether the taxpayer |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | is currently under audit or scheduled for audit by the | ||||||
2 | Department; | ||||||
3 | (A) if the taxpayer is not currently under audit | ||||||
4 | by the Department or scheduled for audit by the | ||||||
5 | Department, the Department shall determine whether it | ||||||
6 | will schedule the taxpayer for audit; and | ||||||
7 | (B) if the taxpayer is not under audit by the | ||||||
8 | Department and the Department decides under | ||||||
9 | subparagraph (A) not to schedule the taxpayer for | ||||||
10 | audit by the Department, then the Department shall | ||||||
11 | notify the taxpayer that the Department has received | ||||||
12 | an actionable audit referral on the taxpayer and issue | ||||||
13 | a notice to the taxpayer as provided under subsection | ||||||
14 | (d) of this Section. | ||||||
15 | (d) The notice to the taxpayer required by subparagraph | ||||||
16 | (B) of paragraph (3) of subsection (c) shall include, but not | ||||||
17 | be limited to, the following: | ||||||
18 | (1) that the taxpayer must either: (A) engage a | ||||||
19 | qualified practitioner, at
the taxpayer's expense, to | ||||||
20 | complete a certified audit, limited in scope to the | ||||||
21 | taxpayer's Retailers' Occupation Tax, Use Tax, Service | ||||||
22 | Occupation Tax, or Service Use Tax liability, and the | ||||||
23 | taxpayer's liability for any local retailers' or service | ||||||
24 | occupation tax administered by the Department; or (B) be | ||||||
25 | subject to audit by the Department; | ||||||
26 | (2) that, as an incentive, for taxpayers who agree to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the limited-scope certified audit, the Department shall | ||||||
2 | abate penalties as provided in Section 10-20; and | ||||||
3 | (3) A statement that reads: "[INSERT THE NAME OF THE | ||||||
4 | ELECTED CHIEF EXECUTIVE OF THE CORPORATE AUTHORITY] has | ||||||
5 | contracted with [INSERT THIRD PARTY] to review your | ||||||
6 | Retailers' Occupation Tax, Use Tax, Service Occupation | ||||||
7 | Tax, Service Use Tax, and any local retailers' or service | ||||||
8 | occupation taxes reported to the Illinois Department of | ||||||
9 | Revenue ("Department"). [INSERT THE NAME OF THE ELECTED | ||||||
10 | CHIEF EXECUTIVE OF THE CORPORATE AUTHORITY] and [INSERT | ||||||
11 | THE THIRD PARTY] have selected and referred your business | ||||||
12 | to the Department for a certified audit of your Retailers' | ||||||
13 | Occupation Tax, Use Tax, Service Occupation Tax, Service | ||||||
14 | Use Tax, and any local retailers' or service occupation | ||||||
15 | taxes reported to the Department pursuant to the Local | ||||||
16 | Government Revenue Recapture Act. The purpose of the audit | ||||||
17 | is to verify that your business
reported and submitted the | ||||||
18 | proper Retailers' Occupation Tax, Use Tax, Service | ||||||
19 | Occupation Tax, Service Use Tax, and any local retailers' | ||||||
20 | or service occupation taxes administered by the | ||||||
21 | Department. The Department is required to disclose your | ||||||
22 | confidential financial information to [INSERT THE NAME OF | ||||||
23 | THE ELECTED CHIEF EXECUTIVE OF THE CORPORATE AUTHORITY] | ||||||
24 | and [INSERT THE THIRD PARTY]. Additional information can | ||||||
25 | be accessed from the Department's website and publications | ||||||
26 | for a basic overview of your rights as a Taxpayer. If you |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | have questions regarding your business's referral to the | ||||||
2 | Department for audit, please contact [CORPORATE | ||||||
3 | AUTHORITY'S] mayor, village president, or any other person | ||||||
4 | serving as [CORPORATE AUTHORITY'S] chief executive officer | ||||||
5 | or chief financial officer. [INSERT THIRD PARTY] is | ||||||
6 | prohibited from discussing this matter with you directly | ||||||
7 | or indirectly in any manner regardless of who initiates | ||||||
8 | the contact. If [INSERT THIRD PARTY] contacts you, please | ||||||
9 | contact the Department.".
| ||||||
10 | (e) Within 90 days after notice by the Department, the | ||||||
11 | taxpayer must respond by stating in writing whether it will or | ||||||
12 | will not arrange for the performance of a certified audit | ||||||
13 | under this Act. If the taxpayer states that it will arrange for | ||||||
14 | the performance of a certified audit, then it must do so within | ||||||
15 | 60 days after responding to the Department or within 90 days | ||||||
16 | after notice by the Department, whichever comes first. If the | ||||||
17 | taxpayer states that it will not arrange for the performance | ||||||
18 | of a certified audit or if the taxpayer does not arrange for | ||||||
19 | the performance of a certified audit within 180 days after | ||||||
20 | notice by the Department, then the Department may schedule the | ||||||
21 | taxpayer for audit by the Department. | ||||||
22 | (f) The certified audit must not be a contingent-fee | ||||||
23 | engagement and must be completed in accordance with this | ||||||
24 | Article 10.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 101-628, eff. 6-1-20; 102-40, eff. 6-25-21; | ||||||
26 | revised 8-3-21.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 55. The Illinois Police Training Act is amended by | ||||||
2 | changing Section 6 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (50 ILCS 705/6) (from Ch. 85, par. 506)
| ||||||
4 | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 101-652 ) | ||||||
5 | Sec. 6. Powers and duties of the Board; selection and | ||||||
6 | certification of schools. The Board shall select
and certify | ||||||
7 | schools within the State of
Illinois for the purpose of | ||||||
8 | providing basic training for probationary
police officers, | ||||||
9 | probationary county corrections officers, and
court security | ||||||
10 | officers and
of providing advanced or in-service training for | ||||||
11 | permanent police officers
or permanent
county corrections | ||||||
12 | officers, which schools may be either publicly or
privately | ||||||
13 | owned and operated. In addition, the Board has the following
| ||||||
14 | power and duties:
| ||||||
15 | a. To require local governmental units to furnish such | ||||||
16 | reports and
information as the Board deems necessary to | ||||||
17 | fully implement this Act.
| ||||||
18 | b. To establish appropriate mandatory minimum | ||||||
19 | standards
relating to the training of probationary local | ||||||
20 | law enforcement officers
or probationary county | ||||||
21 | corrections officers, and in-service training of permanent | ||||||
22 | police officers.
| ||||||
23 | c. To provide appropriate certification to those | ||||||
24 | probationary
officers who successfully complete the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | prescribed minimum standard basic
training course.
| ||||||
2 | d. To review and approve annual training curriculum | ||||||
3 | for county sheriffs.
| ||||||
4 | e. To review and approve applicants to ensure that no | ||||||
5 | applicant is admitted
to a certified academy unless the | ||||||
6 | applicant is a person of good character
and has not been | ||||||
7 | convicted of, or entered a plea of guilty to, a felony | ||||||
8 | offense, any of the
misdemeanors in Sections 11-1.50, | ||||||
9 | 11-6, 11-9.1, 11-14, 11-17, 11-19, 12-2, 12-15, 16-1,
| ||||||
10 | 17-1, 17-2, 28-3, 29-1, 31-1, 31-6, 31-7, 32-4a, or 32-7 | ||||||
11 | of the Criminal Code
of
1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012, | ||||||
12 | subdivision (a)(1) or (a)(2)(C) of Section 11-14.3 of the | ||||||
13 | Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012, or | ||||||
14 | subsection (a) of Section 17-32 of the Criminal Code of | ||||||
15 | 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012, or Section 5 or 5.2 of | ||||||
16 | the Cannabis Control Act, or a crime involving
moral
| ||||||
17 | turpitude under the laws of this State or any other state | ||||||
18 | which if
committed in this State would be punishable as a | ||||||
19 | felony or a crime of
moral turpitude. The Board may | ||||||
20 | appoint investigators who shall enforce
the duties | ||||||
21 | conferred upon the Board by this Act.
| ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 101-187, eff. 1-1-20 .)
| ||||||
23 | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 101-652, Article | ||||||
24 | 10, Section 10-143 but before amendment by P.A. 101-652, | ||||||
25 | Article 25, Section 25-40 ) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 6. Powers and duties of the Board; selection and | ||||||
2 | certification of schools. The Board shall select
and certify | ||||||
3 | schools within the State of
Illinois for the purpose of | ||||||
4 | providing basic training for probationary
police officers, | ||||||
5 | probationary county corrections officers, and
court security | ||||||
6 | officers and
of providing advanced or in-service training for | ||||||
7 | permanent police officers
or permanent
county corrections | ||||||
8 | officers, which schools may be either publicly or
privately | ||||||
9 | owned and operated. In addition, the Board has the following
| ||||||
10 | power and duties:
| ||||||
11 | a. To require local governmental units to furnish such | ||||||
12 | reports and
information as the Board deems necessary to | ||||||
13 | fully implement this Act.
| ||||||
14 | b. To establish appropriate mandatory minimum | ||||||
15 | standards
relating to the training of probationary local | ||||||
16 | law enforcement officers
or probationary county | ||||||
17 | corrections officers, and in-service training of permanent | ||||||
18 | police officers.
| ||||||
19 | c. To provide appropriate certification to those | ||||||
20 | probationary
officers who successfully complete the | ||||||
21 | prescribed minimum standard basic
training course.
| ||||||
22 | d. To review and approve annual training curriculum | ||||||
23 | for county sheriffs.
| ||||||
24 | e. To review and approve applicants to ensure that no | ||||||
25 | applicant is admitted
to a certified academy unless the | ||||||
26 | applicant is a person of good character
and has not been |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | convicted of, or entered a plea of guilty to, a felony | ||||||
2 | offense, any of the
misdemeanors in Sections 11-1.50, | ||||||
3 | 11-6, 11-9.1, 11-14, 11-17, 11-19, 12-2, 12-15, 16-1,
| ||||||
4 | 17-1, 17-2, 28-3, 29-1, 31-1, 31-6, 31-7, 32-4a, or 32-7 | ||||||
5 | of the Criminal Code
of
1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012, | ||||||
6 | subdivision (a)(1) or (a)(2)(C) of Section 11-14.3 of the | ||||||
7 | Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012, or | ||||||
8 | subsection (a) of Section 17-32 of the Criminal Code of | ||||||
9 | 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012, or Section 5 or 5.2 of | ||||||
10 | the Cannabis Control Act, or a crime involving
moral
| ||||||
11 | turpitude under the laws of this State or any other state | ||||||
12 | which if
committed in this State would be punishable as a | ||||||
13 | felony or a crime of
moral turpitude. The Board may | ||||||
14 | appoint investigators who shall enforce
the duties | ||||||
15 | conferred upon the Board by this Act.
| ||||||
16 | f. To establish statewide standards for minimum | ||||||
17 | standards regarding regular mental health screenings for | ||||||
18 | probationary and permanent police officers, ensuring that | ||||||
19 | counseling sessions and screenings remain confidential. | ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 101-187, eff. 1-1-20; 101-652, Article 10, | ||||||
21 | Section 10-143, eff. 7-1-21.)
| ||||||
22 | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 101-652, Article | ||||||
23 | 25, Section 25-40 )
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 6. Powers and duties of the Board; selection and | ||||||
25 | certification of schools. The Board shall select
and certify |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | schools within the State of
Illinois for the purpose of | ||||||
2 | providing basic training for probationary law enforcement
| ||||||
3 | officers, probationary county corrections officers, and
court | ||||||
4 | security officers and
of providing advanced or in-service | ||||||
5 | training for permanent law enforcement officers
or permanent
| ||||||
6 | county corrections officers, which schools may be either | ||||||
7 | publicly or
privately owned and operated. In addition, the | ||||||
8 | Board has the following
power and duties:
| ||||||
9 | a. To require local governmental units , to furnish | ||||||
10 | such reports and
information as the Board deems necessary | ||||||
11 | to fully implement this Act.
| ||||||
12 | b. To establish appropriate mandatory minimum | ||||||
13 | standards
relating to the training of probationary local | ||||||
14 | law enforcement officers
or probationary county | ||||||
15 | corrections officers, and in-service training of permanent | ||||||
16 | law enforcement officers.
| ||||||
17 | c. To provide appropriate certification to those | ||||||
18 | probationary
officers who successfully complete the | ||||||
19 | prescribed minimum standard basic
training course.
| ||||||
20 | d. To review and approve annual training curriculum | ||||||
21 | for county sheriffs.
| ||||||
22 | e. To review and approve applicants to ensure that no | ||||||
23 | applicant is admitted
to a certified academy unless the | ||||||
24 | applicant is a person of good character
and has not been | ||||||
25 | convicted of, found guilty of, or entered a plea of guilty | ||||||
26 | to, or entered a plea of nolo contendere to a felony |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | offense, any of the
misdemeanors in Sections 11-1.50, | ||||||
2 | 11-6, 11-6.5, 11-6.6, 11-9.1, 11-14, 11-14.1, 11-30, 12-2, | ||||||
3 | 12-3.2, 12-3.5, 16-1,
17-1, 17-2, 26.5-1, 26.5-2, 26.5-3, | ||||||
4 | 28-3, 29-1, any misdemeanor in violation of any Section of | ||||||
5 | Part E of Title III of the Criminal Code of 1961 or the | ||||||
6 | Criminal Code of 2012, or subsection (a) of Section 17-32 | ||||||
7 | of the Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012, | ||||||
8 | or Section 5 or 5.2 of the Cannabis Control Act, or a crime | ||||||
9 | involving
moral
turpitude under the laws of this State or | ||||||
10 | any other state which if
committed in this State would be | ||||||
11 | punishable as a felony or a crime of
moral turpitude, or | ||||||
12 | any felony or misdemeanor in violation of federal law or | ||||||
13 | the law of any state that is the equivalent of any of the | ||||||
14 | offenses specified therein. The Board may appoint | ||||||
15 | investigators who shall enforce
the duties conferred upon | ||||||
16 | the Board by this Act.
| ||||||
17 | For purposes of this paragraph e, a person is | ||||||
18 | considered to have been convicted of, found guilty of, or | ||||||
19 | entered a plea of guilty to, plea of nolo contendere to | ||||||
20 | regardless of whether the adjudication of guilt or | ||||||
21 | sentence is withheld or not entered thereon. This includes | ||||||
22 | sentences of supervision, conditional discharge, or first | ||||||
23 | offender probation, or any similar disposition provided | ||||||
24 | for by law. | ||||||
25 | f. To establish statewide standards for minimum | ||||||
26 | standards regarding regular mental health screenings for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | probationary and permanent police officers, ensuring that | ||||||
2 | counseling sessions and screenings remain confidential. | ||||||
3 | f. For purposes of this paragraph (e), a person is | ||||||
4 | considered to have been "convicted of, found guilty of, or | ||||||
5 | entered a plea of guilty to, plea of nolo contendere to" | ||||||
6 | regardless of whether the adjudication of guilt or | ||||||
7 | sentence is withheld or not entered thereon. This includes | ||||||
8 | sentences of supervision, conditional discharge, or first | ||||||
9 | offender probation, or any similar disposition provided | ||||||
10 | for by law. | ||||||
11 | g. To review and ensure all law enforcement officers | ||||||
12 | remain in compliance with this Act, and any administrative | ||||||
13 | rules adopted under this Act. | ||||||
14 | h. To suspend any certificate for a definite period, | ||||||
15 | limit or restrict any certificate, or revoke any | ||||||
16 | certificate. | ||||||
17 | i. The Board and the Panel shall have power to secure | ||||||
18 | by its subpoena and bring before it any person or entity in | ||||||
19 | this State and to take testimony either orally or by | ||||||
20 | deposition or both with the same fees and mileage and in | ||||||
21 | the same manner as prescribed by law in judicial | ||||||
22 | proceedings in civil cases in circuit courts of this | ||||||
23 | State. The Board and the Panel shall also have the power to | ||||||
24 | subpoena the production of documents, papers, files, | ||||||
25 | books, documents, and records, whether in physical or | ||||||
26 | electronic form, in support of the charges and for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | defense, and in connection with a hearing or | ||||||
2 | investigation. | ||||||
3 | j. The Executive Director, the administrative law | ||||||
4 | judge designated by the Executive Director, and each | ||||||
5 | member of the Board and the Panel shall have the power to | ||||||
6 | administer oaths to witnesses at any hearing that the | ||||||
7 | Board is authorized to conduct under this Act and any | ||||||
8 | other oaths required or authorized to be administered by | ||||||
9 | the Board under this Act. | ||||||
10 | k. In case of the neglect or refusal of any person to | ||||||
11 | obey a subpoena issued by the Board and the Panel, any | ||||||
12 | circuit court, upon application of the Board and the | ||||||
13 | Panel, through the Illinois Attorney General, may order | ||||||
14 | such person to appear before the Board and the Panel give | ||||||
15 | testimony or produce evidence, and any failure to obey | ||||||
16 | such order is punishable by the court as a contempt | ||||||
17 | thereof. This order may be served by personal delivery, by | ||||||
18 | email, or by mail to the address of record or email address | ||||||
19 | of record. | ||||||
20 | l. The Board shall have the power to administer state | ||||||
21 | certification examinations. Any and all records related to | ||||||
22 | these examinations, including , but not limited to , test | ||||||
23 | questions, test formats, digital files, answer responses, | ||||||
24 | answer keys, and scoring information shall be exempt from | ||||||
25 | disclosure. | ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 101-187, eff. 1-1-20; 101-652, Article 10, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 10-143, eff. 7-1-21; 101-652, Article 25, Section | ||||||
2 | 25-40, eff. 1-1-22; revised 4-26-21.)
| ||||||
3 | Section 60. The Law Enforcement Officer-Worn Body Camera | ||||||
4 | Act is amended by changing Section 10-20 as follows:
| ||||||
5 | (50 ILCS 706/10-20) | ||||||
6 | Sec. 10-20. Requirements. | ||||||
7 | (a) The Board shall develop basic guidelines for the use | ||||||
8 | of officer-worn body cameras by law enforcement agencies. The | ||||||
9 | guidelines developed by the Board shall be the basis for the | ||||||
10 | written policy which must be adopted by each law enforcement | ||||||
11 | agency which employs the use of officer-worn body cameras. The | ||||||
12 | written policy adopted by the law enforcement agency must | ||||||
13 | include, at a minimum, all of the following: | ||||||
14 | (1) Cameras must be equipped with pre-event recording, | ||||||
15 | capable of recording at least the 30 seconds prior to | ||||||
16 | camera activation, unless the officer-worn body camera was | ||||||
17 | purchased and acquired by the law enforcement agency prior | ||||||
18 | to July 1, 2015. | ||||||
19 | (2) Cameras must be capable of recording for a period | ||||||
20 | of 10 hours or more, unless the officer-worn body camera | ||||||
21 | was purchased and acquired by the law enforcement agency | ||||||
22 | prior to July 1, 2015. | ||||||
23 | (3) Cameras must be turned on at all times when the | ||||||
24 | officer is in uniform and is responding to calls for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | service or engaged in any law enforcement-related | ||||||
2 | encounter or activity , that occurs while the officer is on | ||||||
3 | duty. | ||||||
4 | (A) If exigent circumstances exist which prevent | ||||||
5 | the camera from being turned on, the camera must be | ||||||
6 | turned on as soon as practicable. | ||||||
7 | (B) Officer-worn body cameras may be turned off | ||||||
8 | when the officer is inside of a patrol car which is | ||||||
9 | equipped with a functioning in-car camera; however, | ||||||
10 | the officer must turn on the camera upon exiting the | ||||||
11 | patrol vehicle for law enforcement-related encounters. | ||||||
12 | (C) Officer-worn body cameras may be turned off | ||||||
13 | when the officer is inside a correctional facility or | ||||||
14 | courthouse which is equipped with a functioning camera | ||||||
15 | system. | ||||||
16 | (4) Cameras must be turned off when:
| ||||||
17 | (A) the victim of a crime requests that the camera | ||||||
18 | be turned off, and unless impractical or impossible, | ||||||
19 | that request is made on the recording; | ||||||
20 | (B) a witness of a crime or a community member who | ||||||
21 | wishes to report a crime requests that the camera be | ||||||
22 | turned off, and unless impractical or impossible that | ||||||
23 | request is made on the recording;
| ||||||
24 | (C) the officer is interacting with a confidential | ||||||
25 | informant used by the law enforcement agency; or | ||||||
26 | (D) an officer of the Department of Revenue enters |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a Department of Revenue facility or conducts an | ||||||
2 | interview during which return information will be | ||||||
3 | discussed or visible. | ||||||
4 | However, an officer may continue to record or resume | ||||||
5 | recording a victim or a witness, if exigent circumstances | ||||||
6 | exist, or if the officer has reasonable articulable | ||||||
7 | suspicion that a victim or witness, or confidential | ||||||
8 | informant has committed or is in the process of committing | ||||||
9 | a crime. Under these circumstances, and unless impractical | ||||||
10 | or impossible, the officer must indicate on the recording | ||||||
11 | the reason for continuing to record despite the request of | ||||||
12 | the victim or witness. | ||||||
13 | (4.5) Cameras may be turned off when the officer is | ||||||
14 | engaged in community caretaking functions. However, the | ||||||
15 | camera must be turned on when the officer has reason to | ||||||
16 | believe that the person on whose behalf the officer is | ||||||
17 | performing a community caretaking function has committed | ||||||
18 | or is in the process of committing a crime. If exigent | ||||||
19 | circumstances exist which prevent the camera from being | ||||||
20 | turned on, the camera must be turned on as soon as | ||||||
21 | practicable. | ||||||
22 | (5) The officer must provide notice of recording to | ||||||
23 | any person if the person has a reasonable expectation of | ||||||
24 | privacy and proof of notice must be evident in the | ||||||
25 | recording.
If exigent circumstances exist which prevent | ||||||
26 | the officer from providing notice, notice must be provided |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | as soon as practicable. | ||||||
2 | (6) (A) For the purposes of redaction, labeling, or | ||||||
3 | duplicating recordings, access to camera recordings shall | ||||||
4 | be restricted to only those personnel responsible for | ||||||
5 | those purposes. The recording officer or his or her | ||||||
6 | supervisor may not redact, label, duplicate or otherwise | ||||||
7 | alter the recording officer's camera recordings. Except as | ||||||
8 | otherwise provided in this Section, the recording officer | ||||||
9 | and his or her supervisor may access and review recordings | ||||||
10 | prior to completing incident reports or other | ||||||
11 | documentation, provided that the supervisor discloses that | ||||||
12 | fact in the report or documentation. | ||||||
13 | (i) A law enforcement officer shall not have | ||||||
14 | access to or review his or her body-worn
camera | ||||||
15 | recordings or the body-worn camera recordings of | ||||||
16 | another officer prior to completing incident reports | ||||||
17 | or other documentation when the officer: | ||||||
18 | (a) has been involved in or is a witness to an | ||||||
19 | officer-involved shooting, use of deadly force | ||||||
20 | incident, or use of force incidents resulting in | ||||||
21 | great bodily harm; | ||||||
22 | (b) is ordered to write a report in response | ||||||
23 | to or during the investigation of a misconduct | ||||||
24 | complaint against the officer. | ||||||
25 | (ii) If the officer subject to subparagraph (i) | ||||||
26 | prepares a report, any report shall be prepared |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | without viewing body-worn camera recordings, and | ||||||
2 | subject to supervisor's approval, officers may file | ||||||
3 | amendatory reports after viewing body-worn camera | ||||||
4 | recordings. Supplemental reports under this provision | ||||||
5 | shall also contain documentation regarding access to | ||||||
6 | the video footage. | ||||||
7 | (B) The recording officer's assigned field | ||||||
8 | training officer may access and review recordings for | ||||||
9 | training purposes. Any detective or investigator | ||||||
10 | directly involved in the investigation of a matter may | ||||||
11 | access and review recordings which pertain to that | ||||||
12 | investigation but may not have access to delete or | ||||||
13 | alter such recordings. | ||||||
14 | (7) Recordings made on officer-worn cameras must be | ||||||
15 | retained by the law enforcement agency or by the camera | ||||||
16 | vendor used by the agency, on a recording medium for a | ||||||
17 | period of 90 days. | ||||||
18 | (A) Under no circumstances shall any recording, | ||||||
19 | except for a non-law enforcement related activity or | ||||||
20 | encounter, made with an officer-worn body camera be | ||||||
21 | altered, erased, or destroyed prior to the expiration | ||||||
22 | of the 90-day storage period.
In the event any | ||||||
23 | recording made with an officer-worn body camera is | ||||||
24 | altered, erased, or destroyed prior to the expiration | ||||||
25 | of the 90-day storage period, the law enforcement | ||||||
26 | agency shall maintain, for a period of one year, a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | written record including (i) the name of the | ||||||
2 | individual who made such alteration, erasure, or | ||||||
3 | destruction, and (ii) the reason for any such | ||||||
4 | alteration, erasure, or destruction. | ||||||
5 | (B) Following the 90-day storage period, any and | ||||||
6 | all recordings made with an officer-worn body camera | ||||||
7 | must be destroyed, unless any encounter captured on | ||||||
8 | the recording has been flagged. An encounter is deemed | ||||||
9 | to be flagged when:
| ||||||
10 | (i) a formal or informal complaint has been | ||||||
11 | filed; | ||||||
12 | (ii) the officer discharged his or her firearm | ||||||
13 | or used force during the encounter;
| ||||||
14 | (iii) death or great bodily harm occurred to | ||||||
15 | any person in the recording;
| ||||||
16 | (iv) the encounter resulted in a detention or | ||||||
17 | an arrest, excluding traffic stops which resulted | ||||||
18 | in only a minor traffic offense or business | ||||||
19 | offense; | ||||||
20 | (v) the officer is the subject of an internal | ||||||
21 | investigation or otherwise being investigated for | ||||||
22 | possible misconduct;
| ||||||
23 | (vi) the supervisor of the officer, | ||||||
24 | prosecutor, defendant, or court determines that | ||||||
25 | the encounter has evidentiary value in a criminal | ||||||
26 | prosecution; or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (vii) the recording officer requests that the | ||||||
2 | video be flagged for official purposes related to | ||||||
3 | his or her official duties. | ||||||
4 | (C) Under no circumstances shall any recording | ||||||
5 | made with an officer-worn body camera relating to a | ||||||
6 | flagged encounter be altered or destroyed prior to 2 | ||||||
7 | years after the recording was flagged. If the flagged | ||||||
8 | recording was used in a criminal, civil, or | ||||||
9 | administrative proceeding, the recording shall not be | ||||||
10 | destroyed except upon a final disposition and order | ||||||
11 | from the court. | ||||||
12 | (8) Following the 90-day storage period, recordings | ||||||
13 | may be retained if a supervisor at the law enforcement | ||||||
14 | agency designates the recording for training purposes. If | ||||||
15 | the recording is designated for training purposes, the | ||||||
16 | recordings may be viewed by officers, in the presence of a | ||||||
17 | supervisor or training instructor, for the purposes of | ||||||
18 | instruction, training, or ensuring compliance with agency | ||||||
19 | policies.
| ||||||
20 | (9) Recordings shall not be used to discipline law | ||||||
21 | enforcement officers unless: | ||||||
22 | (A) a formal or informal complaint of misconduct | ||||||
23 | has been made; | ||||||
24 | (B) a use of force incident has occurred; | ||||||
25 | (C) the encounter on the recording could result in | ||||||
26 | a formal investigation under the Uniform Peace |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Officers' Disciplinary Act; or | ||||||
2 | (D) as corroboration of other evidence of | ||||||
3 | misconduct. | ||||||
4 | Nothing in this paragraph (9) shall be construed to | ||||||
5 | limit or prohibit a law enforcement officer from being | ||||||
6 | subject to an action that does not amount to discipline. | ||||||
7 | (10) The law enforcement agency shall ensure proper | ||||||
8 | care and maintenance of officer-worn body cameras. Upon | ||||||
9 | becoming aware, officers must as soon as practical | ||||||
10 | document and notify the appropriate supervisor of any | ||||||
11 | technical difficulties, failures, or problems with the | ||||||
12 | officer-worn body camera or associated equipment. Upon | ||||||
13 | receiving notice, the appropriate supervisor shall make | ||||||
14 | every reasonable effort to correct and repair any of the | ||||||
15 | officer-worn body camera equipment. | ||||||
16 | (11) No officer may hinder or prohibit any person, not | ||||||
17 | a law enforcement officer, from recording a law | ||||||
18 | enforcement officer in the performance of his or her | ||||||
19 | duties in a public place or when the officer has no | ||||||
20 | reasonable expectation of privacy.
The law enforcement | ||||||
21 | agency's written policy shall indicate the potential | ||||||
22 | criminal penalties, as well as any departmental | ||||||
23 | discipline, which may result from unlawful confiscation or | ||||||
24 | destruction of the recording medium of a person who is not | ||||||
25 | a law enforcement officer. However, an officer may take | ||||||
26 | reasonable action to maintain safety and control, secure |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | crime scenes and accident sites, protect the integrity and | ||||||
2 | confidentiality of investigations, and protect the public | ||||||
3 | safety and order. | ||||||
4 | (b) Recordings made with the use of an officer-worn body | ||||||
5 | camera are not subject to disclosure under the Freedom of | ||||||
6 | Information Act, except that: | ||||||
7 | (1) if the subject of the encounter has a reasonable | ||||||
8 | expectation of privacy, at the time of the recording, any | ||||||
9 | recording which is flagged, due to the filing of a | ||||||
10 | complaint, discharge of a firearm, use of force, arrest or | ||||||
11 | detention, or resulting death or bodily harm, shall be | ||||||
12 | disclosed in accordance with the Freedom of Information | ||||||
13 | Act if: | ||||||
14 | (A) the subject of the encounter captured on the | ||||||
15 | recording is a victim or witness; and | ||||||
16 | (B) the law enforcement agency obtains written | ||||||
17 | permission of the subject or the subject's legal | ||||||
18 | representative; | ||||||
19 | (2) except as provided in paragraph (1) of this | ||||||
20 | subsection (b), any recording which is flagged due to the | ||||||
21 | filing of a complaint, discharge of a firearm, use of | ||||||
22 | force, arrest or detention, or resulting death or bodily | ||||||
23 | harm shall be disclosed in accordance with the Freedom of | ||||||
24 | Information Act; and | ||||||
25 | (3) upon request, the law enforcement agency shall | ||||||
26 | disclose, in accordance with the Freedom of Information |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Act, the recording to the subject of the encounter | ||||||
2 | captured on the recording or to the subject's attorney, or | ||||||
3 | the officer or his or her legal representative. | ||||||
4 | For the purposes of paragraph (1) of this subsection (b), | ||||||
5 | the subject of the encounter does not have a reasonable | ||||||
6 | expectation of privacy if the subject was arrested as a result | ||||||
7 | of the encounter. For purposes of subparagraph (A) of | ||||||
8 | paragraph (1) of this subsection (b), "witness" does not | ||||||
9 | include a person who is a victim or who was arrested as a | ||||||
10 | result of the encounter.
| ||||||
11 | Only recordings or portions of recordings responsive to | ||||||
12 | the request shall be available for inspection or reproduction. | ||||||
13 | Any recording disclosed under the Freedom of Information Act | ||||||
14 | shall be redacted to remove identification of any person that | ||||||
15 | appears on the recording and is not the officer, a subject of | ||||||
16 | the encounter, or directly involved in the encounter. Nothing | ||||||
17 | in this subsection (b) shall require the disclosure of any | ||||||
18 | recording or portion of any recording which would be exempt | ||||||
19 | from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act. | ||||||
20 | (c) Nothing in this Section shall limit access to a camera | ||||||
21 | recording for the purposes of complying with Supreme Court | ||||||
22 | rules or the rules of evidence.
| ||||||
23 | (Source: P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21; 102-28, eff. 6-25-21; | ||||||
24 | revised 7-30-21.)
| ||||||
25 | Section 65. The Emergency Telephone System Act is amended |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | by changing Section 11.5 as follows:
| ||||||
2 | (50 ILCS 750/11.5) | ||||||
3 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on December 31, 2023) | ||||||
4 | Sec. 11.5. Aggregator and originating service provider | ||||||
5 | responsibilities. | ||||||
6 | (a) Each aggregator, and the originating service providers | ||||||
7 | whose 9-1-1 calls are being aggregated by the aggregator, | ||||||
8 | shall comply with their respective requirements in 83 Ill. | ||||||
9 | Adm. Code Part 725.410. | ||||||
10 | (b) Beginning July 1, 2021, each aggregator that is | ||||||
11 | operating within the State must email the Office of the | ||||||
12 | Statewide 9-1-1 Administrator to provide the following | ||||||
13 | information that supports the implementation of and the | ||||||
14 | migration to the Statewide NG9-1-1 system: | ||||||
15 | (1) A company 9-1-1 contact, address, email, and phone | ||||||
16 | number. | ||||||
17 | (2) A list of originating service providers that the | ||||||
18 | aggregator transports 9-1-1 calls for and then to the | ||||||
19 | appropriate 9-1-1 system provider.
New or current | ||||||
20 | aggregators must update the required information within 30 | ||||||
21 | days of implementing any changes in information required | ||||||
22 | by this subsection. | ||||||
23 | (c) Each aggregator shall establish procedures for | ||||||
24 | receiving No Record Found errors from the 9-1-1 System | ||||||
25 | Provider, identifying the originating service provider who |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | delivered the call to the aggregator, and referring the No | ||||||
2 | Record Found errors to that originating service provider. | ||||||
3 | (d) Each originating service provider shall establish | ||||||
4 | procedures with the 9-1-1 system provider for preventing and | ||||||
5 | resolving No Record Found errors in the 9-1-1 database and | ||||||
6 | make every effort to ensure 9-1-1 calls are sent to the | ||||||
7 | appropriate public safety answering point. | ||||||
8 | (e) If a 9-1-1 system is being transitioned to NG9-1-1 | ||||||
9 | service or to a new provider, each aggregator shall be | ||||||
10 | responsible for coordinating any modifications that are needed | ||||||
11 | to ensure that the originating service provider provides the | ||||||
12 | required level of service to its customers. Each aggregator | ||||||
13 | shall coordinate those network changes or additions for those | ||||||
14 | migrations in a timely manner with the appropriate 9-1-1 | ||||||
15 | system provider who shall be managing its respective | ||||||
16 | implementation schedule and cut over. Each aggregator shall | ||||||
17 | send notice to its originating service provider customers of | ||||||
18 | the aggregator's successful turn up of the network changes or | ||||||
19 | additions supporting the migration and include the necessary | ||||||
20 | information for the originating service provider's migration | ||||||
21 | (such as public safety answering point name, Federal | ||||||
22 | Communications Commission Identification, and Emergency | ||||||
23 | Services Routing Number). The notice shall be provided to the | ||||||
24 | originating service providers within 2 weeks of acceptance | ||||||
25 | testing and conversion activities between the aggregator and | ||||||
26 | the 9-1-1 system provider. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (f) The 9-1-1 system provider shall coordinate directly | ||||||
2 | with the originating service providers (unless the aggregator | ||||||
3 | separately agrees to coordinate with the originating service | ||||||
4 | providers) for migration, but in no case shall that migration | ||||||
5 | exceed 30 days after receipt of notice from the aggregator, | ||||||
6 | unless agreed to by the originating service provider and 9-1-1 | ||||||
7 | system provider. | ||||||
8 | (g) Each aggregator shall coordinate test calls with the | ||||||
9 | 9-1-1 system provider and the 9-1-1 Authority when turning up | ||||||
10 | new circuits or making network changes. Each originating | ||||||
11 | service provider shall perform testing of its network and | ||||||
12 | provisioning upon notification from the aggregator that the | ||||||
13 | network has been tested and accepted with the 9-1-1 system | ||||||
14 | provider. | ||||||
15 | (h) Each aggregator and originating service provider | ||||||
16 | customer shall deliver all 9-1-1 calls, audio, data, and | ||||||
17 | location to the 9-1-1 system at a location determined by the | ||||||
18 | State.
| ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 102-9, eff. 6-3-21; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
20 | Section 70. The Counties Code is amended by changing | ||||||
21 | Sections 2-3003 and 2-4006.5 as follows:
| ||||||
22 | (55 ILCS 5/2-3003) (from Ch. 34, par. 2-3003)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 2-3003. Apportionment plan.
| ||||||
24 | (1) If the county board determines
that members shall be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | elected by districts, it shall develop an
apportionment plan | ||||||
2 | and specify the number of districts and the number of
county | ||||||
3 | board members to be elected from each district and whether | ||||||
4 | voters will
have cumulative voting rights in multi-member | ||||||
5 | districts. Each such district:
| ||||||
6 | a. Shall be substantially equal in population to each | ||||||
7 | other district;
| ||||||
8 | b. Shall be comprised of contiguous territory, as | ||||||
9 | nearly compact as
practicable; and
| ||||||
10 | c. May divide townships or municipalities only when | ||||||
11 | necessary to conform
to the population requirement of | ||||||
12 | paragraph a. of this Section ; and .
| ||||||
13 | d. Shall be created in such a manner so that no | ||||||
14 | precinct shall be
divided between 2 or more districts, | ||||||
15 | insofar as is practicable.
| ||||||
16 | (2) The county board of each county having a population of | ||||||
17 | less than
3,000,000 inhabitants may, if it should so decide, | ||||||
18 | provide within that
county for single-member single member | ||||||
19 | districts outside the corporate limits and
multi-member | ||||||
20 | districts within the corporate limits of any municipality with
| ||||||
21 | a population in excess of 75,000. Paragraphs a, b, c , and d of | ||||||
22 | subsection
(1) of this Section shall apply to the | ||||||
23 | apportionment of both single-member single and
multi-member | ||||||
24 | districts within a county to the extent that compliance with
| ||||||
25 | paragraphs a, b, c , and d still permit the establishment of | ||||||
26 | such districts,
except that the population of any multi-member |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | district shall be equal to
the population of any single-member | ||||||
2 | single member district, times the number of members
found | ||||||
3 | within that multi-member district. | ||||||
4 | (3) In a county where the Chairman of the County Board is | ||||||
5 | elected by the voters of the county as provided in Section | ||||||
6 | 2-3007, the Chairman of the County Board may develop and | ||||||
7 | present to the Board by the third Wednesday in May in the year | ||||||
8 | after a federal decennial census year an apportionment plan in | ||||||
9 | accordance with the provisions of subsection (1) of this | ||||||
10 | Section. If the Chairman presents a plan to the Board by the | ||||||
11 | third Wednesday in May, the Board shall conduct at least one | ||||||
12 | public hearing to receive comments and to discuss the | ||||||
13 | apportionment plan, the hearing shall be held at least 6 days | ||||||
14 | but not more than 21 days after the Chairman's plan was | ||||||
15 | presented to the Board, and the public shall be given notice of | ||||||
16 | the hearing at least 6 days in advance. If the Chairman | ||||||
17 | presents a plan by the third Wednesday in May, the Board is | ||||||
18 | prohibited from enacting an apportionment plan until after a | ||||||
19 | hearing on the plan presented by the Chairman. The Chairman | ||||||
20 | shall have access to the federal decennial census available to | ||||||
21 | the Board. | ||||||
22 | (4) In a county where a County Executive is elected by the | ||||||
23 | voters of the county as provided in Section 2-5007 of this the | ||||||
24 | Counties Code, the County Executive may develop and present to | ||||||
25 | the Board by the third Wednesday in May in the year after a | ||||||
26 | federal decennial census year an apportionment plan in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | accordance with the provisions of subsection (1) of this | ||||||
2 | Section. If the Executive presents a plan to the Board by the | ||||||
3 | third Wednesday in May, the Board shall conduct at least one | ||||||
4 | public hearing to receive comments and to discuss the | ||||||
5 | apportionment plan, the hearing shall be held at least 6 days | ||||||
6 | but not more than 21 days after the Executive's plan was | ||||||
7 | presented to the Board, and the public shall be given notice of | ||||||
8 | the hearing at least 6 days in advance. If the Executive | ||||||
9 | presents a plan by the third Wednesday in May, the Board is | ||||||
10 | prohibited from enacting an apportionment plan until after a | ||||||
11 | hearing on the plan presented by the Executive. The Executive | ||||||
12 | shall have access to the federal decennial census available to | ||||||
13 | the Board.
| ||||||
14 | (5) For the reapportionment of 2021, the Chairman of the | ||||||
15 | County Board or County Executive may develop and present (or | ||||||
16 | redevelop and represent) to the Board by the third Wednesday | ||||||
17 | in November in the year after a federal decennial census year | ||||||
18 | an apportionment plan and the Board shall conduct its public | ||||||
19 | hearing as provided in paragraphs (3) and (4) following | ||||||
20 | receipt of the apportionment plan. | ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 102-15, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-15-21.)
| ||||||
22 | (55 ILCS 5/2-4006.5)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 2-4006.5. Commissioners in certain counties.
| ||||||
24 | (a) If a county elects 3
commissioners at large under | ||||||
25 | Section 2-4006, registered voters of such
county may, by a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | vote of a majority of those voting on such proposition,
| ||||||
2 | determine to change the method of electing the board of county | ||||||
3 | commissioners
by electing either 3 or 5 members from | ||||||
4 | single-member single
member districts.
In order for such | ||||||
5 | question to be placed upon the ballot, such petition must
| ||||||
6 | contain the signatures of not fewer than 10% of the registered | ||||||
7 | voters of such
county.
| ||||||
8 | Commissioners may not be elected from single-member single | ||||||
9 | member districts until the
question of electing either 3 or 5 | ||||||
10 | commissioners from single-member single
member districts has | ||||||
11 | been submitted to the
electors of the county at a regular | ||||||
12 | election and approved by a majority of the
electors voting on | ||||||
13 | the question. The commissioners must certify the question
to
| ||||||
14 | the proper election authority, which must submit the question | ||||||
15 | at an election in
accordance with the Election Code.
| ||||||
16 | The question must be in substantially the following form:
| ||||||
17 | Shall the board of county commissioners of (name of
| ||||||
18 | county) consist of (insert either 3 or 5) commissioners | ||||||
19 | elected from single-member
single member districts?
| ||||||
20 | The votes must be recorded as "Yes" or "No".
| ||||||
21 | If a majority of the electors voting on the question vote
| ||||||
22 | in the affirmative, a 3-member or 5-member board of county | ||||||
23 | commissioners,
as the case may be,
shall be established to be | ||||||
24 | elected
from single-member single member
districts.
| ||||||
25 | (b) If the voters of the county decide to elect either 3 or | ||||||
26 | 5 commissioners
from single-member single member districts, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the
board of county commissioners shall on or before
August 31 | ||||||
2 | of the year following the 2000 federal decennial census divide | ||||||
3 | the
county into either 3 or 5 compact and contiguous county
| ||||||
4 | commission districts that are substantially equal in | ||||||
5 | population. On or before
May 31 of the year following each | ||||||
6 | federal decennial census thereafter, the
board of county | ||||||
7 | commissioners
shall reapportion the county commission | ||||||
8 | districts to be compact, contiguous,
and substantially equal | ||||||
9 | in population.
| ||||||
10 | (c) The commissioners elected at large at or before
the | ||||||
11 | general election in 2000 shall continue to serve until the | ||||||
12 | expiration
of their terms. Of those commissioners, the | ||||||
13 | commissioner whose term expires in
2002 shall be assigned to | ||||||
14 | district 1; the commissioner whose term expires in
2004 shall | ||||||
15 | be assigned to district 2; and the commissioner whose term | ||||||
16 | expires
in 2006 shall be assigned to district 3.
| ||||||
17 | (d) If the voters of the county decide to elect 5 | ||||||
18 | commissioners from single-member single
member districts, at | ||||||
19 | the general election in 2002, one commissioner from and
| ||||||
20 | residing in each of districts 1, 4, and 5 shall be elected. At | ||||||
21 | the general
election in 2004, one commissioner from and | ||||||
22 | residing in each of districts
1, 2, and 5 shall be elected. At | ||||||
23 | the general election in
2006, one commissioner from and | ||||||
24 | residing in each of districts 2, 3, and 4
shall be elected. At
| ||||||
25 | the general election in 2008, one commissioner from and | ||||||
26 | residing in each of
districts 1, 3, and
5 shall be elected. At |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the general election in 2010, one commissioner from
each of | ||||||
2 | districts 2 and 4 shall be elected. At the general election in | ||||||
3 | 2012,
commissioners from and residing in each district shall | ||||||
4 | be elected.
Thereafter, commissioners
shall be elected at each | ||||||
5 | general election to fill expired terms.
Each commissioner must | ||||||
6 | reside in the district that he or she represents from
the time | ||||||
7 | that he or she files his or her nomination papers until his or | ||||||
8 | her
term expires.
| ||||||
9 | In the year following the decennial census of 2010 and | ||||||
10 | every 10 years
thereafter, the commissioners, publicly by
lot, | ||||||
11 | shall divide the districts into 2 groups. One group
shall | ||||||
12 | serve terms of 4 years, 4 years, and 2 years and one group | ||||||
13 | shall serve
terms of 2
years, 4 years, and 4
years.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 91-846, eff. 6-22-00; 92-189, eff. 8-1-01; | ||||||
15 | revised 7-15-21.)
| ||||||
16 | Section 75. The Illinois Municipal Code is amended by | ||||||
17 | changing Sections 5-2-2, 5-2-18.1, 11-5.1-2, and 11-13-14 as | ||||||
18 | follows:
| ||||||
19 | (65 ILCS 5/5-2-2) (from Ch. 24, par. 5-2-2)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 5-2-2. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5-2-3, | ||||||
21 | the number of alderpersons, when not elected by the minority | ||||||
22 | representation plan, shall be as
follows: In cities not | ||||||
23 | exceeding 3,000 inhabitants, 6 alderpersons; exceeding
3,000, | ||||||
24 | but not exceeding 15,000, 8 alderpersons; exceeding 15,000 but |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | not
exceeding 20,000, 10 alderpersons; exceeding 20,000 but | ||||||
2 | not exceeding 30,000,
14 alderpersons; and 2 additional | ||||||
3 | alderpersons for every 20,000 inhabitants over
30,000. In all | ||||||
4 | cities of less than 500,000, 20 alderpersons shall be the
| ||||||
5 | maximum number permitted except as otherwise provided in the | ||||||
6 | case of alderpersons-at-large. No redistricting shall be | ||||||
7 | required in order to reduce
the number of alderpersons | ||||||
8 | heretofore provided for. Two alderpersons shall be
elected to | ||||||
9 | represent each ward.
| ||||||
10 | If it appears from any census specified in Section 5-2-5 | ||||||
11 | and taken not
earlier than 1940 that any city has the requisite | ||||||
12 | number of inhabitants to
authorize it to increase the number | ||||||
13 | of alderpersons, the city council shall
immediately proceed to | ||||||
14 | redistrict the city in accordance with the
provisions of | ||||||
15 | Section 5-2-5, and it shall hold the next city election in
| ||||||
16 | accordance with the new redistricting. At this election the | ||||||
17 | alderpersons whose
terms of office are not expiring shall be | ||||||
18 | considered alderpersons for the new
wards respectively in | ||||||
19 | which their residences are situated. At this election a | ||||||
20 | candidate for alderperson may be elected from any ward that | ||||||
21 | contains a part of the ward in which he or she resided at least | ||||||
22 | one year next preceding the election that follows the | ||||||
23 | redistricting,
and, if elected, that person may be reelected | ||||||
24 | from the new ward he or she represents if he or she
resides in | ||||||
25 | that ward for at least one year next preceding reelection. If | ||||||
26 | there are 2
or more alderpersons with terms of office not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | expiring and residing in the same
ward under the new | ||||||
2 | redistricting, the alderperson who holds over for that ward
| ||||||
3 | shall be determined by lot in the presence of the city council, | ||||||
4 | in whatever
manner the council shall direct and all other | ||||||
5 | alderpersons shall fill their
unexpired terms as | ||||||
6 | alderpersons-at-large. The alderpersons-at-large, if any, | ||||||
7 | shall
have the same power and duties as all other alderpersons | ||||||
8 | but upon expiration of
their terms the offices of | ||||||
9 | alderpersons-at-large shall be abolished.
| ||||||
10 | If the redistricting re-districting results in one or more | ||||||
11 | wards in which no alderpersons
reside whose terms of office | ||||||
12 | have not expired, 2 alderpersons shall be elected
in | ||||||
13 | accordance with the provisions of Section 5-2-8.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 102-15, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-15-21.)
| ||||||
15 | (65 ILCS 5/5-2-18.1) (from Ch. 24, par. 5-2-18.1)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 5-2-18.1.
In any city or village which has adopted | ||||||
17 | this Article and also has
elected to choose alderpersons from | ||||||
18 | wards or trustees from districts, as the
case may be, a | ||||||
19 | proposition to elect the city council at large shall be
| ||||||
20 | submitted to the electors in the manner herein provided.
| ||||||
21 | Electors of such city or village, equal to not less than | ||||||
22 | 10% of the
total vote cast for all candidates for mayor or | ||||||
23 | president in the last
preceding municipal election for such | ||||||
24 | office, may petition for the submission
to a vote of the | ||||||
25 | electors of that city or village the
proposition whether the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | city council shall be elected at large. The
petition shall be | ||||||
2 | in the same form as prescribed in Section 5-1-6,
except that | ||||||
3 | said petition shall be modified as to the wording of the
| ||||||
4 | proposition to be voted upon to conform to the wording of the
| ||||||
5 | proposition as hereinafter set forth, and shall
be filed with | ||||||
6 | the city clerk in accordance with the general election law.
| ||||||
7 | The clerk shall certify the proposition to the proper election | ||||||
8 | authorities
who shall submit the proposition at an election in | ||||||
9 | accordance with the general
election law.
| ||||||
10 | However,
such proposition shall not be submitted at the
| ||||||
11 | general primary election for the municipality.
| ||||||
12 | The proposition shall be in substantially the
following | ||||||
13 | form:
| ||||||
14 | -------------------------------------------------------------
| ||||||
15 | Shall the city (or village) of
| ||||||
16 | .... elect the city council at YES
| ||||||
17 | large instead of alderpersons ------------------------
| ||||||
18 | (or trustees) from wards (or NO
| ||||||
19 | districts)?
| ||||||
20 | -------------------------------------------------------------
| ||||||
21 | If a majority of those voting on the proposition vote | ||||||
22 | "yes", then the
city council shall be elected at large at the | ||||||
23 | next general municipal
election and the provisions of Section | ||||||
24 | 5-2-12 shall be applicable. Upon
the election and | ||||||
25 | qualification of such councilmen council men or trustees, the
| ||||||
26 | terms of all sitting alderpersons shall expire.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 102-15, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-15-21.)
| ||||||
2 | (65 ILCS 5/11-5.1-2) | ||||||
3 | Sec. 11-5.1-2. Military equipment surplus program. | ||||||
4 | (a) For purposes of this Section: | ||||||
5 | "Bayonet" means large knives designed to be attached to | ||||||
6 | the
muzzle of a rifle, shotgun, or long gun for the purposes of
| ||||||
7 | hand-to-hand combat. | ||||||
8 | "Grenade launcher" means a firearm or firearm accessory
| ||||||
9 | used to launch fragmentary explosive rounds designed to | ||||||
10 | inflict death or cause great bodily harm. | ||||||
11 | "Military equipment surplus program" means any federal or | ||||||
12 | state program allowing a law enforcement agency to obtain
| ||||||
13 | surplus military equipment , including, but not limited limit | ||||||
14 | to, any
program organized under Section 1122 of the National | ||||||
15 | Defense
Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1994 (Pub. L. | ||||||
16 | 103-160) or
Section 1033 of the National Defense Authorization | ||||||
17 | Act for
Fiscal Year 1997 (Pub. L. 104-201) or any program | ||||||
18 | established
by the United States Department of Defense under | ||||||
19 | 10 U.S.C.
2576a. | ||||||
20 | "Tracked armored vehicle" means a vehicle that provides
| ||||||
21 | ballistic protection to its occupants and utilizes a tracked
| ||||||
22 | system instead of wheels for forward motion not including | ||||||
23 | vehicles listed in the Authorized Equipment List as published | ||||||
24 | by the Federal Emergency Management Agency. | ||||||
25 | "Weaponized aircraft, vessels, or vehicles" means any
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | aircraft, vessel, or vehicle with weapons installed. | ||||||
2 | (b) A police department shall not request or receive from
| ||||||
3 | any military equipment surplus program nor purchase or
| ||||||
4 | otherwise utilize the following equipment: | ||||||
5 | (1) tracked armored vehicles; | ||||||
6 | (2) weaponized aircraft, vessels, or vehicles; | ||||||
7 | (3) firearms of .50-caliber or higher; | ||||||
8 | (4) ammunition of .50-caliber or higher; | ||||||
9 | (5) grenade launchers, grenades, or similar | ||||||
10 | explosives; or | ||||||
11 | (6) bayonets. | ||||||
12 | (c) A home rule municipality may not regulate the
| ||||||
13 | acquisition of equipment in a manner inconsistent with this
| ||||||
14 | Section. This Section is a limitation under subsection (i) of
| ||||||
15 | Section 6 of Article VII of the Illinois Constitution on the
| ||||||
16 | concurrent exercise by home rule municipalities of powers and
| ||||||
17 | functions exercised by the State. | ||||||
18 | (d) If a police department requests other property not | ||||||
19 | prohibited from a military equipment surplus
program, the | ||||||
20 | police department shall publish notice of the
request on a | ||||||
21 | publicly accessible website maintained by the
police | ||||||
22 | department or the municipality within 14 days after the
| ||||||
23 | request.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21; 102-28, eff. 6-25-21; | ||||||
25 | revised 7-30-21.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (65 ILCS 5/11-13-14) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-13-14)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 11-13-14.
The regulations imposed and the districts | ||||||
3 | created under
the authority of this Division 13 may be amended | ||||||
4 | from time to time by
ordinance after the ordinance | ||||||
5 | establishing them has gone into effect, but
no such amendments | ||||||
6 | shall be made without a hearing before some commission
or | ||||||
7 | committee designated by the corporate authorities. Notice | ||||||
8 | shall be given
of the time and place of the hearing, not more | ||||||
9 | than 30 nor less than 15
days before the hearing, by publishing | ||||||
10 | a notice thereof at least once in
one or more newspapers | ||||||
11 | published in the municipality, or, if no newspaper
is | ||||||
12 | published therein, then in one or more newspapers with a | ||||||
13 | general
circulation within the municipality. In municipalities | ||||||
14 | with less than 500
population in which no newspaper is | ||||||
15 | published, publication may be made
instead by posting a notice | ||||||
16 | in 3 prominent places within the municipality. In
case of a | ||||||
17 | written protest against any proposed amendment of the | ||||||
18 | regulations
or districts, signed and acknowledged by the | ||||||
19 | owners of 20% of the frontage
proposed to be altered, or by the | ||||||
20 | owners of 20% of the frontage immediately
adjoining or across | ||||||
21 | an alley therefrom, or by the owners of the 20% of the
frontage | ||||||
22 | directly opposite the frontage proposed to be altered, is | ||||||
23 | filed
with the clerk of the municipality, the amendment shall | ||||||
24 | not be passed
except by a favorable vote of two-thirds of the | ||||||
25 | alderpersons or trustees of the
municipality then holding | ||||||
26 | office. In such cases, a copy of the written
protest shall be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | served by the protestor or protestors on the applicant for
the | ||||||
2 | proposed amendments and a copy upon the applicant's attorney, | ||||||
3 | if any,
by certified mail at the address of such applicant and | ||||||
4 | attorney shown in
the application for the proposed amendment. | ||||||
5 | Any notice required by this Section need not include a metes | ||||||
6 | and bounds legal description, provided that the notice | ||||||
7 | includes: (i) the common street address or addresses and (ii) | ||||||
8 | the property index number ("PIN") or numbers of all the | ||||||
9 | parcels of real property contained in the affected area.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 102-15, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-15-21.)
| ||||||
11 | Section 80. The Revised Cities and Villages Act of 1941 is | ||||||
12 | amended by changing Section 21-25 as follows:
| ||||||
13 | (65 ILCS 20/21-25) (from Ch. 24, par. 21-25)
| ||||||
14 | Sec. 21-25. Times for elections. ) General elections for | ||||||
15 | alderpersons
shall be held in the year or years fixed by law | ||||||
16 | for holding the same, on
the last Tuesday of February of such | ||||||
17 | year. Any supplementary election
for alderpersons held under | ||||||
18 | the provisions of this Article shall be held on
the first | ||||||
19 | Tuesday of April next following the holding of such general
| ||||||
20 | election of alderpersons.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 102-15, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-14-21.)
| ||||||
22 | Section 85. The Metropolitan Pier and Exposition Authority | ||||||
23 | Act is amended by changing Section 5.6 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (70 ILCS 210/5.6) | ||||||
2 | Sec. 5.6. Marketing agreement. | ||||||
3 | (a) The Authority shall enter into a marketing agreement | ||||||
4 | with a not-for-profit organization headquartered in Chicago | ||||||
5 | and recognized by the Department of Commerce and Economic | ||||||
6 | Opportunity as a certified local tourism and convention bureau | ||||||
7 | entitled to receive State tourism grant funds, provided the | ||||||
8 | bylaws of the organization establish a board of the | ||||||
9 | organization that is comprised of 35 members serving 3-year | ||||||
10 | staggered terms, including the following: | ||||||
11 | (1) no less than 8 members appointed by the Mayor of | ||||||
12 | Chicago, to include: | ||||||
13 | (A) a Chair of the board of the organization | ||||||
14 | appointed by the Mayor of the City of Chicago from | ||||||
15 | among the business and civic leaders of Chicago who | ||||||
16 | are not engaged in the hospitality business or who | ||||||
17 | have not served as a member of the Board or as chief | ||||||
18 | executive officer of the Authority; and | ||||||
19 | (B) 7 members from among the cultural, economic | ||||||
20 | development, or civic leaders of Chicago; | ||||||
21 | (2) the chairperson of the interim board or Board of | ||||||
22 | the Authority, or his or her designee; | ||||||
23 | (3) a representative from the department in the City | ||||||
24 | of Chicago that is responsible for the operation of | ||||||
25 | Chicago-area airports; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) a representative from the department in the City | ||||||
2 | of Chicago that is responsible for the regulation of | ||||||
3 | Chicago-area livery vehicles; | ||||||
4 | (5) at least 1, but no more than: | ||||||
5 | (A) 2 members from the hotel industry; | ||||||
6 | (B) 2 members representing Chicago arts and | ||||||
7 | cultural institutions or projects; | ||||||
8 | (C) 2 members from the restaurant industry; | ||||||
9 | (D) 2 members employed by or representing an | ||||||
10 | entity responsible for a trade show; | ||||||
11 | (E) 2 members representing unions; | ||||||
12 | (F) 2 members from the attractions industry; and | ||||||
13 | (6) 7 members appointed by the Governor, including the | ||||||
14 | Director of the Illinois Department of Commerce and | ||||||
15 | Economic Opportunity, ex officio, as well as 3 members | ||||||
16 | from the hotel industry and 3 members representing Chicago | ||||||
17 | arts and cultural institutions or projects. | ||||||
18 | The bylaws of the organization may provide for the | ||||||
19 | appointment of a City of Chicago alderperson as an ex officio | ||||||
20 | member, and may provide for other ex officio members who shall | ||||||
21 | serve terms of one year. | ||||||
22 | Persons with a real or apparent conflict of interest shall | ||||||
23 | not be appointed to the board. Members of the board of the | ||||||
24 | organization shall not serve more than 2 terms. The bylaws | ||||||
25 | shall require the following: (i) that the Chair of the | ||||||
26 | organization name no less than 5 and no more than 9 members to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Executive Committee of the organization, one of whom must | ||||||
2 | be the chairperson of the interim board or Board of the | ||||||
3 | Authority, and (ii) a provision concerning conflict of | ||||||
4 | interest and a requirement that a member abstain from | ||||||
5 | participating in board action if there is a threat to the | ||||||
6 | independence of judgment created by any conflict of interest | ||||||
7 | or if participation is likely to have a negative effect on | ||||||
8 | public confidence in the integrity of the board. | ||||||
9 | (b) The Authority shall notify the Department of Revenue | ||||||
10 | within 10 days after entering into a contract pursuant to this | ||||||
11 | Section.
| ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 102-15, eff. 6-17-21; 102-16, eff. 6-17-21; | ||||||
13 | revised 7-17-21.)
| ||||||
14 | Section 90. The School Code is amended by changing Section | ||||||
15 | 1-3 as follows:
| ||||||
16 | (105 ILCS 5/1-3) (from Ch. 122, par. 1-3)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 1-3. Definitions. In this Code:
| ||||||
18 | The terms "common schools", "free schools" and "public | ||||||
19 | schools" are used
interchangeably to apply to any school | ||||||
20 | operated by authority of this Act.
| ||||||
21 | "School board" means the governing body of any district | ||||||
22 | created or
operating under authority of this Code Act , | ||||||
23 | including board of school directors
and board of education. | ||||||
24 | When the context so indicates it also means the
governing body |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of any non-high school district and of any special charter
| ||||||
2 | district, including a board of school inspectors.
| ||||||
3 | "Special charter district" means any city, township , or | ||||||
4 | district
organized into a school district, under a special Act | ||||||
5 | or charter of the
General Assembly or in which schools are now | ||||||
6 | managed and operating within
such unit in whole or in part | ||||||
7 | under the terms of such special Act or
charter.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: Laws 1961, p. 31; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
9 | Section 95. The Student-Athlete Endorsement Rights Act is | ||||||
10 | amended by changing Section 20 as follows:
| ||||||
11 | (110 ILCS 190/20)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 20. Agents; publicity rights; third party licensees. | ||||||
13 | (a) An agent, legal representative, or other professional | ||||||
14 | service provider offering services to a student-athlete shall, | ||||||
15 | to the extent required, comply with the federal Sports Agent | ||||||
16 | Responsibility and Trust Act and any other applicable laws, | ||||||
17 | rules, or regulations. | ||||||
18 | (b) A grant-in-aid, including cost of attendance, and | ||||||
19 | other permissible financial aid, awards, or benefits from the | ||||||
20 | postsecondary educational institution in which a | ||||||
21 | student-athlete is enrolled shall not be revoked, reduced, nor | ||||||
22 | the terms and conditions altered, as a result of a | ||||||
23 | student-athlete earning compensation or obtaining professional | ||||||
24 | or legal representation pursuant to this Act. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (c) A student-athlete shall disclose to the postsecondary | ||||||
2 | educational institution in which the student is enrolled, in a | ||||||
3 | manner and time prescribed by the institution, the existence | ||||||
4 | and substance of all publicity rights agreements. Publicity | ||||||
5 | rights agreements that contemplate cash or other compensation | ||||||
6 | to the student-athlete that is equal to or in excess of a value | ||||||
7 | of $500 shall be formalized in a written contract, and the | ||||||
8 | contract shall be provided to the postsecondary educational | ||||||
9 | institution in which the student is enrolled prior to the | ||||||
10 | execution of the agreement and before any compensation is | ||||||
11 | provided to the student-athlete. | ||||||
12 | (d) A student-athlete may not enter into a publicity | ||||||
13 | rights agreement or otherwise receive compensation for that | ||||||
14 | student-athlete's name, image, likeness, or voice for services | ||||||
15 | rendered or performed while that student-athlete is | ||||||
16 | participating in activities sanctioned by that | ||||||
17 | student-athlete's postsecondary educational institution if | ||||||
18 | such services or performance by the student-athlete would | ||||||
19 | conflict with a provision in a contract, rule, regulation, | ||||||
20 | standard, or other requirement of the postsecondary | ||||||
21 | educational institution. | ||||||
22 | (e) No booster, third party licensee, or any other | ||||||
23 | individual or entity, shall provide or directly or indirectly | ||||||
24 | arrange for a third party to provide compensation to a | ||||||
25 | prospective or current student-athlete or enter into, or | ||||||
26 | directly or indirectly arrange for a third party to enter |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | into, a publicity rights agreement as an inducement for the | ||||||
2 | student-athlete to attend or enroll in a specific institution | ||||||
3 | or group of institutions. Compensation for a student-athlete's | ||||||
4 | name, image, likeness, or voice shall not be conditioned on | ||||||
5 | athletic performance or attendance at a particular | ||||||
6 | postsecondary educational institution. | ||||||
7 | (f) A postsecondary educational institution may fund an | ||||||
8 | independent, third-party administrator to support education, | ||||||
9 | monitoring, disclosures, and reporting concerning name, image, | ||||||
10 | likeness, or voice activities by student-athletes authorized | ||||||
11 | pursuant to this Act. A third-party administrator cannot be a | ||||||
12 | registered athlete agent. | ||||||
13 | (g) No postsecondary educational institution shall provide | ||||||
14 | or directly or indirectly arrange for a third party | ||||||
15 | third-party to provide compensation to a prospective or | ||||||
16 | current student-athlete or enter into, or directly or | ||||||
17 | indirectly arrange for a third party to enter into, a | ||||||
18 | publicity rights agreement with a prospective or current | ||||||
19 | student-athlete. | ||||||
20 | (h) No student-athlete shall enter into a publicity rights | ||||||
21 | agreement or receive compensation from a third party licensee | ||||||
22 | relating to the name, image, likeness, or voice of the | ||||||
23 | student-athlete before the date on which the student-athlete | ||||||
24 | enrolls at a postsecondary educational institution. | ||||||
25 | (i) No student-athlete shall enter into a publicity rights | ||||||
26 | agreement or receive compensation from a third party licensee |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for the endorsement or promotion of gambling, sports betting, | ||||||
2 | controlled substances, cannabis, a tobacco or alcohol company, | ||||||
3 | brand, or products, alternative or electronic nicotine product | ||||||
4 | or delivery system, performance-enhancing supplements, adult | ||||||
5 | entertainment, or any other product or service that is | ||||||
6 | reasonably considered to be inconsistent with the values or | ||||||
7 | mission of a postsecondary educational institution or that | ||||||
8 | negatively impacts or reflects adversely on a postsecondary | ||||||
9 | educational institution or its athletic programs, including, | ||||||
10 | but not limited to, bringing about public disrepute, | ||||||
11 | embarrassment, scandal, ridicule, or otherwise negatively | ||||||
12 | impacting the reputation or the moral or ethical standards of | ||||||
13 | the postsecondary educational institution.
| ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 102-42, eff. 7-1-21; revised 8-3-21.)
| ||||||
15 | Section 100. The Illinois Educational Labor Relations Act | ||||||
16 | is amended by changing Section 11.1 as follows:
| ||||||
17 | (115 ILCS 5/11.1) | ||||||
18 | Sec. 11.1. Dues collection. | ||||||
19 | (a) Employers shall make payroll deductions of employee | ||||||
20 | organization dues, initiation fees, assessments, and other | ||||||
21 | payments for an employee organization that is the exclusive | ||||||
22 | representative. Such deductions shall be made in accordance | ||||||
23 | with the terms of an employee's written authorization and | ||||||
24 | shall be paid to the exclusive representative. Written |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | authorization may be evidenced by electronic communications, | ||||||
2 | and such writing or communication may be evidenced by the | ||||||
3 | electronic signature of the employee as provided under the | ||||||
4 | Uniform Electronic Transactions Act. | ||||||
5 | There is no impediment to an employee's right to resign | ||||||
6 | union membership at any time. However, notwithstanding any | ||||||
7 | other provision of law to the contrary regarding authorization | ||||||
8 | and deduction of dues or other payments to a labor | ||||||
9 | organization, the exclusive representative and an educational | ||||||
10 | employee may agree to reasonable limits on the right of the | ||||||
11 | employee to revoke such authorization, including a period of | ||||||
12 | irrevocability that exceeds one year. An authorization that is | ||||||
13 | irrevocable for one year, which may be automatically renewed | ||||||
14 | for successive annual periods in accordance with the terms of | ||||||
15 | the authorization, and that contains at least an annual 10-day | ||||||
16 | period of time during which the educational employee may | ||||||
17 | revoke the authorization, shall be deemed reasonable. This | ||||||
18 | Section shall apply to all claims that allege that an | ||||||
19 | educational employer or employee organization has improperly | ||||||
20 | deducted or collected dues from an employee without regard to | ||||||
21 | whether the claims or the facts upon which they are based | ||||||
22 | occurred before, on, or after December 20, 2019 ( the effective | ||||||
23 | date of Public Act 101-620) this amendatory Act of the 101st | ||||||
24 | General Assembly and shall apply retroactively to the maximum | ||||||
25 | extent permitted by law. | ||||||
26 | (b) Upon receiving written notice of the authorization, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the educational employer must commence dues deductions as soon | ||||||
2 | as practicable, but in no case later than 30 days after | ||||||
3 | receiving notice from the employee organization. Employee | ||||||
4 | deductions shall be transmitted to the employee organization | ||||||
5 | no later than 10 days after they are deducted unless a shorter | ||||||
6 | period is mutually agreed to. | ||||||
7 | (c) Deductions shall remain in effect until: | ||||||
8 | (1) the educational employer receives notice that an | ||||||
9 | educational employee has revoked his or her authorization | ||||||
10 | in writing in accordance with the terms of the | ||||||
11 | authorization; or | ||||||
12 | (2) the individual educational employee is no longer | ||||||
13 | employed by the educational employer in a bargaining unit | ||||||
14 | position represented by the same exclusive representative; | ||||||
15 | provided that if such employee is, within a period of one | ||||||
16 | year, employed by the same educational employer in a | ||||||
17 | position represented by the same employee organization, | ||||||
18 | the right to dues deduction shall be automatically | ||||||
19 | reinstated. | ||||||
20 | Nothing in this subsection prevents an employee from | ||||||
21 | continuing to authorize payroll deductions when no longer | ||||||
22 | represented by the exclusive representative that would receive | ||||||
23 | those deductions. | ||||||
24 | Should the individual educational employee who has signed | ||||||
25 | a dues deduction authorization card either be removed from an | ||||||
26 | educational employer's payroll or otherwise placed on any type |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of involuntary or voluntary leave of absence, whether paid or | ||||||
2 | unpaid, the employee's dues deduction shall be continued upon | ||||||
3 | that employee's return to the payroll in a bargaining unit | ||||||
4 | position represented by the same exclusive representative or | ||||||
5 | restoration to active duty from such a leave of absence. | ||||||
6 | (d) Unless otherwise mutually agreed by the educational | ||||||
7 | employer and the exclusive representative, employee requests | ||||||
8 | to authorize, revoke, cancel, or change authorizations for | ||||||
9 | payroll deductions for employee organizations shall be | ||||||
10 | directed to the employee organization rather than to the | ||||||
11 | educational employer. The employee organization shall be | ||||||
12 | responsible for initially processing and notifying the | ||||||
13 | educational employer of proper requests or providing proper | ||||||
14 | requests to the employer. If the requests are not provided to | ||||||
15 | the educational employer, the employer shall rely on | ||||||
16 | information provided by the employee organization regarding | ||||||
17 | whether deductions for an employee organization were properly | ||||||
18 | authorized, revoked, canceled, or changed, and the employee | ||||||
19 | organization shall indemnify the educational employer for any | ||||||
20 | damages and reasonable costs incurred for any claims made by | ||||||
21 | educational employees for deductions made in good faith | ||||||
22 | reliance on that information. | ||||||
23 | (e) Upon receipt by the exclusive representative of an | ||||||
24 | appropriate written authorization from an individual | ||||||
25 | educational employee, written notice of authorization shall be | ||||||
26 | provided to the educational employer and any authorized |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | deductions shall be made in accordance with law. The employee | ||||||
2 | organization shall indemnify the educational employer for any | ||||||
3 | damages and reasonable costs incurred for any claims made by | ||||||
4 | an educational employee for deductions made in good faith | ||||||
5 | reliance on its notification. | ||||||
6 | (f) The failure of an educational employer to comply with | ||||||
7 | the provisions of this Section shall be a violation of the duty | ||||||
8 | to bargain and an unfair labor practice. Relief for the | ||||||
9 | violation shall be reimbursement by the educational employer | ||||||
10 | of dues that should have been deducted or paid based on a valid | ||||||
11 | authorization given by the educational employee or employees. | ||||||
12 | In addition, the provisions of a collective bargaining | ||||||
13 | agreement that contain the obligations set forth in this | ||||||
14 | Section may be enforced in accordance with Section 10. | ||||||
15 | (g) The Illinois Educational Labor Relations Board shall | ||||||
16 | have exclusive jurisdiction over claims under Illinois law | ||||||
17 | that allege an educational employer or employee organization | ||||||
18 | has unlawfully deducted or collected dues from an educational | ||||||
19 | employee in violation of this Act. The Board shall by rule | ||||||
20 | require that in cases in which an educational employee alleges | ||||||
21 | that an employee organization has unlawfully collected dues, | ||||||
22 | the educational employer shall continue to deduct the | ||||||
23 | employee's dues from the employee's pay, but shall transmit | ||||||
24 | the dues to the Board for deposit in an escrow account | ||||||
25 | maintained by the Board. If the exclusive representative | ||||||
26 | maintains an escrow account for the purpose of holding dues to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | which an employee has objected, the employer shall transmit | ||||||
2 | the entire amount of dues to the exclusive representative, and | ||||||
3 | the exclusive representative shall hold in escrow the dues | ||||||
4 | that the employer would otherwise have been required to | ||||||
5 | transmit to the Board for escrow; provided that the escrow | ||||||
6 | account maintained by the exclusive representative complies | ||||||
7 | with rules adopted by the Board or that the collective | ||||||
8 | bargaining agreement requiring the payment of the dues | ||||||
9 | contains an indemnification provision for the purpose of | ||||||
10 | indemnifying the employer with respect to the employer's | ||||||
11 | transmission of dues to the exclusive representative. | ||||||
12 | (h) If a collective bargaining agreement that includes a | ||||||
13 | dues deduction clause expires or continues in effect beyond | ||||||
14 | its scheduled expiration date pending the negotiation of a | ||||||
15 | successor agreement, then the employer shall continue to honor | ||||||
16 | and abide by the dues deduction clause until a new agreement | ||||||
17 | that includes a dues deduction clause is reached. Failure to | ||||||
18 | honor and abide by the dues deduction clause for the benefit of | ||||||
19 | any exclusive representative as set forth in this subsection | ||||||
20 | (h) shall be a violation of the duty to bargain and an unfair | ||||||
21 | labor practice. For the benefit of any successor exclusive | ||||||
22 | representative certified under this Act, this provision shall | ||||||
23 | be applicable, provided the successor exclusive representative | ||||||
24 | presents the employer with employee written authorizations or | ||||||
25 | certifications from the exclusive representative for the | ||||||
26 | deduction of dues, assessments, and fees under this subsection |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (h). | ||||||
2 | (i)(1) If any clause, sentence, paragraph, or subdivision | ||||||
3 | of this Section shall be adjudged by a court of competent | ||||||
4 | jurisdiction to be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid, that | ||||||
5 | judgment shall not affect, impair, or invalidate the remainder | ||||||
6 | thereof, but shall be confined in its operation to the clause, | ||||||
7 | sentence, paragraph, or subdivision of this Section directly | ||||||
8 | involved in the controversy in which such judgment shall have | ||||||
9 | been rendered. | ||||||
10 | (2) If any clause, sentence, paragraph, or part of a | ||||||
11 | signed authorization for payroll deductions shall be adjudged | ||||||
12 | by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unconstitutional or | ||||||
13 | otherwise invalid, that judgment shall not affect, impair, or | ||||||
14 | invalidate the remainder of the signed authorization, but | ||||||
15 | shall be confined in its operation to the clause, sentence, | ||||||
16 | paragraph, or part of the signed authorization directly | ||||||
17 | involved in the controversy in which such judgment shall have | ||||||
18 | been rendered.
| ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 101-620, eff. 12-20-19; 102-38, eff. 6-25-21; | ||||||
20 | revised 8-3-21.)
| ||||||
21 | Section 105. The Savings Bank Act is amended by changing | ||||||
22 | Section 6001 as follows:
| ||||||
23 | (205 ILCS 205/6001) (from Ch. 17, par. 7306-1)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 6001. General provisions.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) No savings bank shall make any loan or investment
| ||||||
2 | authorized by this Article unless the savings bank first has
| ||||||
3 | determined that the type, amount, purpose, and repayment | ||||||
4 | provisions
of the loan or investment in relation to the | ||||||
5 | borrower's or issuer's
resources and credit standing support | ||||||
6 | the reasonable belief that
the loan or investment will be | ||||||
7 | financially sound and will be repaid
according to its terms | ||||||
8 | and that the loan or investment is not
otherwise unlawful.
| ||||||
9 | (b) Each loan or investment that a savings bank makes or
| ||||||
10 | purchases, whether wholly or in part, must be adequately
| ||||||
11 | underwritten, reviewed periodically, and reserved against as
| ||||||
12 | necessary in accordance with its payment performance, all in
| ||||||
13 | accordance with the regulations and directives of the | ||||||
14 | Commissioner.
| ||||||
15 | (c) Every appraisal or reappraisal of property that a
| ||||||
16 | savings bank is required to make shall be made as follows:
| ||||||
17 | (1) By an independent qualified appraiser, designated | ||||||
18 | by
the board of directors, who is properly licensed or | ||||||
19 | certified by
the
entity authorized to govern his licensure | ||||||
20 | or certification and who
meets
the requirements of the | ||||||
21 | Appraisal Subcommittee and of the Federal Act.
| ||||||
22 | (2) In the case of an insured or guaranteed loan, by
| ||||||
23 | any appraiser appointed by any lending, insuring, or | ||||||
24 | guaranteeing
agency of the United States or the State of | ||||||
25 | Illinois that insures
or guarantees the loan, wholly or in | ||||||
26 | part.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) Each appraisal shall be in writing prepared at the
| ||||||
2 | request of the lender for the lender's use; disclose the | ||||||
3 | market
value of the security offered; contain sufficient | ||||||
4 | information and
data concerning the appraised property to | ||||||
5 | substantiate the market
value thereof; be certified and | ||||||
6 | signed by the appraiser or
appraisers; and state that the | ||||||
7 | appraiser or appraisers have
personally examined the | ||||||
8 | described property. The appraisal shall
be filed and | ||||||
9 | preserved by the savings bank.
In addition, the appraisal | ||||||
10 | shall be prepared and reported in accordance
with the | ||||||
11 | Standards of Professional Practice and the ethical rules | ||||||
12 | of the
Appraisal Foundation as adopted and promulgated by | ||||||
13 | the Appraisal Subcommittee.
| ||||||
14 | (d) If appraisals of real estate securing a savings bank's
| ||||||
15 | loans are obtained as part of an examination by the | ||||||
16 | Commissioner,
the cost of those appraisals shall promptly be | ||||||
17 | paid by the savings
bank directly to the appraiser or | ||||||
18 | appraisers.
| ||||||
19 | (e) Any violation of this Article shall
constitute an | ||||||
20 | unsafe or unsound practice. Any person who knowingly
violates | ||||||
21 | any provision of this Article shall be subject to
enforcement | ||||||
22 | action or civil money penalties as provided for in this
Act.
| ||||||
23 | (f) For purposes of this Article, "underwriting" shall | ||||||
24 | mean the process
of compiling information to support a | ||||||
25 | determination as to whether an
investment or extension of | ||||||
26 | credit shall be made by a savings bank. It
shall include, but |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | not be limited to, evaluating a borrower's
creditworthiness, | ||||||
2 | determination of the value of the underlying collateral,
| ||||||
3 | market factors, and the appropriateness of the investment or | ||||||
4 | loan for the
savings bank. Underwriting as used herein does | ||||||
5 | not include the agreement to
purchase unsold portions of | ||||||
6 | public offerings of stocks or bonds as commonly
used in | ||||||
7 | corporate securities issuances and sales.
| ||||||
8 | (g) For purposes of this Section, the following | ||||||
9 | definitions shall apply:
| ||||||
10 | (1) "Federal Act" means Title XI of the Financial | ||||||
11 | Institutions Reform,
Recovery , and Enforcement Act of 1989 | ||||||
12 | and regulations adopted pursuant thereto.
| ||||||
13 | (2) "Appraisal Subcommittee" means the designee of the | ||||||
14 | heads of the
Federal Financial Institutions Examination | ||||||
15 | Council Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3301
et seq.).
| ||||||
16 | (3) "Appraisal Foundation" means the Appraisal | ||||||
17 | Foundation that was
incorporated as an Illinois | ||||||
18 | not-for-profit corporation on November 30, 1987.
| ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 90-665, eff. 7-30-98; revised 7-30-21.)
| ||||||
20 | Section 110. The Illinois Credit Union Act is amended by | ||||||
21 | changing Section 20 as follows:
| ||||||
22 | (205 ILCS 305/20) (from Ch. 17, par. 4421)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 20. Election or appointment of officials.
| ||||||
24 | (1) The credit union shall
be directed by a board of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | directors consisting of no less than 7 in number,
to be elected | ||||||
2 | at the annual meeting by and from the members. Directors shall
| ||||||
3 | hold office until the next annual meeting, unless their
terms | ||||||
4 | are staggered. Upon amendment of its bylaws, a credit union | ||||||
5 | may divide
the directors into 2 or 3 classes with each class as | ||||||
6 | nearly equal in number as
possible. The term of office of the | ||||||
7 | directors of the first class shall expire
at the first annual | ||||||
8 | meeting after their election, that of the second class
shall
| ||||||
9 | expire at the second annual meeting after their election, and | ||||||
10 | that of the third
class, if any, shall expire at the third | ||||||
11 | annual meeting after their election.
At each annual meeting | ||||||
12 | after the classification, the number of directors equal
to the | ||||||
13 | number of directors whose terms expire at the time of the | ||||||
14 | meeting shall
be elected to hold office until the second | ||||||
15 | succeeding annual meeting if there
are 2 classes or until the | ||||||
16 | third succeeding annual meeting if there are 3
classes. A | ||||||
17 | director shall hold office for the term for which he
or she is | ||||||
18 | elected and until his or her
successor
is elected and | ||||||
19 | qualified. | ||||||
20 | (1.5) Except as provided in subsection (1.10), in all | ||||||
21 | elections for directors, every member
has the right to vote, | ||||||
22 | in person, by proxy, or by secure electronic record if | ||||||
23 | approved by the board of directors, the number of shares owned
| ||||||
24 | by him, or in the case of a member other than a natural person, | ||||||
25 | the member's
one vote, for as many persons as there are | ||||||
26 | directors to be elected, or to
cumulate such shares, and give |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | one candidate as many votes as the number
of directors | ||||||
2 | multiplied by the number of his shares equals, or to | ||||||
3 | distribute
them on
the same principle among as many candidates | ||||||
4 | as he may desire and the directors
shall not be elected in any | ||||||
5 | other manner. Shares held in a joint account
owned by more than | ||||||
6 | one member may be voted by any one of the members, however,
the | ||||||
7 | number of cumulative votes cast may not exceed a total equal to | ||||||
8 | the number
of shares multiplied by the number of directors to | ||||||
9 | be elected. A majority of
the shares entitled
to vote shall be | ||||||
10 | represented either in person or by proxy for the election
of | ||||||
11 | directors. Each director shall wholly take and subscribe to an | ||||||
12 | oath
that he will diligently and honestly perform his duties | ||||||
13 | in administering
the affairs of the credit union, that while | ||||||
14 | he may delegate to another the
performance of those | ||||||
15 | administrative duties he is not thereby relieved from
his | ||||||
16 | responsibility for their performance, that he will not | ||||||
17 | knowingly violate
or permit to be violated any law applicable | ||||||
18 | to the credit union,
and that he is the owner of at least one | ||||||
19 | share of the credit union.
| ||||||
20 | (1.10) Upon amendment of a credit union's bylaws approved | ||||||
21 | by the members, in all elections for directors, every member | ||||||
22 | who is a natural person shall have the right to cast one vote, | ||||||
23 | regardless of the number of his or her shares, in person, by | ||||||
24 | proxy, or by secure electronic record if approved by the board | ||||||
25 | of directors, for as many persons as there are directors to be | ||||||
26 | elected.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1.15) If the board of directors has adopted a policy | ||||||
2 | addressing age eligibility standards on voting, holding | ||||||
3 | office, or petitioning the board, then a credit union may | ||||||
4 | require (i) that members be at least 18 years of age by the | ||||||
5 | date of the meeting in order to vote at meetings of the | ||||||
6 | members, sign nominating petitions, or sign petitions | ||||||
7 | requesting special meetings, and (ii) that members be at least | ||||||
8 | 18 years of age by the date of election or appointment in order | ||||||
9 | to hold elective or appointive office. | ||||||
10 | (2) The board of directors shall appoint from among the | ||||||
11 | members of the
credit union, a supervisory committee of not | ||||||
12 | less than 3 members at the
organization meeting and within 30 | ||||||
13 | days following each annual meeting of
the members for such | ||||||
14 | terms as the bylaws provide. Members of the supervisory | ||||||
15 | committee may, but need not be, on the board of directors, but | ||||||
16 | shall not
be officers of the credit union, members of the | ||||||
17 | credit committee,
or the
credit manager if no credit committee | ||||||
18 | has been appointed.
| ||||||
19 | (3) The board of directors may appoint, from among the
| ||||||
20 | members of the
credit union, a credit committee consisting of | ||||||
21 | an odd number, not less than
3 for such terms as the bylaws | ||||||
22 | provide. Members of the credit committee
may, but need not be, | ||||||
23 | directors or officers of the credit union, but shall
not be | ||||||
24 | members of the supervisory committee.
| ||||||
25 | (4) The board of directors may appoint from among the | ||||||
26 | members
of the
credit union a membership committee of one or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | more persons. If appointed,
the committee shall act
upon all | ||||||
2 | applications for membership and submit a report of its actions
| ||||||
3 | to the board of directors at the next regular meeting for
| ||||||
4 | review.
If no membership committee is appointed, credit union | ||||||
5 | management shall act
upon all applications for membership and | ||||||
6 | submit a report of its actions to the board of directors
at the | ||||||
7 | next regular meeting for review.
| ||||||
8 | (5) As used in this Section, "electronic" and "electronic | ||||||
9 | record" have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the | ||||||
10 | Uniform Electronic Transactions Act. As used in this Section, | ||||||
11 | "secured electronic record" means an electronic record that | ||||||
12 | meets the criteria set forth in the Uniform Electronic | ||||||
13 | Transactions Act. | ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 102-38, eff. 6-25-21; revised 8-3-21.)
| ||||||
15 | Section 115. The Illinois Community Reinvestment Act is | ||||||
16 | amended by changing Section 35-1 as follows:
| ||||||
17 | (205 ILCS 735/35-1)
| ||||||
18 | Sec. 35-1. Short title. This Article Act may be cited as | ||||||
19 | the Illinois Community Reinvestment Act. References in this | ||||||
20 | Article to "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 101-657, eff. 3-23-21; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
22 | Section 120. The Specialized Mental Health Rehabilitation | ||||||
23 | Act of 2013 is amended by changing Section 5-112 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (210 ILCS 49/5-112) | ||||||
2 | Sec. 5-112. Bed reduction payments. The Department of | ||||||
3 | Healthcare and Family Services shall make payments to | ||||||
4 | facilities licensed under this Act for the purpose of reducing | ||||||
5 | bed capacity and room occupancy. Facilities desiring to | ||||||
6 | participate in these payments shall submit a proposal to the | ||||||
7 | Department for review. In the proposal the facility shall | ||||||
8 | detail the number of beds that are seeking to eliminate and the | ||||||
9 | price they are requesting to eliminate those beds. The | ||||||
10 | facility shall also detail in their proposal if the affected | ||||||
11 | effected beds would reduce room occupancy from 3 or 4 beds to | ||||||
12 | double occupancy or if is the bed elimination would create | ||||||
13 | single occupancy. Priority will be given to proposals that | ||||||
14 | eliminate the use of three-person or four-person occupancy | ||||||
15 | rooms. Proposals shall be collected by the Department within a | ||||||
16 | specific time period and the Department will negotiate all | ||||||
17 | payments before making final awards to ensure that the funding | ||||||
18 | appropriated is sufficient to fund the awards. Payments shall | ||||||
19 | not be less than $25,000 per bed and proposals to eliminate | ||||||
20 | beds that lead to single occupancy rooms shall receive an | ||||||
21 | additional $10,000 per bed over and above any other negotiated | ||||||
22 | bed elimination payment. Before a facility can receive payment | ||||||
23 | under this Section, the facility must receive approval from | ||||||
24 | the Department of Public Health for the permanent removal of | ||||||
25 | the beds for which they are receiving payment. Payment for the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | elimination of the beds shall be made within 15 days of the | ||||||
2 | facility notifying the Department of Public Health about the | ||||||
3 | bed license elimination. Under no circumstances shall a | ||||||
4 | facility be allowed to increase the capacity of a facility | ||||||
5 | once payment has been received for the elimination of beds.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 102-16, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
7 | Section 125. The Emergency Medical Services (EMS) Systems | ||||||
8 | Act is amended by changing Sections 3.116, 3.117, and 3.117.5 | ||||||
9 | as follows:
| ||||||
10 | (210 ILCS 50/3.116) | ||||||
11 | Sec. 3.116. Hospital Stroke Care; definitions. As used in | ||||||
12 | Sections 3.116 through 3.119, 3.130, 3.200, and 3.226 of this | ||||||
13 | Act: | ||||||
14 | "Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital" means a hospital that has | ||||||
15 | been designated by the Department as meeting the criteria for | ||||||
16 | providing emergent stroke care. Designation may be provided | ||||||
17 | after a hospital has been certified or through application and | ||||||
18 | designation as such. | ||||||
19 | "Certification" or "certified" means certification, using | ||||||
20 | evidence-based standards, from a nationally recognized | ||||||
21 | nationally-recognized certifying body approved by the | ||||||
22 | Department. | ||||||
23 | "Comprehensive Stroke Center" means a hospital that has | ||||||
24 | been certified and has been designated as such. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Designation" or "designated" means the Department's | ||||||
2 | recognition of a hospital as a Comprehensive Stroke Center, | ||||||
3 | Primary Stroke Center, or Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital. | ||||||
4 | "Emergent stroke care" is emergency medical care that | ||||||
5 | includes diagnosis and emergency medical treatment of acute | ||||||
6 | stroke patients. | ||||||
7 | "Emergent Stroke Ready Hospital" means a hospital that has | ||||||
8 | been designated by the Department as meeting the criteria for | ||||||
9 | providing emergent stroke care. | ||||||
10 | "Primary Stroke Center" means a hospital that has been | ||||||
11 | certified by a Department-approved, nationally recognized | ||||||
12 | nationally-recognized certifying body and designated as such | ||||||
13 | by the Department. | ||||||
14 | "Regional Stroke Advisory Subcommittee" means a | ||||||
15 | subcommittee formed within each Regional EMS Advisory | ||||||
16 | Committee to advise the Director and the Region's EMS Medical | ||||||
17 | Directors Committee on the triage, treatment, and transport of | ||||||
18 | possible acute stroke patients and to select the Region's | ||||||
19 | representative to the State Stroke Advisory Subcommittee. At | ||||||
20 | minimum, the Regional Stroke Advisory Subcommittee shall | ||||||
21 | consist of: one representative from the EMS Medical Directors | ||||||
22 | Committee; one EMS coordinator from a Resource Hospital; one | ||||||
23 | administrative representative or his or her designee from each | ||||||
24 | level of stroke care, including Comprehensive Stroke Centers | ||||||
25 | within the Region, if any, Primary Stroke Centers within the | ||||||
26 | Region, if any, and Acute Stroke-Ready Hospitals within the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Region, if any; one physician from each level of stroke care, | ||||||
2 | including one physician who is a neurologist or who provides | ||||||
3 | advanced stroke care at a Comprehensive Stroke Center in the | ||||||
4 | Region, if any, one physician who is a neurologist or who | ||||||
5 | provides acute stroke care at a Primary Stroke Center in the | ||||||
6 | Region, if any, and one physician who provides acute stroke | ||||||
7 | care at an Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital in the Region, if any; | ||||||
8 | one nurse practicing in each level of stroke care, including | ||||||
9 | one nurse from a Comprehensive Stroke Center in the Region, if | ||||||
10 | any, one nurse from a Primary Stroke Center in the Region, if | ||||||
11 | any, and one nurse from an Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital in the | ||||||
12 | Region, if any; one representative from both a public and a | ||||||
13 | private vehicle service provider that transports possible | ||||||
14 | acute stroke patients within the Region; the State-designated | ||||||
15 | regional EMS Coordinator; and a fire chief or his or her | ||||||
16 | designee from the EMS Region, if the Region serves a | ||||||
17 | population of more than 2,000,000. The Regional Stroke | ||||||
18 | Advisory Subcommittee shall establish bylaws to ensure equal | ||||||
19 | membership that rotates and clearly delineates committee | ||||||
20 | responsibilities and structure. Of the members first | ||||||
21 | appointed, one-third shall be appointed for a term of one | ||||||
22 | year, one-third shall be appointed for a term of 2 years, and | ||||||
23 | the remaining members shall be appointed for a term of 3 years. | ||||||
24 | The terms of subsequent appointees shall be 3 years. | ||||||
25 | "State Stroke Advisory Subcommittee" means a standing | ||||||
26 | advisory body within the State Emergency Medical Services |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Advisory Council.
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 98-1001, eff. 1-1-15; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
3 | (210 ILCS 50/3.117) | ||||||
4 | Sec. 3.117. Hospital designations. | ||||||
5 | (a) The Department shall attempt to designate Primary | ||||||
6 | Stroke Centers in all areas of the State. | ||||||
7 | (1) The Department shall designate as many certified
| ||||||
8 | Primary Stroke Centers as apply for that designation | ||||||
9 | provided they are certified by a nationally recognized | ||||||
10 | nationally-recognized certifying body, approved by the | ||||||
11 | Department, and certification criteria are consistent with | ||||||
12 | the most current nationally recognized | ||||||
13 | nationally-recognized , evidence-based stroke guidelines | ||||||
14 | related to reducing the occurrence, disabilities, and | ||||||
15 | death associated with stroke. | ||||||
16 | (2) A hospital certified as a Primary Stroke Center by | ||||||
17 | a nationally recognized nationally-recognized certifying | ||||||
18 | body approved by the Department, shall send a copy of the | ||||||
19 | Certificate and annual fee to the Department and shall be | ||||||
20 | deemed, within 30 business days of its receipt by the | ||||||
21 | Department, to be a State-designated Primary Stroke | ||||||
22 | Center. | ||||||
23 | (3) A center designated as a Primary Stroke Center | ||||||
24 | shall pay an annual fee as determined by the Department | ||||||
25 | that shall be no less than $100 and no greater than $500. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | All fees shall be deposited into the Stroke Data | ||||||
2 | Collection Fund. | ||||||
3 | (3.5) With respect to a hospital that is a designated | ||||||
4 | Primary Stroke Center, the Department shall have the | ||||||
5 | authority and responsibility to do the following: | ||||||
6 | (A) Suspend or revoke a hospital's Primary Stroke | ||||||
7 | Center designation upon receiving notice that the | ||||||
8 | hospital's Primary Stroke Center certification has | ||||||
9 | lapsed or has been revoked by the State recognized | ||||||
10 | certifying body. | ||||||
11 | (B) Suspend a hospital's Primary Stroke Center | ||||||
12 | designation, in extreme circumstances where patients | ||||||
13 | may be at risk for immediate harm or death, until such | ||||||
14 | time as the certifying body investigates and makes a | ||||||
15 | final determination regarding certification. | ||||||
16 | (C) Restore any previously suspended or revoked | ||||||
17 | Department designation upon notice to the Department | ||||||
18 | that the certifying body has confirmed or restored the | ||||||
19 | Primary Stroke Center certification of that previously | ||||||
20 | designated hospital. | ||||||
21 | (D) Suspend a hospital's Primary Stroke Center | ||||||
22 | designation at the request of a hospital seeking to | ||||||
23 | suspend its own Department designation. | ||||||
24 | (4) Primary Stroke Center designation shall remain | ||||||
25 | valid at all times while the hospital maintains its | ||||||
26 | certification as a Primary Stroke Center, in good |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | standing, with the certifying body. The duration of a | ||||||
2 | Primary Stroke Center designation shall coincide with the | ||||||
3 | duration of its Primary Stroke Center certification. Each | ||||||
4 | designated Primary Stroke Center shall have its | ||||||
5 | designation automatically renewed upon the Department's | ||||||
6 | receipt of a copy of the accrediting body's certification | ||||||
7 | renewal. | ||||||
8 | (5) A hospital that no longer meets nationally | ||||||
9 | recognized nationally-recognized , evidence-based | ||||||
10 | standards for Primary Stroke Centers, or loses its Primary | ||||||
11 | Stroke Center certification, shall notify the Department | ||||||
12 | and the Regional EMS Advisory Committee within 5 business | ||||||
13 | days. | ||||||
14 | (a-5) The Department shall attempt to designate | ||||||
15 | Comprehensive Stroke Centers in all areas of the State. | ||||||
16 | (1) The Department shall designate as many certified | ||||||
17 | Comprehensive Stroke Centers as apply for that | ||||||
18 | designation, provided that the Comprehensive Stroke | ||||||
19 | Centers are certified by a nationally recognized | ||||||
20 | nationally-recognized certifying body approved by the | ||||||
21 | Department, and provided that the certifying body's | ||||||
22 | certification criteria are consistent with the most | ||||||
23 | current nationally recognized nationally-recognized and | ||||||
24 | evidence-based stroke guidelines for reducing the | ||||||
25 | occurrence of stroke and the disabilities and death | ||||||
26 | associated with stroke. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (2) A hospital certified as a Comprehensive Stroke | ||||||
2 | Center shall send a copy of the Certificate and annual
fee | ||||||
3 | to the Department and shall be deemed, within 30
business | ||||||
4 | days of its receipt by the Department, to be a
| ||||||
5 | State-designated Comprehensive Stroke Center. | ||||||
6 | (3) A hospital designated as a Comprehensive Stroke | ||||||
7 | Center shall pay an annual fee as determined by the | ||||||
8 | Department that shall be no less than $100 and no greater | ||||||
9 | than $500. All fees shall be deposited into the Stroke | ||||||
10 | Data Collection Fund. | ||||||
11 | (4) With respect to a hospital that is a designated | ||||||
12 | Comprehensive Stroke Center, the Department shall have the | ||||||
13 | authority and responsibility to do the following: | ||||||
14 | (A) Suspend or revoke the hospital's Comprehensive | ||||||
15 | Stroke Center designation upon receiving notice that | ||||||
16 | the hospital's Comprehensive Stroke Center | ||||||
17 | certification has lapsed or has been revoked by the | ||||||
18 | State recognized certifying body. | ||||||
19 | (B) Suspend the hospital's Comprehensive Stroke | ||||||
20 | Center designation, in extreme circumstances in which | ||||||
21 | patients may be at risk
for immediate harm or death, | ||||||
22 | until such time as the certifying body investigates | ||||||
23 | and makes a final determination regarding | ||||||
24 | certification. | ||||||
25 | (C) Restore any previously suspended or revoked | ||||||
26 | Department designation upon notice to the Department |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that the certifying body has confirmed or restored the | ||||||
2 | Comprehensive Stroke Center certification of that | ||||||
3 | previously designated hospital. | ||||||
4 | (D) Suspend the hospital's Comprehensive Stroke | ||||||
5 | Center designation at the request of a hospital | ||||||
6 | seeking to suspend its own Department designation. | ||||||
7 | (5) Comprehensive Stroke Center designation shall | ||||||
8 | remain valid at all times while the hospital maintains its | ||||||
9 | certification as a Comprehensive Stroke Center, in good | ||||||
10 | standing, with the certifying body. The duration of a | ||||||
11 | Comprehensive Stroke Center designation shall coincide | ||||||
12 | with the duration of its Comprehensive Stroke Center | ||||||
13 | certification. Each designated Comprehensive Stroke Center | ||||||
14 | shall have its designation automatically renewed upon the | ||||||
15 | Department's receipt of a copy of the certifying body's | ||||||
16 | certification renewal. | ||||||
17 | (6) A hospital that no longer meets nationally | ||||||
18 | recognized nationally-recognized , evidence-based | ||||||
19 | standards for Comprehensive Stroke Centers, or loses its | ||||||
20 | Comprehensive Stroke Center certification, shall notify | ||||||
21 | the Department and the Regional EMS Advisory Committee | ||||||
22 | within 5 business days. | ||||||
23 | (b) Beginning on the first day of the month that begins 12 | ||||||
24 | months after the adoption of rules authorized by this | ||||||
25 | subsection, the Department shall attempt to designate | ||||||
26 | hospitals as Acute Stroke-Ready Hospitals in all areas of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State. Designation may be approved by the Department after a | ||||||
2 | hospital has been certified as an Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital | ||||||
3 | or through application and designation by the Department. For | ||||||
4 | any hospital that is designated as an Emergent Stroke Ready | ||||||
5 | Hospital at the time that the Department begins the | ||||||
6 | designation of Acute Stroke-Ready Hospitals, the Emergent | ||||||
7 | Stroke Ready designation shall remain intact for the duration | ||||||
8 | of the 12-month period until that designation expires. Until | ||||||
9 | the Department begins the designation of hospitals as Acute | ||||||
10 | Stroke-Ready Hospitals, hospitals may achieve Emergent Stroke | ||||||
11 | Ready Hospital designation utilizing the processes and | ||||||
12 | criteria provided in Public Act 96-514. | ||||||
13 | (1) (Blank). | ||||||
14 | (2) Hospitals may apply for, and receive, Acute | ||||||
15 | Stroke-Ready Hospital designation from the Department, | ||||||
16 | provided that the hospital attests, on a form developed by | ||||||
17 | the Department in consultation with the State Stroke | ||||||
18 | Advisory Subcommittee, that it meets, and will continue to | ||||||
19 | meet, the criteria for Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital | ||||||
20 | designation and pays an annual fee. | ||||||
21 | A hospital designated as an Acute Stroke-Ready | ||||||
22 | Hospital shall pay an annual fee as determined by the | ||||||
23 | Department that shall be no less than $100 and no greater | ||||||
24 | than $500. All fees shall be deposited into the Stroke | ||||||
25 | Data Collection Fund. | ||||||
26 | (2.5) A hospital may apply for, and receive, Acute |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Stroke-Ready Hospital designation from the Department, | ||||||
2 | provided that the hospital provides proof of current Acute | ||||||
3 | Stroke-Ready Hospital certification and the hospital pays | ||||||
4 | an annual fee. | ||||||
5 | (A) Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital designation shall | ||||||
6 | remain valid at all times while the hospital maintains | ||||||
7 | its certification as an Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital, | ||||||
8 | in good standing, with the certifying body. | ||||||
9 | (B) The duration of an Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital | ||||||
10 | designation shall coincide with the duration of its | ||||||
11 | Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital certification. | ||||||
12 | (C) Each designated Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital | ||||||
13 | shall have its designation automatically renewed upon | ||||||
14 | the Department's receipt of a copy of the certifying | ||||||
15 | body's certification renewal and Application for | ||||||
16 | Stroke Center Designation form. | ||||||
17 | (D) A hospital must submit a copy of its | ||||||
18 | certification renewal from the certifying body as soon | ||||||
19 | as practical but no later than 30 business days after | ||||||
20 | that certification is received by the hospital. Upon | ||||||
21 | the Department's receipt of the renewal certification, | ||||||
22 | the Department shall renew the hospital's Acute | ||||||
23 | Stroke-Ready Hospital designation. | ||||||
24 | (E) A hospital designated as an Acute Stroke-Ready | ||||||
25 | Hospital shall pay an annual fee as determined by the | ||||||
26 | Department that shall be no less than $100 and no |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | greater than $500. All fees shall be deposited into | ||||||
2 | the Stroke Data Collection Fund. | ||||||
3 | (3) Hospitals seeking Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital | ||||||
4 | designation that do not have certification shall develop | ||||||
5 | policies and procedures that are consistent with | ||||||
6 | nationally recognized nationally-recognized , | ||||||
7 | evidence-based protocols for the provision of emergent | ||||||
8 | stroke care. Hospital policies relating to emergent stroke | ||||||
9 | care and stroke patient outcomes shall be reviewed at | ||||||
10 | least annually, or more often as needed, by a hospital | ||||||
11 | committee that oversees quality improvement. Adjustments | ||||||
12 | shall be made as necessary to advance the quality of | ||||||
13 | stroke care delivered. Criteria for Acute Stroke-Ready | ||||||
14 | Hospital designation of hospitals shall be limited to the | ||||||
15 | ability of a hospital to: | ||||||
16 | (A) create written acute care protocols related to | ||||||
17 | emergent stroke care; | ||||||
18 | (A-5) participate in the data collection system | ||||||
19 | provided in Section 3.118, if available; | ||||||
20 | (B) maintain a written transfer agreement with one | ||||||
21 | or more hospitals that have neurosurgical expertise; | ||||||
22 | (C) designate a Clinical Director of Stroke Care | ||||||
23 | who shall be a clinical member of the hospital staff | ||||||
24 | with training or experience, as defined by the | ||||||
25 | facility, in the care of patients with cerebrovascular | ||||||
26 | disease. This training or experience may include, but |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | is not limited to, completion of a fellowship or other | ||||||
2 | specialized training in the area of cerebrovascular | ||||||
3 | disease, attendance at national courses, or prior | ||||||
4 | experience in neuroscience intensive care units. The | ||||||
5 | Clinical Director of Stroke Care may be a neurologist, | ||||||
6 | neurosurgeon, emergency medicine physician, internist, | ||||||
7 | radiologist, advanced practice registered nurse, or | ||||||
8 | physician's assistant; | ||||||
9 | (C-5) provide rapid access to an acute stroke | ||||||
10 | team, as defined by the facility, that considers and | ||||||
11 | reflects nationally recognized, evidence-based | ||||||
12 | nationally-recognized, evidenced-based protocols or | ||||||
13 | guidelines; | ||||||
14 | (D) administer thrombolytic therapy, or | ||||||
15 | subsequently developed medical therapies that meet | ||||||
16 | nationally recognized nationally-recognized , | ||||||
17 | evidence-based stroke guidelines; | ||||||
18 | (E) conduct brain image tests at all times; | ||||||
19 | (F) conduct blood coagulation studies at all | ||||||
20 | times; | ||||||
21 | (G) maintain a log of stroke patients, which shall | ||||||
22 | be available for review upon request by the Department | ||||||
23 | or any hospital that has a written transfer agreement | ||||||
24 | with the Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital; | ||||||
25 | (H) admit stroke patients to a unit that can | ||||||
26 | provide appropriate care that considers and reflects |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | nationally recognized nationally-recognized , | ||||||
2 | evidence-based protocols or guidelines or transfer | ||||||
3 | stroke patients to an Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital, | ||||||
4 | Primary Stroke Center, or Comprehensive Stroke Center, | ||||||
5 | or another facility that can provide the appropriate | ||||||
6 | care that considers and reflects nationally recognized | ||||||
7 | nationally-recognized , evidence-based protocols or | ||||||
8 | guidelines; and | ||||||
9 | (I) demonstrate compliance with nationally | ||||||
10 | recognized nationally-recognized quality indicators. | ||||||
11 | (4) With respect to Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital | ||||||
12 | designation, the Department shall have the authority and | ||||||
13 | responsibility to do the following: | ||||||
14 | (A) Require hospitals applying for Acute | ||||||
15 | Stroke-Ready Hospital designation to attest, on a form | ||||||
16 | developed by the Department in consultation with the | ||||||
17 | State Stroke Advisory Subcommittee, that the hospital | ||||||
18 | meets, and will continue to meet, the criteria for an | ||||||
19 | Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital. | ||||||
20 | (A-5) Require hospitals applying for Acute | ||||||
21 | Stroke-Ready Hospital designation via national Acute | ||||||
22 | Stroke-Ready Hospital certification to provide proof | ||||||
23 | of current Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital certification, | ||||||
24 | in good standing. | ||||||
25 | The Department shall require a hospital that is | ||||||
26 | already certified as an Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | send a copy of the Certificate to the Department. | ||||||
2 | Within 30 business days of the Department's | ||||||
3 | receipt of a hospital's Acute Stroke-Ready Certificate | ||||||
4 | and Application for Stroke Center Designation form | ||||||
5 | that indicates that the hospital is a certified Acute | ||||||
6 | Stroke-Ready Hospital, in good standing, the hospital | ||||||
7 | shall be deemed a State-designated Acute Stroke-Ready | ||||||
8 | Hospital. The Department shall send a designation | ||||||
9 | notice to each hospital that it designates as an Acute | ||||||
10 | Stroke-Ready Hospital and shall add the names of | ||||||
11 | designated Acute Stroke-Ready Hospitals to the website | ||||||
12 | listing immediately upon designation. The Department | ||||||
13 | shall immediately remove the name of a hospital from | ||||||
14 | the website listing when a hospital loses its | ||||||
15 | designation after notice and, if requested by the | ||||||
16 | hospital, a hearing. | ||||||
17 | The Department shall develop an Application for | ||||||
18 | Stroke Center Designation form that contains a | ||||||
19 | statement that "The above named facility meets the | ||||||
20 | requirements for Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital | ||||||
21 | Designation as provided in Section 3.117 of the | ||||||
22 | Emergency Medical Services (EMS) Systems Act" and | ||||||
23 | shall instruct the applicant facility to provide: the | ||||||
24 | hospital name and address; the hospital CEO or | ||||||
25 | Administrator's typed name and signature; the hospital | ||||||
26 | Clinical Director of Stroke Care's typed name and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | signature; and a contact person's typed name, email | ||||||
2 | address, and phone number. | ||||||
3 | The Application for Stroke Center Designation form | ||||||
4 | shall contain a statement that instructs the hospital | ||||||
5 | to "Provide proof of current Acute Stroke-Ready | ||||||
6 | Hospital certification from a nationally recognized | ||||||
7 | nationally-recognized certifying body approved by the | ||||||
8 | Department". | ||||||
9 | (B) Designate a hospital as an Acute Stroke-Ready | ||||||
10 | Hospital no more than 30 business days after receipt | ||||||
11 | of an attestation that meets the requirements for | ||||||
12 | attestation, unless the Department, within 30 days of | ||||||
13 | receipt of the attestation, chooses to conduct an | ||||||
14 | onsite survey prior to designation. If the Department | ||||||
15 | chooses to conduct an onsite survey prior to | ||||||
16 | designation, then the onsite survey shall be conducted | ||||||
17 | within 90 days of receipt of the attestation. | ||||||
18 | (C) Require annual written attestation, on a form | ||||||
19 | developed by the Department in consultation with the | ||||||
20 | State Stroke Advisory Subcommittee, by Acute | ||||||
21 | Stroke-Ready Hospitals to indicate compliance with | ||||||
22 | Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital criteria, as described in | ||||||
23 | this Section, and automatically renew Acute | ||||||
24 | Stroke-Ready Hospital designation of the hospital. | ||||||
25 | (D) Issue an Emergency Suspension of Acute | ||||||
26 | Stroke-Ready Hospital designation when the Director, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or his or her designee, has determined that the | ||||||
2 | hospital no longer meets the Acute Stroke-Ready | ||||||
3 | Hospital criteria and an immediate and serious danger | ||||||
4 | to the public health, safety, and welfare exists. If | ||||||
5 | the Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital fails to eliminate the | ||||||
6 | violation immediately or within a fixed period of | ||||||
7 | time, not exceeding 10 days, as determined by the | ||||||
8 | Director, the Director may immediately revoke the | ||||||
9 | Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital designation. The Acute | ||||||
10 | Stroke-Ready Hospital may appeal the revocation within | ||||||
11 | 15 business days after receiving the Director's | ||||||
12 | revocation order, by requesting an administrative | ||||||
13 | hearing. | ||||||
14 | (E) After notice and an opportunity for an | ||||||
15 | administrative hearing, suspend, revoke, or refuse to | ||||||
16 | renew an Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital designation, when | ||||||
17 | the Department finds the hospital is not in | ||||||
18 | substantial compliance with current Acute Stroke-Ready | ||||||
19 | Hospital criteria. | ||||||
20 | (c) The Department shall consult with the State Stroke | ||||||
21 | Advisory Subcommittee for developing the designation, | ||||||
22 | re-designation, and de-designation processes for Comprehensive | ||||||
23 | Stroke Centers, Primary Stroke Centers, and Acute Stroke-Ready | ||||||
24 | Hospitals.
| ||||||
25 | (d) The Department shall consult with the State Stroke | ||||||
26 | Advisory Subcommittee as subject matter experts at least |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | annually regarding stroke standards of care. | ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 100-513, eff. 1-1-18; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
3 | (210 ILCS 50/3.117.5) | ||||||
4 | Sec. 3.117.5. Hospital Stroke Care; grants. | ||||||
5 | (a) In order to encourage the establishment and retention | ||||||
6 | of Comprehensive Stroke Centers, Primary Stroke Centers, and | ||||||
7 | Acute Stroke-Ready Hospitals throughout the State, the | ||||||
8 | Director may award, subject to appropriation, matching grants | ||||||
9 | to hospitals to be used for the acquisition and maintenance of | ||||||
10 | necessary infrastructure, including personnel, equipment, and | ||||||
11 | pharmaceuticals for the diagnosis and treatment of acute | ||||||
12 | stroke patients. Grants may be used to pay the fee for | ||||||
13 | certifications by Department approved nationally recognized | ||||||
14 | nationally-recognized certifying bodies or to provide | ||||||
15 | additional training for directors of stroke care or for | ||||||
16 | hospital staff. | ||||||
17 | (b) The Director may award grant moneys to Comprehensive | ||||||
18 | Stroke Centers, Primary Stroke Centers, and Acute Stroke-Ready | ||||||
19 | Hospitals for developing or enlarging stroke networks, for | ||||||
20 | stroke education, and to enhance the ability of the EMS System | ||||||
21 | to respond to possible acute stroke patients. | ||||||
22 | (c) A Comprehensive Stroke Center, Primary Stroke Center, | ||||||
23 | or Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital, or a hospital seeking | ||||||
24 | certification as a Comprehensive Stroke Center, Primary Stroke | ||||||
25 | Center, or Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital or designation as an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital, may apply to the Director for a | ||||||
2 | matching grant in a manner and form specified by the Director | ||||||
3 | and shall provide information as the Director deems necessary | ||||||
4 | to determine whether the hospital is eligible for the grant. | ||||||
5 | (d) Matching grant awards shall be made to Comprehensive | ||||||
6 | Stroke Centers, Primary Stroke Centers, Acute Stroke-Ready | ||||||
7 | Hospitals, or hospitals seeking certification or designation | ||||||
8 | as a Comprehensive Stroke Center, Primary Stroke Center, or | ||||||
9 | Acute Stroke-Ready Hospital. The Department may consider | ||||||
10 | prioritizing grant awards to hospitals in areas with the | ||||||
11 | highest incidence of stroke, taking into account geographic | ||||||
12 | diversity, where possible.
| ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 98-1001, eff. 1-1-15; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
14 | Section 130. The Medical Practice Act of 1987 is amended | ||||||
15 | by changing Section 23 as follows:
| ||||||
16 | (225 ILCS 60/23) (from Ch. 111, par. 4400-23)
| ||||||
17 | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 102-20 ) | ||||||
18 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
| ||||||
19 | Sec. 23. Reports relating to professional conduct
and | ||||||
20 | capacity. | ||||||
21 | (A) Entities required to report.
| ||||||
22 | (1) Health care institutions. The chief administrator
| ||||||
23 | or executive officer of any health care institution | ||||||
24 | licensed
by the Illinois Department of Public Health shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | report to
the Disciplinary Board when any person's | ||||||
2 | clinical privileges
are terminated or are restricted based | ||||||
3 | on a final
determination made in accordance with that | ||||||
4 | institution's by-laws
or rules and regulations that a | ||||||
5 | person has either committed
an act or acts which may | ||||||
6 | directly threaten patient care or that a person may have a | ||||||
7 | mental or physical disability that may endanger patients
| ||||||
8 | under that person's care. Such officer also shall report | ||||||
9 | if
a person accepts voluntary termination or restriction | ||||||
10 | of
clinical privileges in lieu of formal action based upon | ||||||
11 | conduct related
directly to patient care or in lieu of | ||||||
12 | formal action
seeking to determine whether a person may | ||||||
13 | have a mental or physical disability that may endanger | ||||||
14 | patients
under that person's care. The Disciplinary Board
| ||||||
15 | shall, by rule, provide for the reporting to it by health | ||||||
16 | care institutions of all
instances in which a person, | ||||||
17 | licensed under this Act, who is
impaired by reason of age, | ||||||
18 | drug or alcohol abuse or physical
or mental impairment, is | ||||||
19 | under supervision and, where
appropriate, is in a program | ||||||
20 | of rehabilitation. Such
reports shall be strictly | ||||||
21 | confidential and may be reviewed
and considered only by | ||||||
22 | the members of the Disciplinary
Board, or by authorized | ||||||
23 | staff as provided by rules of the
Disciplinary Board. | ||||||
24 | Provisions shall be made for the
periodic report of the | ||||||
25 | status of any such person not less
than twice annually in | ||||||
26 | order that the Disciplinary Board
shall have current |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | information upon which to determine the
status of any such | ||||||
2 | person. Such initial and periodic
reports of impaired | ||||||
3 | physicians shall not be considered
records within the | ||||||
4 | meaning of the The State Records Act and
shall be disposed | ||||||
5 | of, following a determination by the
Disciplinary Board | ||||||
6 | that such reports are no longer required,
in a manner and | ||||||
7 | at such time as the Disciplinary Board shall
determine by | ||||||
8 | rule. The filing of such reports shall be
construed as the | ||||||
9 | filing of a report for purposes of
subsection (C) of this | ||||||
10 | Section.
| ||||||
11 | (1.5) Clinical training programs. The program director | ||||||
12 | of any post-graduate clinical training program shall | ||||||
13 | report to the Disciplinary Board if a person engaged in a | ||||||
14 | post-graduate clinical training program at the | ||||||
15 | institution, including, but not limited to, a residency or | ||||||
16 | fellowship, separates from the program for any reason | ||||||
17 | prior to its conclusion. The program director shall | ||||||
18 | provide all documentation relating to the separation if, | ||||||
19 | after review of the report, the Disciplinary Board | ||||||
20 | determines that a review of those documents is necessary | ||||||
21 | to determine whether a violation of this Act occurred. | ||||||
22 | (2) Professional associations. The President or chief
| ||||||
23 | executive officer of any association or society, of | ||||||
24 | persons
licensed under this Act, operating within this | ||||||
25 | State shall
report to the Disciplinary Board when the | ||||||
26 | association or
society renders a final determination that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a person has
committed unprofessional conduct related | ||||||
2 | directly to patient
care or that a person may have a mental | ||||||
3 | or physical disability that may endanger patients under | ||||||
4 | that person's
care.
| ||||||
5 | (3) Professional liability insurers. Every insurance
| ||||||
6 | company which offers policies of professional liability
| ||||||
7 | insurance to persons licensed under this Act, or any other
| ||||||
8 | entity which seeks to indemnify the professional liability
| ||||||
9 | of a person licensed under this Act, shall report to the
| ||||||
10 | Disciplinary Board the settlement of any claim or cause of
| ||||||
11 | action, or final judgment rendered in any cause of action,
| ||||||
12 | which alleged negligence in the furnishing of medical care
| ||||||
13 | by such licensed person when such settlement or final
| ||||||
14 | judgment is in favor of the plaintiff.
| ||||||
15 | (4) State's Attorneys. The State's Attorney of each
| ||||||
16 | county shall report to the Disciplinary Board, within 5 | ||||||
17 | days, any instances
in which a person licensed under this | ||||||
18 | Act is convicted of any felony or Class A misdemeanor. The | ||||||
19 | State's Attorney
of each county may report to the | ||||||
20 | Disciplinary Board through a verified
complaint any | ||||||
21 | instance in which the State's Attorney believes that a | ||||||
22 | physician
has willfully violated the notice requirements | ||||||
23 | of the Parental Notice of
Abortion Act of 1995.
| ||||||
24 | (5) State agencies. All agencies, boards,
commissions, | ||||||
25 | departments, or other instrumentalities of the
government | ||||||
26 | of the State of Illinois shall report to the
Disciplinary |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Board any instance arising in connection with
the | ||||||
2 | operations of such agency, including the administration
of | ||||||
3 | any law by such agency, in which a person licensed under
| ||||||
4 | this Act has either committed an act or acts which may be a
| ||||||
5 | violation of this Act or which may constitute | ||||||
6 | unprofessional
conduct related directly to patient care or | ||||||
7 | which indicates
that a person licensed under this Act may | ||||||
8 | have a mental or physical disability that may endanger | ||||||
9 | patients
under that person's care.
| ||||||
10 | (B) Mandatory reporting. All reports required by items | ||||||
11 | (34), (35), and
(36) of subsection (A) of Section 22 and by | ||||||
12 | Section 23 shall be submitted to the Disciplinary Board in a | ||||||
13 | timely
fashion. Unless otherwise provided in this Section, the | ||||||
14 | reports shall be filed in writing within 60
days after a | ||||||
15 | determination that a report is required under
this Act. All | ||||||
16 | reports shall contain the following
information:
| ||||||
17 | (1) The name, address and telephone number of the
| ||||||
18 | person making the report.
| ||||||
19 | (2) The name, address and telephone number of the
| ||||||
20 | person who is the subject of the report.
| ||||||
21 | (3) The name and date of birth of any
patient or | ||||||
22 | patients whose treatment is a subject of the
report, if | ||||||
23 | available, or other means of identification if such | ||||||
24 | information is not available, identification of the | ||||||
25 | hospital or other
healthcare facility where the care at | ||||||
26 | issue in the report was rendered,
provided, however, no |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | medical records may be
revealed.
| ||||||
2 | (4) A brief description of the facts which gave rise
| ||||||
3 | to the issuance of the report, including the dates of any
| ||||||
4 | occurrences deemed to necessitate the filing of the | ||||||
5 | report.
| ||||||
6 | (5) If court action is involved, the identity of the
| ||||||
7 | court in which the action is filed, along with the docket
| ||||||
8 | number and date of filing of the action.
| ||||||
9 | (6) Any further pertinent information which the
| ||||||
10 | reporting party deems to be an aid in the evaluation of the
| ||||||
11 | report.
| ||||||
12 | The Disciplinary Board or Department may also exercise the | ||||||
13 | power under Section
38 of this Act to subpoena copies of | ||||||
14 | hospital or medical records in mandatory
report cases alleging | ||||||
15 | death or permanent bodily injury. Appropriate
rules shall be | ||||||
16 | adopted by the Department with the approval of the | ||||||
17 | Disciplinary
Board.
| ||||||
18 | When the Department has received written reports | ||||||
19 | concerning incidents
required to be reported in items (34), | ||||||
20 | (35), and (36) of subsection (A) of
Section 22, the licensee's | ||||||
21 | failure to report the incident to the Department
under those | ||||||
22 | items shall not be the sole grounds for disciplinary action.
| ||||||
23 | Nothing contained in this Section shall act to , in any
| ||||||
24 | way, waive or modify the confidentiality of medical reports
| ||||||
25 | and committee reports to the extent provided by law. Any
| ||||||
26 | information reported or disclosed shall be kept for the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | confidential use of the Disciplinary Board, the Medical
| ||||||
2 | Coordinators, the Disciplinary Board's attorneys, the
medical | ||||||
3 | investigative staff, and authorized clerical staff,
as | ||||||
4 | provided in this Act, and shall be afforded the same
status as | ||||||
5 | is provided information concerning medical studies
in Part 21 | ||||||
6 | of Article VIII of the Code of Civil Procedure, except that the | ||||||
7 | Department may disclose information and documents to a | ||||||
8 | federal, State, or local law enforcement agency pursuant to a | ||||||
9 | subpoena in an ongoing criminal investigation or to a health | ||||||
10 | care licensing body or medical licensing authority of this | ||||||
11 | State or another state or jurisdiction pursuant to an official | ||||||
12 | request made by that licensing body or medical licensing | ||||||
13 | authority. Furthermore, information and documents disclosed to | ||||||
14 | a federal, State, or local law enforcement agency may be used | ||||||
15 | by that agency only for the investigation and prosecution of a | ||||||
16 | criminal offense, or, in the case of disclosure to a health | ||||||
17 | care licensing body or medical licensing authority, only for | ||||||
18 | investigations and disciplinary action proceedings with regard | ||||||
19 | to a license. Information and documents disclosed to the | ||||||
20 | Department of Public Health may be used by that Department | ||||||
21 | only for investigation and disciplinary action regarding the | ||||||
22 | license of a health care institution licensed by the | ||||||
23 | Department of Public Health.
| ||||||
24 | (C) Immunity from prosecution. Any individual or
| ||||||
25 | organization acting in good faith, and not in a wilful and
| ||||||
26 | wanton manner, in complying with this Act by providing any
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | report or other information to the Disciplinary Board or a | ||||||
2 | peer review committee, or
assisting in the investigation or | ||||||
3 | preparation of such
information, or by voluntarily reporting | ||||||
4 | to the Disciplinary Board
or a peer review committee | ||||||
5 | information regarding alleged errors or negligence by a person | ||||||
6 | licensed under this Act, or by participating in proceedings of | ||||||
7 | the
Disciplinary Board or a peer review committee, or by | ||||||
8 | serving as a member of the
Disciplinary Board or a peer review | ||||||
9 | committee, shall not, as a result of such actions,
be subject | ||||||
10 | to criminal prosecution or civil damages.
| ||||||
11 | (D) Indemnification. Members of the Disciplinary
Board, | ||||||
12 | the Licensing Board, the Medical Coordinators, the | ||||||
13 | Disciplinary Board's
attorneys, the medical investigative | ||||||
14 | staff, physicians
retained under contract to assist and advise | ||||||
15 | the medical
coordinators in the investigation, and authorized | ||||||
16 | clerical
staff shall be indemnified by the State for any | ||||||
17 | actions
occurring within the scope of services on the | ||||||
18 | Disciplinary
Board or Licensing Board, done in good faith and | ||||||
19 | not wilful and wanton in
nature. The Attorney General shall | ||||||
20 | defend all such actions
unless he or she determines either | ||||||
21 | that there would be a
conflict of interest in such | ||||||
22 | representation or that the
actions complained of were not in | ||||||
23 | good faith or were wilful
and wanton.
| ||||||
24 | Should the Attorney General decline representation, the
| ||||||
25 | member shall have the right to employ counsel of his or her
| ||||||
26 | choice, whose fees shall be provided by the State, after
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | approval by the Attorney General, unless there is a
| ||||||
2 | determination by a court that the member's actions were not
in | ||||||
3 | good faith or were wilful and wanton.
| ||||||
4 | The member must notify the Attorney General within 7
days | ||||||
5 | of receipt of notice of the initiation of any action
involving | ||||||
6 | services of the Disciplinary Board. Failure to so
notify the | ||||||
7 | Attorney General shall constitute an absolute
waiver of the | ||||||
8 | right to a defense and indemnification.
| ||||||
9 | The Attorney General shall determine within 7 days
after | ||||||
10 | receiving such notice, whether he or she will
undertake to | ||||||
11 | represent the member.
| ||||||
12 | (E) Deliberations of Disciplinary Board. Upon the
receipt | ||||||
13 | of any report called for by this Act, other than
those reports | ||||||
14 | of impaired persons licensed under this Act
required pursuant | ||||||
15 | to the rules of the Disciplinary Board,
the Disciplinary Board | ||||||
16 | shall notify in writing, by certified
mail, the person who is | ||||||
17 | the subject of the report. Such
notification shall be made | ||||||
18 | within 30 days of receipt by the
Disciplinary Board of the | ||||||
19 | report.
| ||||||
20 | The notification shall include a written notice setting
| ||||||
21 | forth the person's right to examine the report. Included in
| ||||||
22 | such notification shall be the address at which the file is
| ||||||
23 | maintained, the name of the custodian of the reports, and
the | ||||||
24 | telephone number at which the custodian may be reached.
The | ||||||
25 | person who is the subject of the report shall submit a written | ||||||
26 | statement responding,
clarifying, adding to, or proposing the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | amending of the
report previously filed. The person who is the | ||||||
2 | subject of the report shall also submit with the written | ||||||
3 | statement any medical records related to the report. The | ||||||
4 | statement and accompanying medical records shall become a
| ||||||
5 | permanent part of the file and must be received by the
| ||||||
6 | Disciplinary Board no more than
30 days after the date on
which | ||||||
7 | the person was notified by the Disciplinary Board of the | ||||||
8 | existence of
the
original report.
| ||||||
9 | The Disciplinary Board shall review all reports
received | ||||||
10 | by it, together with any supporting information and
responding | ||||||
11 | statements submitted by persons who are the
subject of | ||||||
12 | reports. The review by the Disciplinary Board
shall be in a | ||||||
13 | timely manner but in no event, shall the
Disciplinary Board's | ||||||
14 | initial review of the material
contained in each disciplinary | ||||||
15 | file be less than 61 days nor
more than 180 days after the | ||||||
16 | receipt of the initial report
by the Disciplinary Board.
| ||||||
17 | When the Disciplinary Board makes its initial review of
| ||||||
18 | the materials contained within its disciplinary files, the
| ||||||
19 | Disciplinary Board shall, in writing, make a determination
as | ||||||
20 | to whether there are sufficient facts to warrant further
| ||||||
21 | investigation or action. Failure to make such determination
| ||||||
22 | within the time provided shall be deemed to be a
determination | ||||||
23 | that there are not sufficient facts to warrant
further | ||||||
24 | investigation or action.
| ||||||
25 | Should the Disciplinary Board find that there are not
| ||||||
26 | sufficient facts to warrant further investigation, or
action, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the report shall be accepted for filing and the
matter shall be | ||||||
2 | deemed closed and so reported to the Secretary. The Secretary
| ||||||
3 | shall then have 30 days to accept the Disciplinary Board's | ||||||
4 | decision or
request further investigation. The Secretary shall | ||||||
5 | inform the Board
of the decision to request further | ||||||
6 | investigation, including the specific
reasons for the | ||||||
7 | decision. The
individual or entity filing the original report | ||||||
8 | or complaint
and the person who is the subject of the report or | ||||||
9 | complaint
shall be notified in writing by the Secretary of
any | ||||||
10 | final action on their report or complaint. The Department | ||||||
11 | shall disclose to the individual or entity who filed the | ||||||
12 | original report or complaint, on request, the status of the | ||||||
13 | Disciplinary Board's review of a specific report or complaint. | ||||||
14 | Such request may be made at any time, including prior to the | ||||||
15 | Disciplinary Board's determination as to whether there are | ||||||
16 | sufficient facts to warrant further investigation or action.
| ||||||
17 | (F) Summary reports. The Disciplinary Board shall
prepare, | ||||||
18 | on a timely basis, but in no event less than once
every other | ||||||
19 | month, a summary report of final disciplinary actions taken
| ||||||
20 | upon disciplinary files maintained by the Disciplinary Board.
| ||||||
21 | The summary reports shall be made available to the public upon | ||||||
22 | request and payment of the fees set by the Department. This | ||||||
23 | publication may be made available to the public on the | ||||||
24 | Department's website. Information or documentation relating to | ||||||
25 | any disciplinary file that is closed without disciplinary | ||||||
26 | action taken shall not be disclosed and shall be afforded the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | same status as is provided by Part 21 of Article VIII of the | ||||||
2 | Code of Civil Procedure.
| ||||||
3 | (G) Any violation of this Section shall be a Class A
| ||||||
4 | misdemeanor.
| ||||||
5 | (H) If any such person violates the provisions of this
| ||||||
6 | Section an action may be brought in the name of the People
of | ||||||
7 | the State of Illinois, through the Attorney General of
the | ||||||
8 | State of Illinois, for an order enjoining such violation
or | ||||||
9 | for an order enforcing compliance with this Section.
Upon | ||||||
10 | filing of a verified petition in such court, the court
may | ||||||
11 | issue a temporary restraining order without notice or
bond and | ||||||
12 | may preliminarily or permanently enjoin such
violation, and if | ||||||
13 | it is established that such person has
violated or is | ||||||
14 | violating the injunction, the court may
punish the offender | ||||||
15 | for contempt of court. Proceedings
under this paragraph shall | ||||||
16 | be in addition to, and not in
lieu of, all other remedies and | ||||||
17 | penalties provided for by
this Section.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 98-601, eff. 12-30-13; 99-143, eff. 7-27-15; | ||||||
19 | revised 7-20-21.)
| ||||||
20 | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 102-20 ) | ||||||
21 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 23. Reports relating to professional conduct
and | ||||||
23 | capacity. | ||||||
24 | (A) Entities required to report.
| ||||||
25 | (1) Health care institutions. The chief administrator
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or executive officer of any health care institution | ||||||
2 | licensed
by the Illinois Department of Public Health shall | ||||||
3 | report to
the Medical Board when any person's clinical | ||||||
4 | privileges
are terminated or are restricted based on a | ||||||
5 | final
determination made in accordance with that | ||||||
6 | institution's by-laws
or rules and regulations that a | ||||||
7 | person has either committed
an act or acts which may | ||||||
8 | directly threaten patient care or that a person may have a | ||||||
9 | mental or physical disability that may endanger patients
| ||||||
10 | under that person's care. Such officer also shall report | ||||||
11 | if
a person accepts voluntary termination or restriction | ||||||
12 | of
clinical privileges in lieu of formal action based upon | ||||||
13 | conduct related
directly to patient care or in lieu of | ||||||
14 | formal action
seeking to determine whether a person may | ||||||
15 | have a mental or physical disability that may endanger | ||||||
16 | patients
under that person's care. The Medical Board
| ||||||
17 | shall, by rule, provide for the reporting to it by health | ||||||
18 | care institutions of all
instances in which a person, | ||||||
19 | licensed under this Act, who is
impaired by reason of age, | ||||||
20 | drug or alcohol abuse or physical
or mental impairment, is | ||||||
21 | under supervision and, where
appropriate, is in a program | ||||||
22 | of rehabilitation. Such
reports shall be strictly | ||||||
23 | confidential and may be reviewed
and considered only by | ||||||
24 | the members of the Medical
Board, or by authorized staff | ||||||
25 | as provided by rules of the Medical
Board. Provisions | ||||||
26 | shall be made for the
periodic report of the status of any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | such person not less
than twice annually in order that the | ||||||
2 | Medical Board
shall have current information upon which to | ||||||
3 | determine the
status of any such person. Such initial and | ||||||
4 | periodic
reports of impaired physicians shall not be | ||||||
5 | considered
records within the meaning of the The State | ||||||
6 | Records Act and
shall be disposed of, following a | ||||||
7 | determination by the Medical
Board that such reports are | ||||||
8 | no longer required,
in a manner and at such time as the | ||||||
9 | Medical Board shall
determine by rule. The filing of such | ||||||
10 | reports shall be
construed as the filing of a report for | ||||||
11 | purposes of
subsection (C) of this Section.
| ||||||
12 | (1.5) Clinical training programs. The program director | ||||||
13 | of any post-graduate clinical training program shall | ||||||
14 | report to the Medical Board if a person engaged in a | ||||||
15 | post-graduate clinical training program at the | ||||||
16 | institution, including, but not limited to, a residency or | ||||||
17 | fellowship, separates from the program for any reason | ||||||
18 | prior to its conclusion. The program director shall | ||||||
19 | provide all documentation relating to the separation if, | ||||||
20 | after review of the report, the Medical Board determines | ||||||
21 | that a review of those documents is necessary to determine | ||||||
22 | whether a violation of this Act occurred. | ||||||
23 | (2) Professional associations. The President or chief
| ||||||
24 | executive officer of any association or society, of | ||||||
25 | persons
licensed under this Act, operating within this | ||||||
26 | State shall
report to the Medical Board when the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | association or
society renders a final determination that | ||||||
2 | a person has
committed unprofessional conduct related | ||||||
3 | directly to patient
care or that a person may have a mental | ||||||
4 | or physical disability that may endanger patients under | ||||||
5 | that person's
care.
| ||||||
6 | (3) Professional liability insurers. Every insurance
| ||||||
7 | company which offers policies of professional liability
| ||||||
8 | insurance to persons licensed under this Act, or any other
| ||||||
9 | entity which seeks to indemnify the professional liability
| ||||||
10 | of a person licensed under this Act, shall report to the | ||||||
11 | Medical
Board the settlement of any claim or cause of
| ||||||
12 | action, or final judgment rendered in any cause of action,
| ||||||
13 | which alleged negligence in the furnishing of medical care
| ||||||
14 | by such licensed person when such settlement or final
| ||||||
15 | judgment is in favor of the plaintiff.
| ||||||
16 | (4) State's Attorneys. The State's Attorney of each
| ||||||
17 | county shall report to the Medical Board, within 5 days, | ||||||
18 | any instances
in which a person licensed under this Act is | ||||||
19 | convicted of any felony or Class A misdemeanor. The | ||||||
20 | State's Attorney
of each county may report to the Medical | ||||||
21 | Board through a verified
complaint any instance in which | ||||||
22 | the State's Attorney believes that a physician
has | ||||||
23 | willfully violated the notice requirements of the Parental | ||||||
24 | Notice of
Abortion Act of 1995.
| ||||||
25 | (5) State agencies. All agencies, boards,
commissions, | ||||||
26 | departments, or other instrumentalities of the
government |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of the State of Illinois shall report to the Medical
Board | ||||||
2 | any instance arising in connection with
the operations of | ||||||
3 | such agency, including the administration
of any law by | ||||||
4 | such agency, in which a person licensed under
this Act has | ||||||
5 | either committed an act or acts which may be a
violation of | ||||||
6 | this Act or which may constitute unprofessional
conduct | ||||||
7 | related directly to patient care or which indicates
that a | ||||||
8 | person licensed under this Act may have a mental or | ||||||
9 | physical disability that may endanger patients
under that | ||||||
10 | person's care.
| ||||||
11 | (B) Mandatory reporting. All reports required by items | ||||||
12 | (34), (35), and
(36) of subsection (A) of Section 22 and by | ||||||
13 | Section 23 shall be submitted to the Medical Board in a timely
| ||||||
14 | fashion. Unless otherwise provided in this Section, the | ||||||
15 | reports shall be filed in writing within 60
days after a | ||||||
16 | determination that a report is required under
this Act. All | ||||||
17 | reports shall contain the following
information:
| ||||||
18 | (1) The name, address and telephone number of the
| ||||||
19 | person making the report.
| ||||||
20 | (2) The name, address and telephone number of the
| ||||||
21 | person who is the subject of the report.
| ||||||
22 | (3) The name and date of birth of any
patient or | ||||||
23 | patients whose treatment is a subject of the
report, if | ||||||
24 | available, or other means of identification if such | ||||||
25 | information is not available, identification of the | ||||||
26 | hospital or other
healthcare facility where the care at |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | issue in the report was rendered,
provided, however, no | ||||||
2 | medical records may be
revealed.
| ||||||
3 | (4) A brief description of the facts which gave rise
| ||||||
4 | to the issuance of the report, including the dates of any
| ||||||
5 | occurrences deemed to necessitate the filing of the | ||||||
6 | report.
| ||||||
7 | (5) If court action is involved, the identity of the
| ||||||
8 | court in which the action is filed, along with the docket
| ||||||
9 | number and date of filing of the action.
| ||||||
10 | (6) Any further pertinent information which the
| ||||||
11 | reporting party deems to be an aid in the evaluation of the
| ||||||
12 | report.
| ||||||
13 | The Medical Board or Department may also exercise the | ||||||
14 | power under Section
38 of this Act to subpoena copies of | ||||||
15 | hospital or medical records in mandatory
report cases alleging | ||||||
16 | death or permanent bodily injury. Appropriate
rules shall be | ||||||
17 | adopted by the Department with the approval of the Medical
| ||||||
18 | Board.
| ||||||
19 | When the Department has received written reports | ||||||
20 | concerning incidents
required to be reported in items (34), | ||||||
21 | (35), and (36) of subsection (A) of
Section 22, the licensee's | ||||||
22 | failure to report the incident to the Department
under those | ||||||
23 | items shall not be the sole grounds for disciplinary action.
| ||||||
24 | Nothing contained in this Section shall act to , in any
| ||||||
25 | way, waive or modify the confidentiality of medical reports
| ||||||
26 | and committee reports to the extent provided by law. Any
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | information reported or disclosed shall be kept for the
| ||||||
2 | confidential use of the Medical Board, the Medical
| ||||||
3 | Coordinators, the Medical Board's attorneys, the
medical | ||||||
4 | investigative staff, and authorized clerical staff,
as | ||||||
5 | provided in this Act, and shall be afforded the same
status as | ||||||
6 | is provided information concerning medical studies
in Part 21 | ||||||
7 | of Article VIII of the Code of Civil Procedure, except that the | ||||||
8 | Department may disclose information and documents to a | ||||||
9 | federal, State, or local law enforcement agency pursuant to a | ||||||
10 | subpoena in an ongoing criminal investigation or to a health | ||||||
11 | care licensing body or medical licensing authority of this | ||||||
12 | State or another state or jurisdiction pursuant to an official | ||||||
13 | request made by that licensing body or medical licensing | ||||||
14 | authority. Furthermore, information and documents disclosed to | ||||||
15 | a federal, State, or local law enforcement agency may be used | ||||||
16 | by that agency only for the investigation and prosecution of a | ||||||
17 | criminal offense, or, in the case of disclosure to a health | ||||||
18 | care licensing body or medical licensing authority, only for | ||||||
19 | investigations and disciplinary action proceedings with regard | ||||||
20 | to a license. Information and documents disclosed to the | ||||||
21 | Department of Public Health may be used by that Department | ||||||
22 | only for investigation and disciplinary action regarding the | ||||||
23 | license of a health care institution licensed by the | ||||||
24 | Department of Public Health.
| ||||||
25 | (C) Immunity from prosecution. Any individual or
| ||||||
26 | organization acting in good faith, and not in a wilful and
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | wanton manner, in complying with this Act by providing any
| ||||||
2 | report or other information to the Medical Board or a peer | ||||||
3 | review committee, or
assisting in the investigation or | ||||||
4 | preparation of such
information, or by voluntarily reporting | ||||||
5 | to the Medical Board
or a peer review committee information | ||||||
6 | regarding alleged errors or negligence by a person licensed | ||||||
7 | under this Act, or by participating in proceedings of the | ||||||
8 | Medical
Board or a peer review committee, or by serving as a | ||||||
9 | member of the Medical
Board or a peer review committee, shall | ||||||
10 | not, as a result of such actions,
be subject to criminal | ||||||
11 | prosecution or civil damages.
| ||||||
12 | (D) Indemnification. Members of the Medical
Board, the | ||||||
13 | Medical Coordinators, the Medical Board's
attorneys, the | ||||||
14 | medical investigative staff, physicians
retained under | ||||||
15 | contract to assist and advise the medical
coordinators in the | ||||||
16 | investigation, and authorized clerical
staff shall be | ||||||
17 | indemnified by the State for any actions
occurring within the | ||||||
18 | scope of services on the Medical Board, done in good faith and | ||||||
19 | not wilful and wanton in
nature. The Attorney General shall | ||||||
20 | defend all such actions
unless he or she determines either | ||||||
21 | that there would be a
conflict of interest in such | ||||||
22 | representation or that the
actions complained of were not in | ||||||
23 | good faith or were wilful
and wanton.
| ||||||
24 | Should the Attorney General decline representation, the
| ||||||
25 | member shall have the right to employ counsel of his or her
| ||||||
26 | choice, whose fees shall be provided by the State, after
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | approval by the Attorney General, unless there is a
| ||||||
2 | determination by a court that the member's actions were not
in | ||||||
3 | good faith or were wilful and wanton.
| ||||||
4 | The member must notify the Attorney General within 7
days | ||||||
5 | of receipt of notice of the initiation of any action
involving | ||||||
6 | services of the Medical Board. Failure to so
notify the | ||||||
7 | Attorney General shall constitute an absolute
waiver of the | ||||||
8 | right to a defense and indemnification.
| ||||||
9 | The Attorney General shall determine within 7 days
after | ||||||
10 | receiving such notice, whether he or she will
undertake to | ||||||
11 | represent the member.
| ||||||
12 | (E) Deliberations of Medical Board. Upon the
receipt of | ||||||
13 | any report called for by this Act, other than
those reports of | ||||||
14 | impaired persons licensed under this Act
required pursuant to | ||||||
15 | the rules of the Medical Board,
the Medical Board shall notify | ||||||
16 | in writing, by
mail or email, the person who is the subject of | ||||||
17 | the report. Such
notification shall be made within 30 days of | ||||||
18 | receipt by the Medical
Board of the report.
| ||||||
19 | The notification shall include a written notice setting
| ||||||
20 | forth the person's right to examine the report. Included in
| ||||||
21 | such notification shall be the address at which the file is
| ||||||
22 | maintained, the name of the custodian of the reports, and
the | ||||||
23 | telephone number at which the custodian may be reached.
The | ||||||
24 | person who is the subject of the report shall submit a written | ||||||
25 | statement responding,
clarifying, adding to, or proposing the | ||||||
26 | amending of the
report previously filed. The person who is the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subject of the report shall also submit with the written | ||||||
2 | statement any medical records related to the report. The | ||||||
3 | statement and accompanying medical records shall become a
| ||||||
4 | permanent part of the file and must be received by the Medical
| ||||||
5 | Board no more than
30 days after the date on
which the person | ||||||
6 | was notified by the Medical Board of the existence of
the
| ||||||
7 | original report.
| ||||||
8 | The Medical Board shall review all reports
received by it, | ||||||
9 | together with any supporting information and
responding | ||||||
10 | statements submitted by persons who are the
subject of | ||||||
11 | reports. The review by the Medical Board
shall be in a timely | ||||||
12 | manner but in no event, shall the Medical
Board's initial | ||||||
13 | review of the material
contained in each disciplinary file be | ||||||
14 | less than 61 days nor
more than 180 days after the receipt of | ||||||
15 | the initial report
by the Medical Board.
| ||||||
16 | When the Medical Board makes its initial review of
the | ||||||
17 | materials contained within its disciplinary files, the Medical
| ||||||
18 | Board shall, in writing, make a determination
as to whether | ||||||
19 | there are sufficient facts to warrant further
investigation or | ||||||
20 | action. Failure to make such determination
within the time | ||||||
21 | provided shall be deemed to be a
determination that there are | ||||||
22 | not sufficient facts to warrant
further investigation or | ||||||
23 | action.
| ||||||
24 | Should the Medical Board find that there are not
| ||||||
25 | sufficient facts to warrant further investigation, or
action, | ||||||
26 | the report shall be accepted for filing and the
matter shall be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | deemed closed and so reported to the Secretary. The Secretary
| ||||||
2 | shall then have 30 days to accept the Medical Board's decision | ||||||
3 | or
request further investigation. The Secretary shall inform | ||||||
4 | the Medical Board
of the decision to request further | ||||||
5 | investigation, including the specific
reasons for the | ||||||
6 | decision. The
individual or entity filing the original report | ||||||
7 | or complaint
and the person who is the subject of the report or | ||||||
8 | complaint
shall be notified in writing by the Secretary of
any | ||||||
9 | final action on their report or complaint. The Department | ||||||
10 | shall disclose to the individual or entity who filed the | ||||||
11 | original report or complaint, on request, the status of the | ||||||
12 | Medical Board's review of a specific report or complaint. Such | ||||||
13 | request may be made at any time, including prior to the Medical | ||||||
14 | Board's determination as to whether there are sufficient facts | ||||||
15 | to warrant further investigation or action.
| ||||||
16 | (F) Summary reports. The Medical Board shall
prepare, on a | ||||||
17 | timely basis, but in no event less than once
every other month, | ||||||
18 | a summary report of final disciplinary actions taken
upon | ||||||
19 | disciplinary files maintained by the Medical Board.
The | ||||||
20 | summary reports shall be made available to the public upon | ||||||
21 | request and payment of the fees set by the Department. This | ||||||
22 | publication may be made available to the public on the | ||||||
23 | Department's website. Information or documentation relating to | ||||||
24 | any disciplinary file that is closed without disciplinary | ||||||
25 | action taken shall not be disclosed and shall be afforded the | ||||||
26 | same status as is provided by Part 21 of Article VIII of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Code of Civil Procedure.
| ||||||
2 | (G) Any violation of this Section shall be a Class A
| ||||||
3 | misdemeanor.
| ||||||
4 | (H) If any such person violates the provisions of this
| ||||||
5 | Section an action may be brought in the name of the People
of | ||||||
6 | the State of Illinois, through the Attorney General of
the | ||||||
7 | State of Illinois, for an order enjoining such violation
or | ||||||
8 | for an order enforcing compliance with this Section.
Upon | ||||||
9 | filing of a verified petition in such court, the court
may | ||||||
10 | issue a temporary restraining order without notice or
bond and | ||||||
11 | may preliminarily or permanently enjoin such
violation, and if | ||||||
12 | it is established that such person has
violated or is | ||||||
13 | violating the injunction, the court may
punish the offender | ||||||
14 | for contempt of court. Proceedings
under this paragraph shall | ||||||
15 | be in addition to, and not in
lieu of, all other remedies and | ||||||
16 | penalties provided for by
this Section.
| ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 102-20, eff. 1-1-22; revised 7-20-21.)
| ||||||
18 | Section 135. The Veterinary Medicine and Surgery Practice | ||||||
19 | Act of 2004 is amended by changing Section 25.2a as follows:
| ||||||
20 | (225 ILCS 115/25.2a) | ||||||
21 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2024) | ||||||
22 | Sec. 25.2a. Confidentiality. All information collected by | ||||||
23 | the Department in the course of an examination or | ||||||
24 | investigation of a licensee or applicant, including, but not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | limited to, any complaint against a licensee filed with the | ||||||
2 | Department and information collected to investigate any such | ||||||
3 | complaint, shall be maintained for the confidential use of the | ||||||
4 | Department and shall not be disclosed. The Department may not | ||||||
5 | disclose the information to anyone other than law enforcement | ||||||
6 | officials, other regulatory agencies that have an appropriate | ||||||
7 | regulatory interest as determined by the Secretary, or to a | ||||||
8 | party presenting a lawful subpoena to the Department. | ||||||
9 | Information and documents disclosed to a federal, State, | ||||||
10 | county, or local law enforcement agency shall not be disclosed | ||||||
11 | by the agency for any purpose to any other agency or person. A | ||||||
12 | formal complaint filed against a licensee by the Department or | ||||||
13 | any order issued by the Department against a licensee or | ||||||
14 | applicant shall be a public record, except as otherwise | ||||||
15 | prohibited by law.
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 98-339, eff. 12-31-13; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
17 | Section 140. The Cemetery Oversight Act is amended by | ||||||
18 | changing Section 25-10 as follows:
| ||||||
19 | (225 ILCS 411/25-10) | ||||||
20 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
| ||||||
21 | Sec. 25-10. Grounds for disciplinary action. | ||||||
22 | (a) The Department may refuse to issue or renew a license | ||||||
23 | or may revoke, suspend, place on probation, reprimand, or take | ||||||
24 | other disciplinary or non-disciplinary action as the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Department may deem appropriate, including fines not to exceed | ||||||
2 | $10,000 for each violation, with regard to any license under | ||||||
3 | this Act, for any one or combination of the following: | ||||||
4 | (1) Material misstatement in furnishing information to | ||||||
5 | the Department. | ||||||
6 | (2) Violations of this Act, except for Section 20-8. | ||||||
7 | (3) Conviction of or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo | ||||||
8 | contendere, finding of guilt, jury verdict, or entry of | ||||||
9 | judgment or sentencing, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
10 | convictions, preceding sentences of supervision, | ||||||
11 | conditional discharge, or first offender probation under | ||||||
12 | the law of any jurisdiction of the United States that is | ||||||
13 | (i) a Class X felony or (ii) a felony, an essential element | ||||||
14 | of which is fraud or dishonesty that is directly related | ||||||
15 | to the practice of cemetery operations. | ||||||
16 | (4) Fraud or any misrepresentation in applying for or | ||||||
17 | procuring a license under this Act or in connection with | ||||||
18 | applying for renewal. | ||||||
19 | (5) Incompetence or misconduct in the practice of | ||||||
20 | cemetery operations. | ||||||
21 | (6) Gross malpractice.
| ||||||
22 | (7) Aiding or assisting another person in violating | ||||||
23 | any provision of this Act or rules adopted under this Act. | ||||||
24 | (8) Failing, within 10 business days, to provide | ||||||
25 | information in response to a written request made by the | ||||||
26 | Department.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (9) Engaging in dishonorable, unethical, or | ||||||
2 | unprofessional conduct of a character likely to deceive, | ||||||
3 | defraud, or harm the public. | ||||||
4 | (10) Habitual or excessive use or abuse of drugs | ||||||
5 | defined in law as controlled substances, alcohol, | ||||||
6 | narcotics, stimulants, or any other substances that | ||||||
7 | results in the inability to practice pursuant to the | ||||||
8 | provisions of this Act with reasonable judgment, skill, or | ||||||
9 | safety while acting under the provisions of this Act. | ||||||
10 | (11) Discipline by another state, territory, foreign | ||||||
11 | country, the District of Columbia, the United States | ||||||
12 | government, or any other government agency, if at least | ||||||
13 | one of the grounds for the discipline is the same or | ||||||
14 | substantially equivalent to those set forth in this Act. | ||||||
15 | (12) Directly or indirectly giving to or receiving | ||||||
16 | from any person, firm, corporation, partnership, or | ||||||
17 | association any fee, commission, rebate, or other form of | ||||||
18 | compensation for professional services not actually or | ||||||
19 | personally rendered. | ||||||
20 | (13) A finding by the Department that the licensee, | ||||||
21 | after having his or her license placed on probationary | ||||||
22 | status, has violated the terms of probation or failed to | ||||||
23 | comply with such terms. | ||||||
24 | (14) Willfully making or filing false records or | ||||||
25 | reports in his or her practice, including, but not limited | ||||||
26 | to, false records filed with any governmental agency or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | department. | ||||||
2 | (15) Inability to practice the profession with | ||||||
3 | reasonable judgment, skill, or safety as a result of | ||||||
4 | physical illness, including, but not limited to, loss of | ||||||
5 | motor skill, mental illness, or disability. | ||||||
6 | (16) Failure to comply with an order, decision, or | ||||||
7 | finding of the Department made pursuant to this Act. | ||||||
8 | (17) Directly or indirectly receiving compensation for | ||||||
9 | any professional services not actually performed. | ||||||
10 | (18) Practicing under a false or, except as provided | ||||||
11 | by law, an assumed name.
| ||||||
12 | (19) Using or attempting to use an expired, inactive, | ||||||
13 | suspended, or revoked license or impersonating another | ||||||
14 | licensee. | ||||||
15 | (20) A finding by the Department that an applicant or | ||||||
16 | licensee has failed to pay a fine imposed by the | ||||||
17 | Department. | ||||||
18 | (21) Unjustified failure to honor its contracts.
| ||||||
19 | (22) Negligent supervision of a cemetery manager, | ||||||
20 | customer service employee, employee, or independent | ||||||
21 | contractor.
| ||||||
22 | (23) (Blank). | ||||||
23 | (24) (Blank). | ||||||
24 | (25) (Blank). | ||||||
25 | (b) No action may be taken under this Act against a person | ||||||
26 | licensed under this Act for an occurrence or alleged |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | occurrence that predates the enactment of this Act.
| ||||||
2 | (c) In enforcing this Section, the Department, upon a | ||||||
3 | showing of a possible violation, may order a licensee or | ||||||
4 | applicant to submit to a mental or physical examination, or | ||||||
5 | both, at the expense of the Department. The Department may | ||||||
6 | order the examining physician to present testimony concerning | ||||||
7 | his or her examination of the licensee or applicant. No | ||||||
8 | information shall be excluded by reason of any common law or | ||||||
9 | statutory privilege relating to communications between the | ||||||
10 | licensee or applicant and the examining physician. The | ||||||
11 | examining physicians shall be specifically designated by the | ||||||
12 | Department. The licensee or applicant may have, at his or her | ||||||
13 | own expense, another physician of his or her choice present | ||||||
14 | during all aspects of the examination. Failure of a licensee | ||||||
15 | or applicant to submit to any such examination when directed, | ||||||
16 | without reasonable cause, shall be grounds for either | ||||||
17 | immediate suspension suspending of his or her license or | ||||||
18 | immediate denial of his or her application. | ||||||
19 | (1) If the Secretary immediately suspends the license | ||||||
20 | of a licensee for his or her failure to submit to a mental | ||||||
21 | or physical examination when directed, a hearing must be | ||||||
22 | convened by the Department within 15 days after the | ||||||
23 | suspension and completed without appreciable delay. | ||||||
24 | (2) If the Secretary otherwise suspends a license | ||||||
25 | pursuant to the results of the licensee's mental or | ||||||
26 | physical examination, a hearing must be convened by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Department within 15 days after the suspension and | ||||||
2 | completed without appreciable delay. The Department shall | ||||||
3 | have the authority to review the licensee's record of | ||||||
4 | treatment and counseling regarding the relevant impairment | ||||||
5 | or impairments to the extent permitted by applicable | ||||||
6 | federal statutes and regulations safeguarding the | ||||||
7 | confidentiality of medical records. | ||||||
8 | (3) Any licensee suspended under this subsection shall | ||||||
9 | be afforded an opportunity to demonstrate to the | ||||||
10 | Department that he or she can resume practice in | ||||||
11 | compliance with the acceptable and prevailing standards | ||||||
12 | under the provisions of his or her license. | ||||||
13 | (d) The determination by a circuit court that a licensee | ||||||
14 | is subject to involuntary admission or judicial admission, as | ||||||
15 | provided in the Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities | ||||||
16 | Code, operates as an automatic suspension. Such suspension may | ||||||
17 | end only upon a finding by a court that the patient is no | ||||||
18 | longer subject to involuntary admission or judicial admission, | ||||||
19 | the issuance of an order so finding and discharging the | ||||||
20 | patient, and the filing of a petition for restoration | ||||||
21 | demonstrating fitness to practice. | ||||||
22 | (e) In cases where the Department of Healthcare and Family | ||||||
23 | Services has previously determined that a licensee or a | ||||||
24 | potential licensee is more than 30 days delinquent in the | ||||||
25 | payment of child support and has subsequently certified the | ||||||
26 | delinquency to the Department, the Department shall refuse to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | issue or renew or shall revoke or suspend that person's | ||||||
2 | license or shall take other disciplinary action against that | ||||||
3 | person based solely upon the certification of delinquency made | ||||||
4 | by the Department of Healthcare and Family Services under | ||||||
5 | paragraph (5) of subsection (a) of Section 2105-15 of the | ||||||
6 | Department of Professional Regulation Law of the Civil | ||||||
7 | Administrative Code of Illinois. | ||||||
8 | (f) The Department shall refuse to issue or renew or shall | ||||||
9 | revoke or suspend a person's license or shall take other | ||||||
10 | disciplinary action against that person for his or her failure | ||||||
11 | to file a return, to pay the tax, penalty, or interest shown in | ||||||
12 | a filed return, or to pay any final assessment of tax, penalty, | ||||||
13 | or interest as required by any tax Act administered by the | ||||||
14 | Department of Revenue, until the requirements of the tax Act | ||||||
15 | are satisfied in accordance with subsection (g) of Section | ||||||
16 | 2105-15 of the Department of Professional Regulation Law of | ||||||
17 | the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois. | ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 102-20, eff. 6-25-21; revised 7-20-21.)
| ||||||
19 | Section 145. The Real Estate Appraiser Licensing Act of | ||||||
20 | 2002 is amended by changing Sections 1-5, 1-10, and 25-20 as | ||||||
21 | follows:
| ||||||
22 | (225 ILCS 458/1-5)
| ||||||
23 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 1-5. Legislative intent. The intent of the General |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Assembly in
enacting this Act is to
evaluate the competency of | ||||||
2 | persons engaged in the appraisal of real estate and
to license | ||||||
3 | and regulate
those persons for the protection of the public. | ||||||
4 | Additionally, it is the intent
of the General Assembly for
| ||||||
5 | this Act to be consistent with the provisions of Title XI of | ||||||
6 | the federal
Financial Institutions Reform,
Recovery , and | ||||||
7 | Enforcement Act of 1989.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 98-1109, eff. 1-1-15; revised 8-2-21.)
| ||||||
9 | (225 ILCS 458/1-10)
| ||||||
10 | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 102-20 )
| ||||||
11 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 1-10. Definitions. As used in this Act, unless the | ||||||
13 | context
otherwise requires:
| ||||||
14 | "Accredited college or university, junior college, or | ||||||
15 | community college" means a college or university, junior | ||||||
16 | college, or community college that is approved or accredited | ||||||
17 | by the Board of Higher Education, a regional or national | ||||||
18 | accreditation association, or by an accrediting agency that is | ||||||
19 | recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education.
| ||||||
20 | "Address of record" means the designated address recorded | ||||||
21 | by the Department in the applicant's or licensee's application | ||||||
22 | file or license file as maintained by the Department's | ||||||
23 | licensure maintenance unit. It is the duty of the applicant or | ||||||
24 | licensee to inform the Department of any change of address and | ||||||
25 | those changes must be made either through the Department's |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | website or by contacting the Department. | ||||||
2 | "Applicant" means a person who applies to the Department
| ||||||
3 | for a license under this Act.
| ||||||
4 | "Appraisal" means
(noun) the act or process of developing | ||||||
5 | an opinion
of value; an
opinion of value (adjective) of or | ||||||
6 | pertaining to appraising
and related functions, such as | ||||||
7 | appraisal practice or appraisal services. | ||||||
8 | "Appraisal assignment" means a valuation service provided | ||||||
9 | as a consequence of an agreement between an appraiser and a | ||||||
10 | client. | ||||||
11 | "Appraisal consulting" means the act or process of | ||||||
12 | developing an analysis, recommendation, or opinion to solve a | ||||||
13 | problem, where an opinion of value is a component of the | ||||||
14 | analysis leading to the assignment results. | ||||||
15 | "Appraisal firm" means an appraisal entity that is 100% | ||||||
16 | owned and controlled by a person or persons licensed in | ||||||
17 | Illinois as a certified general real estate appraiser or a | ||||||
18 | certified residential real estate appraiser. "Appraisal firm" | ||||||
19 | does not include an appraisal management company. | ||||||
20 | "Appraisal management company" means any corporation, | ||||||
21 | limited liability company, partnership, sole proprietorship, | ||||||
22 | subsidiary, unit, or other business entity that directly or | ||||||
23 | indirectly: (1) provides appraisal management services to | ||||||
24 | creditors or secondary mortgage market participants; (2) | ||||||
25 | provides appraisal management services in connection with | ||||||
26 | valuing the consumer's principal dwelling as security for a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | consumer credit transaction (including consumer credit | ||||||
2 | transactions incorporated into securitizations); (3) within a | ||||||
3 | given year, oversees an appraiser panel of any size of | ||||||
4 | State-certified appraisers in Illinois; and (4) any appraisal | ||||||
5 | management company that, within a given year, oversees an | ||||||
6 | appraiser panel of 16 or more State-certified appraisers in | ||||||
7 | Illinois or 25 or more State-certified or State-licensed | ||||||
8 | appraisers in 2 or more jurisdictions shall be subject to the | ||||||
9 | appraisal management company national registry fee in addition | ||||||
10 | to the appraiser panel fee. "Appraisal management company" | ||||||
11 | includes a hybrid entity. | ||||||
12 | "Appraisal practice" means valuation services performed by | ||||||
13 | an individual acting as an appraiser, including, but not | ||||||
14 | limited to, appraisal, appraisal review, or appraisal | ||||||
15 | consulting.
| ||||||
16 | "Appraisal report" means any communication, written or | ||||||
17 | oral, of an appraisal or appraisal review that is transmitted | ||||||
18 | to a client upon completion of an assignment.
| ||||||
19 | "Appraisal review" means the act or process of developing | ||||||
20 | and communicating an opinion about the quality of another | ||||||
21 | appraiser's work that was performed as part of an appraisal, | ||||||
22 | appraisal review, or appraisal assignment.
| ||||||
23 | "Appraisal Subcommittee" means the Appraisal Subcommittee | ||||||
24 | of the Federal
Financial Institutions
Examination Council as | ||||||
25 | established by Title XI.
| ||||||
26 | "Appraiser" means a person who performs
real estate or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | real property
appraisals.
| ||||||
2 | "AQB" means the Appraisal Qualifications Board of the | ||||||
3 | Appraisal Foundation.
| ||||||
4 | "Associate real estate trainee appraiser" means an | ||||||
5 | entry-level appraiser who holds
a license of this | ||||||
6 | classification under this Act with restrictions as to the | ||||||
7 | scope of practice
in
accordance with this Act.
| ||||||
8 | "Board" means the Real Estate Appraisal Administration and | ||||||
9 | Disciplinary Board.
| ||||||
10 | "Broker price opinion" means an estimate or analysis of | ||||||
11 | the probable selling price of a particular interest in real | ||||||
12 | estate, which may provide a varying level of detail about the | ||||||
13 | property's condition, market, and neighborhood and information | ||||||
14 | on comparable sales. The activities of a real estate broker or | ||||||
15 | managing broker engaging in the ordinary course of business as | ||||||
16 | a broker, as defined in this Section, shall not be considered a | ||||||
17 | broker price opinion if no compensation is paid to the broker | ||||||
18 | or managing broker, other than compensation based upon the | ||||||
19 | sale or rental of real estate. | ||||||
20 | "Classroom hour" means 50 minutes of instruction out of | ||||||
21 | each 60-minute 60 minute
segment of coursework.
| ||||||
22 | "Client" means the party or parties who engage an | ||||||
23 | appraiser by employment or contract in a specific appraisal | ||||||
24 | assignment.
| ||||||
25 | "Comparative market analysis" is an analysis or opinion | ||||||
26 | regarding pricing, marketing, or financial aspects relating to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a specified interest or interests in real estate that may be | ||||||
2 | based upon an analysis of comparative market data, the | ||||||
3 | expertise of the real estate broker or managing broker, and | ||||||
4 | such other factors as the broker or managing broker may deem | ||||||
5 | appropriate in developing or preparing such analysis or | ||||||
6 | opinion. The activities of a real estate broker or managing | ||||||
7 | broker engaging in the ordinary course of business as a | ||||||
8 | broker, as defined in this Section, shall not be considered a | ||||||
9 | comparative market analysis if no compensation is paid to the | ||||||
10 | broker or managing broker, other than compensation based upon | ||||||
11 | the sale or rental of real estate. | ||||||
12 | "Coordinator" means the Coordinator of Real Estate | ||||||
13 | Appraisal of the Division of Professional Regulation of the | ||||||
14 | Department of Financial and Professional Regulation.
| ||||||
15 | "Department" means the Department of Financial and | ||||||
16 | Professional Regulation.
| ||||||
17 | "Federal financial institutions regulatory agencies" means | ||||||
18 | the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve
System, the | ||||||
19 | Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Office of the
| ||||||
20 | Comptroller of the Currency, the
Consumer Financial Protection | ||||||
21 | Bureau, and the National Credit Union Administration.
| ||||||
22 | "Federally related transaction" means any real | ||||||
23 | estate-related financial
transaction in which a federal
| ||||||
24 | financial institutions regulatory agency
engages in, contracts | ||||||
25 | for, or
regulates and requires the services
of an appraiser.
| ||||||
26 | "Financial institution" means any bank, savings bank, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | savings and loan
association, credit union,
mortgage broker, | ||||||
2 | mortgage banker, licensee under the Consumer Installment Loan
| ||||||
3 | Act or the Sales
Finance Agency Act, or a corporate fiduciary, | ||||||
4 | subsidiary, affiliate, parent
company, or holding company
of | ||||||
5 | any such licensee, or any institution involved in real estate | ||||||
6 | financing that
is regulated by state or
federal law.
| ||||||
7 | "Multi-state licensing system" means a web-based platform | ||||||
8 | that allows an applicant to submit his or her application or | ||||||
9 | license renewal application to the Department online. | ||||||
10 | "Person" means an individual, entity, sole proprietorship, | ||||||
11 | corporation, limited liability company, partnership, and joint | ||||||
12 | venture, foreign or domestic, except that when the context | ||||||
13 | otherwise requires, the term may refer to more than one | ||||||
14 | individual or other described entity. | ||||||
15 | "Real estate" means an identified parcel or tract of land, | ||||||
16 | including any
improvements.
| ||||||
17 | "Real estate related financial transaction" means any | ||||||
18 | transaction involving:
| ||||||
19 | (1) the sale, lease, purchase, investment in, or | ||||||
20 | exchange of real
property,
including interests
in property | ||||||
21 | or the financing thereof;
| ||||||
22 | (2) the refinancing of real property or interests in | ||||||
23 | real property; and
| ||||||
24 | (3) the use of real property or interest in property | ||||||
25 | as security for a
loan or
investment,
including mortgage | ||||||
26 | backed securities.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Real property" means the interests, benefits, and rights | ||||||
2 | inherent in the
ownership of real estate.
| ||||||
3 | "Secretary" means the Secretary of Financial and | ||||||
4 | Professional Regulation.
| ||||||
5 | "State certified general real estate
appraiser" means an | ||||||
6 | appraiser who holds a
license of this classification under | ||||||
7 | this Act
and such classification applies to
the appraisal of | ||||||
8 | all types of real property without restrictions as to
the | ||||||
9 | scope of practice.
| ||||||
10 | "State certified residential real estate
appraiser" means | ||||||
11 | an appraiser who
holds a
license of this classification
under | ||||||
12 | this Act
and such classification applies to
the appraisal of
| ||||||
13 | one to 4 units of
residential real property without regard to | ||||||
14 | transaction value or complexity,
but with restrictions as to | ||||||
15 | the
scope of practice
in a federally related transaction in | ||||||
16 | accordance with Title
XI, the provisions of USPAP,
criteria | ||||||
17 | established by the AQB, and further defined by rule.
| ||||||
18 | "Supervising appraiser" means either (i) an appraiser who | ||||||
19 | holds a valid license under this Act as either a State | ||||||
20 | certified general real estate appraiser or a State certified | ||||||
21 | residential real estate appraiser, who co-signs an appraisal | ||||||
22 | report for an associate real estate trainee appraiser or (ii) | ||||||
23 | a State certified general real estate appraiser who holds a | ||||||
24 | valid license under this Act who co-signs an appraisal report | ||||||
25 | for a State certified residential real estate appraiser on | ||||||
26 | properties other than one to 4 units of residential real |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | property without regard to transaction value or complexity.
| ||||||
2 | "Title XI" means Title XI of the federal Financial | ||||||
3 | Institutions Reform,
Recovery , and
Enforcement Act of 1989.
| ||||||
4 | "USPAP" means the Uniform Standards of Professional | ||||||
5 | Appraisal Practice as
promulgated by the
Appraisal Standards | ||||||
6 | Board pursuant to Title XI and by rule.
| ||||||
7 | "Valuation services" means services pertaining to aspects | ||||||
8 | of property value. | ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 100-604, eff. 7-13-18; revised 7-20-21.)
| ||||||
10 | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 102-20 )
| ||||||
11 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 1-10. Definitions. As used in this Act, unless the | ||||||
13 | context
otherwise requires:
| ||||||
14 | "Accredited college or university, junior college, or | ||||||
15 | community college" means a college or university, junior | ||||||
16 | college, or community college that is approved or accredited | ||||||
17 | by the Board of Higher Education, a regional or national | ||||||
18 | accreditation association, or by an accrediting agency that is | ||||||
19 | recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education.
| ||||||
20 | "Address of record" means the designated street address, | ||||||
21 | which may not be a post office box, recorded by the Department | ||||||
22 | in the applicant's or licensee's application file or license | ||||||
23 | file as maintained by the Department. | ||||||
24 | "Applicant" means a person who applies to the Department
| ||||||
25 | for a license under this Act.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Appraisal" means
(noun) the act or process of developing | ||||||
2 | an opinion
of value; an
opinion of value (adjective) of or | ||||||
3 | pertaining to appraising
and related functions, such as | ||||||
4 | appraisal practice or appraisal services. | ||||||
5 | "Appraisal assignment" means a valuation service provided | ||||||
6 | pursuant to an agreement between an appraiser and a client. | ||||||
7 | "Appraisal firm" means an appraisal entity that is 100% | ||||||
8 | owned and controlled by a person or persons licensed in | ||||||
9 | Illinois as a certified general real estate appraiser or a | ||||||
10 | certified residential real estate appraiser. "Appraisal firm" | ||||||
11 | does not include an appraisal management company. | ||||||
12 | "Appraisal management company" means any corporation, | ||||||
13 | limited liability company, partnership, sole proprietorship, | ||||||
14 | subsidiary, unit, or other business entity that directly or | ||||||
15 | indirectly: (1) provides appraisal management services to | ||||||
16 | creditors or secondary mortgage market participants, including | ||||||
17 | affiliates; (2) provides appraisal management services in | ||||||
18 | connection with valuing the consumer's principal dwelling as | ||||||
19 | security for a consumer credit transaction (including consumer | ||||||
20 | credit transactions incorporated into securitizations); and | ||||||
21 | (3) any appraisal management company that, within a given | ||||||
22 | 12-month period, oversees an appraiser panel of 16 or more | ||||||
23 | State-certified appraisers in Illinois or 25 or more | ||||||
24 | State-certified or State-licensed appraisers in 2 or more | ||||||
25 | jurisdictions. "Appraisal management company" includes a | ||||||
26 | hybrid entity. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Appraisal practice" means valuation services performed by | ||||||
2 | an individual acting as an appraiser, including, but not | ||||||
3 | limited to, appraisal or appraisal review.
| ||||||
4 | "Appraisal report" means any communication, written or | ||||||
5 | oral, of an appraisal or appraisal review that is transmitted | ||||||
6 | to a client upon completion of an assignment.
| ||||||
7 | "Appraisal review" means the act or process of developing | ||||||
8 | and communicating an opinion about the quality of another | ||||||
9 | appraiser's work that was performed as part of an appraisal, | ||||||
10 | appraisal review, or appraisal assignment.
| ||||||
11 | "Appraisal Subcommittee" means the Appraisal Subcommittee | ||||||
12 | of the Federal
Financial Institutions
Examination Council as | ||||||
13 | established by Title XI.
| ||||||
14 | "Appraiser" means a person who performs
real estate or | ||||||
15 | real property
appraisals competently and in a manner that is | ||||||
16 | independent, impartial, and objective. | ||||||
17 | "Appraiser panel" means a network, list, or roster of | ||||||
18 | licensed or certified appraisers approved by the appraisal | ||||||
19 | management company or by the end-user client to perform | ||||||
20 | appraisals as independent contractors for the appraisal | ||||||
21 | management company. "Appraiser panel" includes both appraisers | ||||||
22 | accepted by an appraisal management company for consideration | ||||||
23 | for future appraisal assignments and appraisers engaged by an | ||||||
24 | appraisal management company to perform one or more | ||||||
25 | appraisals. For
the purposes of determining the size of an | ||||||
26 | appraiser panel,
only independent contractors of hybrid |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | entities shall be
counted towards the appraiser panel.
| ||||||
2 | "AQB" means the Appraisal Qualifications Board of the | ||||||
3 | Appraisal Foundation.
| ||||||
4 | "Associate real estate trainee appraiser" means an | ||||||
5 | entry-level appraiser who holds
a license of this | ||||||
6 | classification under this Act with restrictions as to the | ||||||
7 | scope of practice
in
accordance with this Act.
| ||||||
8 | "Automated valuation model" means an automated system that | ||||||
9 | is used to derive a property value through the use of available | ||||||
10 | property records and various analytic methodologies such as | ||||||
11 | comparable sales prices, home characteristics, and price | ||||||
12 | changes. | ||||||
13 | "Board" means the Real Estate Appraisal Administration and | ||||||
14 | Disciplinary Board.
| ||||||
15 | "Broker price opinion" means an estimate or analysis of | ||||||
16 | the probable selling price of a particular interest in real | ||||||
17 | estate, which may provide a varying level of detail about the | ||||||
18 | property's condition, market, and neighborhood and information | ||||||
19 | on comparable sales. The activities of a real estate broker or | ||||||
20 | managing broker engaging in the ordinary course of business as | ||||||
21 | a broker, as defined in this Section, shall not be considered a | ||||||
22 | broker price opinion if no compensation is paid to the broker | ||||||
23 | or managing broker, other than compensation based upon the | ||||||
24 | sale or rental of real estate. | ||||||
25 | "Classroom hour" means 50 minutes of instruction out of | ||||||
26 | each 60-minute 60 minute
segment of coursework.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Client" means the party or parties who engage an | ||||||
2 | appraiser by employment or contract in a specific appraisal | ||||||
3 | assignment.
| ||||||
4 | "Comparative market analysis" is an analysis or opinion | ||||||
5 | regarding pricing, marketing, or financial aspects relating to | ||||||
6 | a specified interest or interests in real estate that may be | ||||||
7 | based upon an analysis of comparative market data, the | ||||||
8 | expertise of the real estate broker or managing broker, and | ||||||
9 | such other factors as the broker or managing broker may deem | ||||||
10 | appropriate in developing or preparing such analysis or | ||||||
11 | opinion. The activities of a real estate broker or managing | ||||||
12 | broker engaging in the ordinary course of business as a | ||||||
13 | broker, as defined in this Section, shall not be considered a | ||||||
14 | comparative market analysis if no compensation is paid to the | ||||||
15 | broker or managing broker, other than compensation based upon | ||||||
16 | the sale or rental of real estate. | ||||||
17 | "Coordinator" means the Real Estate Appraisal Coordinator | ||||||
18 | created in Section 25-15.
| ||||||
19 | "Department" means the Department of Financial and | ||||||
20 | Professional Regulation.
| ||||||
21 | "Email address of record" means the designated email | ||||||
22 | address recorded by the Department in the applicant's | ||||||
23 | application file or the licensee's license file maintained by | ||||||
24 | the Department. | ||||||
25 | "Evaluation" means a valuation permitted by the appraisal | ||||||
26 | regulations of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Council and its federal agencies for transactions that qualify | ||||||
2 | for the appraisal threshold exemption, business loan | ||||||
3 | exemption, or subsequent transaction exemption. | ||||||
4 | "Federal financial institutions regulatory agencies" means | ||||||
5 | the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve
System, the | ||||||
6 | Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Office of the
| ||||||
7 | Comptroller of the Currency, the
Consumer Financial Protection | ||||||
8 | Bureau, and the National Credit Union Administration.
| ||||||
9 | "Federally related transaction" means any real | ||||||
10 | estate-related financial
transaction in which a federal
| ||||||
11 | financial institutions regulatory agency
engages in, contracts | ||||||
12 | for, or
regulates and requires the services
of an appraiser.
| ||||||
13 | "Financial institution" means any bank, savings bank, | ||||||
14 | savings and loan
association, credit union,
mortgage broker, | ||||||
15 | mortgage banker, licensee under the Consumer Installment Loan
| ||||||
16 | Act or the Sales
Finance Agency Act, or a corporate fiduciary, | ||||||
17 | subsidiary, affiliate, parent
company, or holding company
of | ||||||
18 | any such licensee, or any institution involved in real estate | ||||||
19 | financing that
is regulated by state or
federal law.
| ||||||
20 | "Hybrid entity" means an appraisal management company that | ||||||
21 | hires an appraiser as an employee to perform an appraisal and | ||||||
22 | engages an independent contractor to perform an appraisal. | ||||||
23 | "License" means the privilege conferred by the Department | ||||||
24 | to a person that has fulfilled all requirements prerequisite | ||||||
25 | to any type of licensure under this Act. | ||||||
26 | "Licensee" means any person, as defined in this Section, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | who holds a valid unexpired license. | ||||||
2 | "Multi-state licensing system" means a web-based platform | ||||||
3 | that allows an applicant to submit the application or license | ||||||
4 | renewal application to the Department online. | ||||||
5 | "Person" means an individual, entity, sole proprietorship, | ||||||
6 | corporation, limited liability company, partnership, and joint | ||||||
7 | venture, foreign or domestic, except that when the context | ||||||
8 | otherwise requires, the term may refer to more than one | ||||||
9 | individual or other described entity. | ||||||
10 | "Real estate" means an identified parcel or tract of land, | ||||||
11 | including any
improvements.
| ||||||
12 | "Real estate related financial transaction" means any | ||||||
13 | transaction involving:
| ||||||
14 | (1) the sale, lease, purchase, investment in, or | ||||||
15 | exchange of real
property,
including interests
in property | ||||||
16 | or the financing thereof;
| ||||||
17 | (2) the refinancing of real property or interests in | ||||||
18 | real property; and
| ||||||
19 | (3) the use of real property or interest in property | ||||||
20 | as security for a
loan or
investment,
including mortgage | ||||||
21 | backed securities.
| ||||||
22 | "Real property" means the interests, benefits, and rights | ||||||
23 | inherent in the
ownership of real estate.
| ||||||
24 | "Secretary" means the Secretary of Financial and | ||||||
25 | Professional Regulation or the Secretary's designee.
| ||||||
26 | "State certified general real estate
appraiser" means an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | appraiser who holds a
license of this classification under | ||||||
2 | this Act
and such classification applies to
the appraisal of | ||||||
3 | all types of real property without restrictions as to
the | ||||||
4 | scope of practice.
| ||||||
5 | "State certified residential real estate
appraiser" means | ||||||
6 | an appraiser who
holds a
license of this classification
under | ||||||
7 | this Act
and such classification applies to
the appraisal of
| ||||||
8 | one to 4 units of
residential real property without regard to | ||||||
9 | transaction value or complexity,
but with restrictions as to | ||||||
10 | the
scope of practice
in a federally related transaction in | ||||||
11 | accordance with Title
XI, the provisions of USPAP,
criteria | ||||||
12 | established by the AQB, and further defined by rule.
| ||||||
13 | "Supervising appraiser" means either (i) an appraiser who | ||||||
14 | holds a valid license under this Act as either a State | ||||||
15 | certified general real estate appraiser or a State certified | ||||||
16 | residential real estate appraiser, who co-signs an appraisal | ||||||
17 | report for an associate real estate trainee appraiser or (ii) | ||||||
18 | a State certified general real estate appraiser who holds a | ||||||
19 | valid license under this Act who co-signs an appraisal report | ||||||
20 | for a State certified residential real estate appraiser on | ||||||
21 | properties other than one to 4 units of residential real | ||||||
22 | property without regard to transaction value or complexity.
| ||||||
23 | "Title XI" means Title XI of the federal Financial | ||||||
24 | Institutions Reform,
Recovery , and
Enforcement Act of 1989.
| ||||||
25 | "USPAP" means the Uniform Standards of Professional | ||||||
26 | Appraisal Practice as
promulgated by the
Appraisal Standards |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Board pursuant to Title XI and by rule.
| ||||||
2 | "Valuation services" means services pertaining to aspects | ||||||
3 | of property value. | ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 102-20, eff. 1-1-22; revised 7-20-21.)
| ||||||
5 | (225 ILCS 458/25-20)
| ||||||
6 | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 102-20 )
| ||||||
7 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 25-20. Department; powers and duties. The Department | ||||||
9 | of Financial and Professional Regulation
shall exercise the | ||||||
10 | powers and duties prescribed by the Civil Administrative
Code | ||||||
11 | of Illinois for the administration of licensing Acts and shall | ||||||
12 | exercise
such other powers and duties as are prescribed by | ||||||
13 | this Act for the
administration of this Act. The Department
| ||||||
14 | may contract with third parties for services
necessary for the | ||||||
15 | proper
administration of this Act, including , without | ||||||
16 | limitation, investigators with
the proper knowledge, training,
| ||||||
17 | and skills to properly investigate complaints against real | ||||||
18 | estate appraisers.
| ||||||
19 | In addition, the Department may receive federal financial | ||||||
20 | assistance, either directly from the federal government or | ||||||
21 | indirectly through another source, public or private, for the | ||||||
22 | administration of this Act. The Department may also receive | ||||||
23 | transfers, gifts, grants, or donations from any source, public | ||||||
24 | or private, in the form of funds, services, equipment, | ||||||
25 | supplies, or materials. Any funds received pursuant to this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section shall be deposited in the Appraisal Administration | ||||||
2 | Fund unless deposit in a different fund is otherwise mandated, | ||||||
3 | and shall be used in accordance with the requirements of the | ||||||
4 | federal financial assistance, gift, grant, or donation for | ||||||
5 | purposes related to the powers and duties of the Department.
| ||||||
6 | The Department
shall maintain and update a registry of the | ||||||
7 | names and addresses of
all licensees and a listing of | ||||||
8 | disciplinary orders issued pursuant to this Act
and shall | ||||||
9 | transmit the registry, along with any national registry fees | ||||||
10 | that may
be required, to the entity specified by, and in a | ||||||
11 | manner consistent with, Title
XI of the federal Financial | ||||||
12 | Institutions Reform, Recovery , and Enforcement Act
of 1989.
| ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 102-16, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-17-21.)
| ||||||
14 | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 102-20 )
| ||||||
15 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 25-20. Department; powers and duties. The Department | ||||||
17 | of Financial and Professional Regulation
shall exercise the | ||||||
18 | powers and duties prescribed by the Civil Administrative
Code | ||||||
19 | of Illinois for the administration of licensing Acts and shall | ||||||
20 | exercise
such other powers and duties as are prescribed by | ||||||
21 | this Act for the
administration of this Act. The Department
| ||||||
22 | may contract with third parties for services
necessary for the | ||||||
23 | proper
administration of this Act, including , without | ||||||
24 | limitation, investigators with
the proper knowledge, training,
| ||||||
25 | and skills to investigate complaints against real estate |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | appraisers.
| ||||||
2 | In addition, the Department may receive federal financial | ||||||
3 | assistance, either directly from the federal government or | ||||||
4 | indirectly through another source, public or private, for the | ||||||
5 | administration of this Act. The Department may also receive | ||||||
6 | transfers, gifts, grants, or donations from any source, public | ||||||
7 | or private, in the form of funds, services, equipment, | ||||||
8 | supplies, or materials. Any funds received pursuant to this | ||||||
9 | Section shall be deposited in the Appraisal Administration | ||||||
10 | Fund unless deposit in a different fund is otherwise mandated , | ||||||
11 | and shall be used in accordance with the requirements of the | ||||||
12 | federal financial assistance, gift, grant, or donation for | ||||||
13 | purposes related to the powers and duties of the Department.
| ||||||
14 | The Department
shall maintain and update a registry of the | ||||||
15 | names and addresses of
all licensees and a listing of | ||||||
16 | disciplinary orders issued pursuant to this Act
and shall | ||||||
17 | transmit the registry, along with any national registry fees | ||||||
18 | that may
be required, to the entity specified by, and in a | ||||||
19 | manner consistent with, Title
XI of the federal Financial | ||||||
20 | Institutions Reform, Recovery , and Enforcement Act
of 1989.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 102-16, eff. 6-17-21; 102-20, eff. 1-1-22; | ||||||
22 | revised 7-17-21.)
| ||||||
23 | Section 150. The Appraisal Management Company Registration | ||||||
24 | Act is amended by changing Section 10 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (225 ILCS 459/10) | ||||||
2 | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 102-20 )
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 10. Definitions. In this Act: | ||||||
4 | "Address of record" means the principal address recorded | ||||||
5 | by the Department in the applicant's or registrant's | ||||||
6 | application file or registration file maintained by the | ||||||
7 | Department's registration maintenance unit. | ||||||
8 | "Applicant" means a person or entity who applies to the | ||||||
9 | Department for a registration under this Act. | ||||||
10 | "Appraisal" means (noun) the act or process of developing | ||||||
11 | an opinion of value; an opinion of value (adjective) of or | ||||||
12 | pertaining to appraising and related functions. | ||||||
13 | "Appraisal firm" means an appraisal entity that is 100% | ||||||
14 | owned and controlled by a person or persons licensed in | ||||||
15 | Illinois as a certified general real estate appraiser or a | ||||||
16 | certified residential real estate appraiser. An appraisal firm | ||||||
17 | does not include an appraisal management company. | ||||||
18 | "Appraisal management company" means any corporation, | ||||||
19 | limited liability company, partnership, sole proprietorship, | ||||||
20 | subsidiary, unit, or other business entity that directly or | ||||||
21 | indirectly: (1) provides appraisal management services to | ||||||
22 | creditors or secondary mortgage market participants; (2) | ||||||
23 | provides appraisal management services in connection with | ||||||
24 | valuing the consumer's principal dwelling as security for a | ||||||
25 | consumer credit transaction (including consumer credit | ||||||
26 | transactions incorporated into securitizations); (3) within a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | given year, oversees an appraiser panel of any size of | ||||||
2 | State-certified appraisers in Illinois; and (4) any appraisal | ||||||
3 | management company that, within a given year, oversees an | ||||||
4 | appraiser panel of 16 or more State-certified appraisers in | ||||||
5 | Illinois or 25 or more State-certified or State-licensed | ||||||
6 | appraisers in 2 or more jurisdictions shall be subject to the | ||||||
7 | appraisal management company national registry fee in addition | ||||||
8 | to the appraiser panel fee. "Appraisal management company" | ||||||
9 | includes a hybrid entity. | ||||||
10 | "Appraisal management company national registry fee" means | ||||||
11 | the fee implemented pursuant to Title XI of the federal | ||||||
12 | Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery , and Enforcement Act | ||||||
13 | of 1989 for an appraiser management company's national | ||||||
14 | registry. | ||||||
15 | "Appraisal management services" means one or more of the | ||||||
16 | following: | ||||||
17 | (1) recruiting, selecting, and retaining appraisers; | ||||||
18 | (2) contracting with State-certified or State-licensed | ||||||
19 | appraisers to perform appraisal assignments; | ||||||
20 | (3) managing the process of having an appraisal | ||||||
21 | performed, including providing administrative services | ||||||
22 | such as receiving appraisal orders and appraisal reports; | ||||||
23 | submitting completed appraisal reports to creditors and | ||||||
24 | secondary market participants; collecting compensation | ||||||
25 | from creditors, underwriters, or secondary market | ||||||
26 | participants for services provided; or paying appraisers |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for services performed; or | ||||||
2 | (4) reviewing and verifying the work of appraisers. | ||||||
3 | "Appraiser panel" means a network, list, or roster of | ||||||
4 | licensed or certified appraisers approved by the appraisal | ||||||
5 | management company or by the end-user client to perform | ||||||
6 | appraisals for the appraisal management company. "Appraiser | ||||||
7 | panel" includes both appraisers accepted by an appraisal | ||||||
8 | management company for consideration for future appraisal | ||||||
9 | assignments and appraisers engaged by an appraisal management | ||||||
10 | company to perform one or more appraisals. | ||||||
11 | "Appraiser panel fee" means the amount collected from a | ||||||
12 | registrant that, where applicable, includes an appraisal | ||||||
13 | management company's national registry fee. | ||||||
14 | "Appraisal report" means a written appraisal by an | ||||||
15 | appraiser to a client. | ||||||
16 | "Appraisal practice service" means valuation services | ||||||
17 | performed by an individual acting as an appraiser, including, | ||||||
18 | but not limited to, appraisal or appraisal review. | ||||||
19 | "Appraisal subcommittee" means the appraisal subcommittee | ||||||
20 | of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council as | ||||||
21 | established by Title XI. | ||||||
22 | "Appraiser" means a person who performs real estate or | ||||||
23 | real property appraisals. | ||||||
24 | "Assignment result" means an appraiser's opinions and | ||||||
25 | conclusions developed specific to an assignment. | ||||||
26 | "Audit" includes, but is not limited to, an annual or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | special audit, visit, or review necessary under this Act or | ||||||
2 | required by the Secretary or the Secretary's authorized | ||||||
3 | representative in carrying out the duties and responsibilities | ||||||
4 | under this Act. | ||||||
5 | "Client" means the party or parties who engage an | ||||||
6 | appraiser by employment or contract in a specific appraisal | ||||||
7 | assignment. | ||||||
8 | "Controlling person Person " means: | ||||||
9 | (1) an owner, officer, or director of an entity | ||||||
10 | seeking to offer appraisal management services; | ||||||
11 | (2) an individual employed, appointed, or authorized | ||||||
12 | by an appraisal management company who has the authority | ||||||
13 | to: | ||||||
14 | (A) enter into a contractual relationship with a | ||||||
15 | client for the performance of an appraisal management | ||||||
16 | service or appraisal practice service; and | ||||||
17 | (B) enter into an agreement with an appraiser for | ||||||
18 | the performance of a real estate appraisal activity; | ||||||
19 | (3) an individual who possesses, directly or | ||||||
20 | indirectly, the power to direct or cause the
direction of | ||||||
21 | the management or policies of an appraisal management | ||||||
22 | company; or
| ||||||
23 | (4) an individual who will act as the sole compliance | ||||||
24 | officer with regard to this Act and any rules adopted | ||||||
25 | under this Act. | ||||||
26 | "Coordinator" means the Coordinator of the Appraisal |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Management Company Registration Unit of the Department or his | ||||||
2 | or her designee. | ||||||
3 | "Covered transaction" means a consumer credit transaction | ||||||
4 | secured by a consumer's principal dwelling. | ||||||
5 | "Department" means the Department of Financial and | ||||||
6 | Professional Regulation. | ||||||
7 | "Email address of record" means the designated email | ||||||
8 | address recorded by the Department in the applicant's | ||||||
9 | application file or the registrant's registration file | ||||||
10 | maintained by the Department's registration maintenance unit. | ||||||
11 | "Entity" means a corporation, a limited liability company, | ||||||
12 | partnership, a sole proprietorship, or other entity providing | ||||||
13 | services or holding itself out to provide services as an | ||||||
14 | appraisal management company or an appraisal management | ||||||
15 | service. | ||||||
16 | "End-user client" means any person who utilizes or engages | ||||||
17 | the services of an appraiser through an appraisal management | ||||||
18 | company. | ||||||
19 | "Federally regulated appraisal management company" means | ||||||
20 | an appraisal management company that is owned and controlled | ||||||
21 | by an insured depository institution, as defined in 12 U.S.C. | ||||||
22 | 1813, or an insured credit union, as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1752, | ||||||
23 | and regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the | ||||||
24 | Currency, the Federal Reserve Board, the National Credit Union | ||||||
25 | Association, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. | ||||||
26 | "Financial institution" means any bank, savings bank, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | savings and loan association, credit union, mortgage broker, | ||||||
2 | mortgage banker, registrant under the Consumer Installment | ||||||
3 | Loan Act or the Sales Finance Agency Act, or a corporate | ||||||
4 | fiduciary, subsidiary, affiliate, parent company, or holding | ||||||
5 | company of any registrant, or any institution involved in real | ||||||
6 | estate financing that is regulated by State or federal law. | ||||||
7 | "Foreign appraisal management company" means any appraisal | ||||||
8 | management company organized under the laws of any other state | ||||||
9 | of the United States, the District of Columbia, or any other | ||||||
10 | jurisdiction of the United States. | ||||||
11 | "Hybrid entity" means an appraisal management company that | ||||||
12 | hires an appraiser as an employee to perform an appraisal and | ||||||
13 | engages an independent contractor to perform an appraisal. | ||||||
14 | "Multi-state licensing system" means a web-based platform | ||||||
15 | that allows an applicant to submit his or her application or | ||||||
16 | registration renewal to the Department online. | ||||||
17 | "Person" means individuals, entities, sole | ||||||
18 | proprietorships, corporations, limited liability companies, | ||||||
19 | and alien, foreign, or domestic partnerships, except that when | ||||||
20 | the context otherwise requires, the term may refer to a single | ||||||
21 | individual or other described entity.
| ||||||
22 | "Principal dwelling" means a residential structure that | ||||||
23 | contains one to 4 units, whether or not that structure is | ||||||
24 | attached to real property. "Principal dwelling" includes an | ||||||
25 | individual condominium unit, cooperative unit, manufactured | ||||||
26 | home, mobile home, and trailer, if it is used as a residence. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Principal office" means the actual, physical business | ||||||
2 | address, which shall not be a post office box or a virtual | ||||||
3 | business address, of a registrant, at which (i) the Department | ||||||
4 | may contact the registrant and (ii) records required under | ||||||
5 | this Act are maintained. | ||||||
6 | "Qualified to transact business in this State" means being | ||||||
7 | in compliance with the requirements of the Business | ||||||
8 | Corporation Act of 1983. | ||||||
9 | "Quality control review" means a review of an appraisal | ||||||
10 | report for compliance and completeness, including grammatical, | ||||||
11 | typographical, or other similar errors, unrelated to | ||||||
12 | developing an opinion of value. | ||||||
13 | "Real estate" means an identified parcel or tract of land, | ||||||
14 | including any improvements. | ||||||
15 | "Real estate related financial transaction" means any | ||||||
16 | transaction involving: | ||||||
17 | (1) the sale, lease, purchase, investment in, or | ||||||
18 | exchange of real property,
including interests in property | ||||||
19 | or the financing thereof; | ||||||
20 | (2) the refinancing of real property or interests in | ||||||
21 | real property; and | ||||||
22 | (3) the use of real property or interest in property | ||||||
23 | as security for a loan or
investment, including mortgage | ||||||
24 | backed securities. | ||||||
25 | "Real property" means the interests, benefits, and rights | ||||||
26 | inherent in the ownership of real estate. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Secretary" means the Secretary of Financial and | ||||||
2 | Professional Regulation. | ||||||
3 | "USPAP" means the Uniform Standards of Professional | ||||||
4 | Appraisal Practice as adopted by the Appraisal Standards Board | ||||||
5 | under Title XI. | ||||||
6 | "Valuation" means any estimate of the value of real | ||||||
7 | property in connection with a creditor's decision to provide | ||||||
8 | credit, including those values developed under a policy of a | ||||||
9 | government sponsored enterprise or by an automated valuation | ||||||
10 | model or other methodology or mechanism.
| ||||||
11 | "Written notice" means a communication transmitted by mail | ||||||
12 | or by electronic means that can be verified between an | ||||||
13 | appraisal management company and a licensed or certified real | ||||||
14 | estate appraiser. | ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 100-604, eff. 7-13-18; revised 8-2-21.)
| ||||||
16 | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 102-20 ) | ||||||
17 | Sec. 10. Definitions. In this Act: | ||||||
18 | "Address of record" means the principal address recorded | ||||||
19 | by the Department in the applicant's or registrant's | ||||||
20 | application file or registration file maintained by the | ||||||
21 | Department's registration maintenance unit. | ||||||
22 | "Applicant" means a person or entity who applies to the | ||||||
23 | Department for a registration under this Act. | ||||||
24 | "Appraisal" means (noun) the act or process of developing | ||||||
25 | an opinion of value; an opinion of value (adjective) of or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | pertaining to appraising and related functions. | ||||||
2 | "Appraisal firm" means an appraisal entity that is 100% | ||||||
3 | owned and controlled by a person or persons licensed in | ||||||
4 | Illinois as a certified general real estate appraiser or a | ||||||
5 | certified residential real estate appraiser. An appraisal firm | ||||||
6 | does not include an appraisal management company. | ||||||
7 | "Appraisal management company" means any corporation, | ||||||
8 | limited liability company, partnership, sole proprietorship, | ||||||
9 | subsidiary, unit, or other business entity that directly or | ||||||
10 | indirectly: (1) provides appraisal management services to | ||||||
11 | creditors or secondary mortgage market participants, including | ||||||
12 | affiliates; (2) provides appraisal management services in | ||||||
13 | connection with valuing the consumer's principal dwelling as | ||||||
14 | security for a consumer credit transaction (including consumer | ||||||
15 | credit transactions incorporated into securitizations); and | ||||||
16 | (3) any appraisal management company that, within a given | ||||||
17 | 12-month period, oversees an appraiser panel of 16 or more | ||||||
18 | State-certified appraisers in Illinois or 25 or more | ||||||
19 | State-certified or State-licensed appraisers in 2 or more | ||||||
20 | jurisdictions. "Appraisal management company" includes a | ||||||
21 | hybrid entity. | ||||||
22 | "Appraisal management company national registry fee" means | ||||||
23 | the fee implemented pursuant to Title XI of the federal | ||||||
24 | Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery , and Enforcement Act | ||||||
25 | of 1989 for an appraiser management company's national | ||||||
26 | registry. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Appraisal management services" means one or more of the | ||||||
2 | following: | ||||||
3 | (1) recruiting, selecting, and retaining appraisers; | ||||||
4 | (2) contracting with State-certified or State-licensed | ||||||
5 | appraisers to perform appraisal assignments; | ||||||
6 | (3) managing the process of having an appraisal | ||||||
7 | performed, including providing administrative services | ||||||
8 | such as receiving appraisal orders and appraisal reports; | ||||||
9 | submitting completed appraisal reports to creditors and | ||||||
10 | secondary market participants; collecting compensation | ||||||
11 | from creditors, underwriters, or secondary market | ||||||
12 | participants for services provided; or paying appraisers | ||||||
13 | for services performed; or | ||||||
14 | (4) reviewing and verifying the work of appraisers. | ||||||
15 | "Appraiser panel" means a network, list, or roster of | ||||||
16 | licensed or certified appraisers approved by the appraisal | ||||||
17 | management company or by the end-user client to perform | ||||||
18 | appraisals as independent contractors for the appraisal | ||||||
19 | management company. "Appraiser panel" includes both appraisers | ||||||
20 | accepted by an appraisal management company for consideration | ||||||
21 | for future appraisal assignments and appraisers engaged by an | ||||||
22 | appraisal management company to perform one or more | ||||||
23 | appraisals. For the purposes of determining the size of an | ||||||
24 | appraiser panel, only independent contractors of hybrid | ||||||
25 | entities shall be counted towards the appraiser panel. | ||||||
26 | "Appraiser panel fee" means the amount collected from a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | registrant that, where applicable, includes an appraisal | ||||||
2 | management company's national registry fee. | ||||||
3 | "Appraisal report" means a written appraisal by an | ||||||
4 | appraiser to a client. | ||||||
5 | "Appraisal practice service" means valuation services | ||||||
6 | performed by an individual acting as an appraiser, including, | ||||||
7 | but not limited to, appraisal or appraisal review. | ||||||
8 | "Appraisal subcommittee" means the appraisal subcommittee | ||||||
9 | of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council as | ||||||
10 | established by Title XI. | ||||||
11 | "Appraiser" means a person who performs real estate or | ||||||
12 | real property appraisals. | ||||||
13 | "Assignment result" means an appraiser's opinions and | ||||||
14 | conclusions developed specific to an assignment. | ||||||
15 | "Audit" includes, but is not limited to, an annual or | ||||||
16 | special audit, visit, or review necessary under this Act or | ||||||
17 | required by the Secretary or the Secretary's authorized | ||||||
18 | representative in carrying out the duties and responsibilities | ||||||
19 | under this Act. | ||||||
20 | "Client" means the party or parties who engage an | ||||||
21 | appraiser by employment or contract in a specific appraisal | ||||||
22 | assignment. | ||||||
23 | "Controlling person Person " means: | ||||||
24 | (1) an owner, officer, or director of an entity | ||||||
25 | seeking to offer appraisal management services; | ||||||
26 | (2) an individual employed, appointed, or authorized |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | by an appraisal management company who has the authority | ||||||
2 | to: | ||||||
3 | (A) enter into a contractual relationship with a | ||||||
4 | client for the performance of an appraisal management | ||||||
5 | service or appraisal practice service; and | ||||||
6 | (B) enter into an agreement with an appraiser for | ||||||
7 | the performance of a real estate appraisal activity; | ||||||
8 | (3) an individual who possesses, directly or | ||||||
9 | indirectly, the power to direct or cause the
direction of | ||||||
10 | the management or policies of an appraisal management | ||||||
11 | company; or
| ||||||
12 | (4) an individual who will act as the sole compliance | ||||||
13 | officer with regard to this Act and any rules adopted | ||||||
14 | under this Act. | ||||||
15 | "Covered transaction" means a consumer credit transaction | ||||||
16 | secured by a consumer's principal dwelling. | ||||||
17 | "Department" means the Department of Financial and | ||||||
18 | Professional Regulation. | ||||||
19 | "Email address of record" means the designated email | ||||||
20 | address recorded by the Department in the applicant's | ||||||
21 | application file or the registrant's registration file | ||||||
22 | maintained by the Department's registration maintenance unit. | ||||||
23 | "Entity" means a corporation, a limited liability company, | ||||||
24 | partnership, a sole proprietorship, or other entity providing | ||||||
25 | services or holding itself out to provide services as an | ||||||
26 | appraisal management company or an appraisal management |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | service. | ||||||
2 | "End-user client" means any person who utilizes or engages | ||||||
3 | the services of an appraiser through an appraisal management | ||||||
4 | company. | ||||||
5 | "Federally regulated appraisal management company" means | ||||||
6 | an appraisal management company that is owned and controlled | ||||||
7 | by an insured depository institution, as defined in 12 U.S.C. | ||||||
8 | 1813, or an insured credit union, as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1752, | ||||||
9 | and regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the | ||||||
10 | Currency, the Federal Reserve Board, the National Credit Union | ||||||
11 | Association, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. | ||||||
12 | "Financial institution" means any bank, savings bank, | ||||||
13 | savings and loan association, credit union, mortgage broker, | ||||||
14 | mortgage banker, registrant under the Consumer Installment | ||||||
15 | Loan Act or the Sales Finance Agency Act, or a corporate | ||||||
16 | fiduciary, subsidiary, affiliate, parent company, or holding | ||||||
17 | company of any registrant, or any institution involved in real | ||||||
18 | estate financing that is regulated by State or federal law. | ||||||
19 | "Foreign appraisal management company" means any appraisal | ||||||
20 | management company organized under the laws of any other state | ||||||
21 | of the United States, the District of Columbia, or any other | ||||||
22 | jurisdiction of the United States. | ||||||
23 | "Hybrid entity" means an appraisal management company that | ||||||
24 | hires an appraiser as an employee to perform an appraisal and | ||||||
25 | engages an independent contractor to perform an appraisal. | ||||||
26 | "Multi-state licensing system" means a web-based platform |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that allows an applicant to submit the application or | ||||||
2 | registration renewal to the Department online. | ||||||
3 | "Person" means individuals, entities, sole | ||||||
4 | proprietorships, corporations, limited liability companies, | ||||||
5 | and alien, foreign, or domestic partnerships, except that when | ||||||
6 | the context otherwise requires, the term may refer to a single | ||||||
7 | individual or other described entity.
| ||||||
8 | "Principal dwelling" means a residential structure that | ||||||
9 | contains one to 4 units, whether or not that structure is | ||||||
10 | attached to real property. "Principal dwelling" includes an | ||||||
11 | individual condominium unit, cooperative unit, manufactured | ||||||
12 | home, mobile home, and trailer, if it is used as a residence. | ||||||
13 | "Principal office" means the actual, physical business | ||||||
14 | address, which shall not be a post office box or a virtual | ||||||
15 | business address, of a registrant, at which (i) the Department | ||||||
16 | may contact the registrant and (ii) records required under | ||||||
17 | this Act are maintained. | ||||||
18 | "Qualified to transact business in this State" means being | ||||||
19 | in compliance with the requirements of the Business | ||||||
20 | Corporation Act of 1983. | ||||||
21 | "Quality control review" means a review of an appraisal | ||||||
22 | report for compliance and completeness, including grammatical, | ||||||
23 | typographical, or other similar errors, unrelated to | ||||||
24 | developing an opinion of value. | ||||||
25 | "Real estate" means an identified parcel or tract of land, | ||||||
26 | including any improvements. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Real estate related financial transaction" means any | ||||||
2 | transaction involving: | ||||||
3 | (1) the sale, lease, purchase, investment in, or | ||||||
4 | exchange of real property,
including interests in property | ||||||
5 | or the financing thereof; | ||||||
6 | (2) the refinancing of real property or interests in | ||||||
7 | real property; and | ||||||
8 | (3) the use of real property or interest in property | ||||||
9 | as security for a loan or
investment, including mortgage | ||||||
10 | backed securities. | ||||||
11 | "Real property" means the interests, benefits, and rights | ||||||
12 | inherent in the ownership of real estate. | ||||||
13 | "Secretary" means the Secretary of Financial and | ||||||
14 | Professional Regulation. | ||||||
15 | "USPAP" means the Uniform Standards of Professional | ||||||
16 | Appraisal Practice as adopted by the Appraisal Standards Board | ||||||
17 | under Title XI. | ||||||
18 | "Valuation" means any estimate of the value of real | ||||||
19 | property in connection with a creditor's decision to provide | ||||||
20 | credit, including those values developed under a policy of a | ||||||
21 | government sponsored enterprise or by an automated valuation | ||||||
22 | model or other methodology or mechanism.
| ||||||
23 | "Written notice" means a communication transmitted by mail | ||||||
24 | or by electronic means that can be verified between an | ||||||
25 | appraisal management company and a licensed or certified real | ||||||
26 | estate appraiser. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 102-20, eff. 1-1-22; revised 8-2-21.)
| ||||||
2 | Section 155. The Hydraulic Fracturing Regulatory Act is | ||||||
3 | amended by changing Section 1-77 as follows:
| ||||||
4 | (225 ILCS 732/1-77)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 1-77. Chemical disclosure; trade secret protection. | ||||||
6 | (a) If the chemical disclosure information required by | ||||||
7 | paragraph (8) of subsection (b) of Section 1-35 of this Act is | ||||||
8 | not submitted at the time of permit application, then the | ||||||
9 | permittee, applicant, or person who will perform high volume | ||||||
10 | horizontal hydraulic fracturing operations at the well shall | ||||||
11 | submit this information to the Department in electronic format | ||||||
12 | no less than 21 calendar days prior to performing the high | ||||||
13 | volume horizontal hydraulic fracturing operations. The | ||||||
14 | permittee shall not cause or allow any stimulation of the well | ||||||
15 | if it is not in compliance with this Section. Nothing in this | ||||||
16 | Section shall prohibit the person performing high volume | ||||||
17 | horizontal hydraulic fracturing operations from adjusting or | ||||||
18 | altering the contents of the fluid during the treatment | ||||||
19 | process to respond to unexpected conditions, as long as the | ||||||
20 | permittee or the person performing the high volume horizontal | ||||||
21 | hydraulic fracturing operations notifies the Department by | ||||||
22 | electronic mail within 24 hours of the departure from the | ||||||
23 | initial treatment design and includes a brief explanation of | ||||||
24 | the reason for the departure.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (b) No permittee shall use the services of another person | ||||||
2 | to perform high volume horizontal hydraulic fracturing | ||||||
3 | operations unless the person is in compliance with this | ||||||
4 | Section.
| ||||||
5 | (c) Any person performing high volume horizontal hydraulic | ||||||
6 | fracturing operations within this State shall:
| ||||||
7 | (1) be authorized to do business in this State; and | ||||||
8 | (2) maintain and disclose to the Department separate | ||||||
9 | and up-to-date master lists of: | ||||||
10 | (A) the base fluid to be used during any high | ||||||
11 | volume horizontal hydraulic fracturing operations | ||||||
12 | within this State;
| ||||||
13 | (B) all hydraulic fracturing additives to be used | ||||||
14 | during any high volume horizontal hydraulic fracturing | ||||||
15 | operations within this State; and
| ||||||
16 | (C) all chemicals and associated Chemical Abstract | ||||||
17 | Service numbers to be used in any high volume | ||||||
18 | horizontal hydraulic fracturing operations within this | ||||||
19 | State.
| ||||||
20 | (d) Persons performing high volume horizontal hydraulic | ||||||
21 | fracturing operations are prohibited from using any base | ||||||
22 | fluid, hydraulic fracturing additive, or chemical not listed | ||||||
23 | on their master lists disclosed under paragraph (2) of | ||||||
24 | subsection (c) of this Section.
| ||||||
25 | (e) The Department shall assemble and post up-to-date | ||||||
26 | copies of the master lists it receives under paragraph (2) of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection (c) of this Section on its website in accordance | ||||||
2 | with Section 1-110 of this Act.
| ||||||
3 | (f) Where an applicant, permittee, or the person | ||||||
4 | performing high volume horizontal hydraulic fracturing | ||||||
5 | operations furnishes chemical disclosure information to the | ||||||
6 | Department under this Section, Section 1-35, or Section 1-75 | ||||||
7 | of this Act under a claim of trade secret, the applicant, | ||||||
8 | permittee, or person performing high volume horizontal | ||||||
9 | hydraulic fracturing operations shall submit redacted and | ||||||
10 | un-redacted copies of the documents containing the information | ||||||
11 | to the Department and the Department shall use the redacted | ||||||
12 | copies when posting materials on its website.
| ||||||
13 | (g) Upon submission or within 5 calendar days of | ||||||
14 | submission of chemical disclosure information to the | ||||||
15 | Department under this Section, Section 1-35, or Section 1-75 | ||||||
16 | of this Act under a claim of trade secret, the person that | ||||||
17 | claimed trade secret protection shall provide a justification | ||||||
18 | of the claim containing the following: a detailed description | ||||||
19 | of the procedures used by the person to safeguard the | ||||||
20 | information from becoming available to persons other than | ||||||
21 | those selected by the person to have access to the information | ||||||
22 | for limited purposes; a detailed statement identifying the | ||||||
23 | persons or class of persons to whom the information has been | ||||||
24 | disclosed; a certification that the person has no knowledge | ||||||
25 | that the information has ever been published or disseminated | ||||||
26 | or has otherwise become a matter of general public knowledge; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a detailed discussion of why the person believes the | ||||||
2 | information to be of competitive value; and any other | ||||||
3 | information that shall support the claim.
| ||||||
4 | (h) Chemical disclosure information furnished under this | ||||||
5 | Section, Section 1-35, or Section 1-75 of this Act under a | ||||||
6 | claim of trade secret shall be protected from disclosure as a | ||||||
7 | trade secret if the Department determines that the statement | ||||||
8 | of justification demonstrates that:
| ||||||
9 | (1) the information has not been published, | ||||||
10 | disseminated, or otherwise become a matter of general | ||||||
11 | public knowledge; and
| ||||||
12 | (2) the information has competitive value. | ||||||
13 | There is a rebuttable presumption that the information has | ||||||
14 | not been published, disseminated, or otherwise become a matter | ||||||
15 | of general public knowledge if the person has taken reasonable | ||||||
16 | measures to prevent the information from becoming available to | ||||||
17 | persons other than those selected by the person to have access | ||||||
18 | to the information for limited purposes and the statement of | ||||||
19 | justification contains a certification that the person has no | ||||||
20 | knowledge that the information has ever been published, | ||||||
21 | disseminated, or otherwise become a matter of general public | ||||||
22 | knowledge.
| ||||||
23 | (i) Denial of a trade secret request under this Section | ||||||
24 | shall be appealable under the Administrative Review Law. | ||||||
25 | (j) A person whose request to inspect or copy a public | ||||||
26 | record is denied, in whole or in part, because of a grant of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | trade secret protection may file a request for review with the | ||||||
2 | Public Access Counselor under Section 9.5 of the Freedom of | ||||||
3 | Information Act or for injunctive or declaratory relief under | ||||||
4 | Section 11 of the Freedom of Information Act for the purpose of | ||||||
5 | reviewing whether the Department properly determined that the | ||||||
6 | trade secret protection should be granted.
| ||||||
7 | (k) Except as otherwise provided in subsections (l) and | ||||||
8 | (m) of this Section, the Department must maintain the | ||||||
9 | confidentiality of chemical disclosure information furnished | ||||||
10 | under this Section, Section 1-35, or Section 1-75 of this Act | ||||||
11 | under a claim of trade secret, until the Department receives | ||||||
12 | official notification of a final order by a reviewing body | ||||||
13 | with proper jurisdiction that is not subject to further appeal | ||||||
14 | rejecting a grant of trade secret protection for that | ||||||
15 | information.
| ||||||
16 | (l) The Department shall adopt rules for the provision of | ||||||
17 | information furnished under a claim of trade secret to a | ||||||
18 | health professional who states a need for the information and | ||||||
19 | articulates why the information is needed. The health | ||||||
20 | professional may share that information with other persons as | ||||||
21 | may be professionally necessary, including, but not limited | ||||||
22 | to, the affected patient, other health professionals involved | ||||||
23 | in the treatment of the affected patient, the affected | ||||||
24 | patient's family members if the affected patient is | ||||||
25 | unconscious, is unable to make medical decisions, or is a | ||||||
26 | minor, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention , and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | other government public health agencies. Except as otherwise | ||||||
2 | provided in this Section, any recipient of the information | ||||||
3 | shall not use the information for purposes other than the | ||||||
4 | health needs asserted in the request and shall otherwise | ||||||
5 | maintain the information as confidential. Information so | ||||||
6 | disclosed to a health professional shall in no way be | ||||||
7 | construed as publicly available. The holder of the trade | ||||||
8 | secret may request a confidentiality agreement consistent with | ||||||
9 | the requirements of this Section from all health professionals | ||||||
10 | to whom the information is disclosed as soon as circumstances | ||||||
11 | permit. The rules adopted by the Department shall also | ||||||
12 | establish procedures for providing the information in both | ||||||
13 | emergency and non-emergency situations.
| ||||||
14 | (m) In the event of a release of hydraulic fracturing | ||||||
15 | fluid, a hydraulic fracturing additive, or hydraulic | ||||||
16 | fracturing flowback, and when necessary to protect public | ||||||
17 | health or the environment, the Department may disclose | ||||||
18 | information furnished under a claim of trade secret to the | ||||||
19 | relevant county public health director or emergency manager, | ||||||
20 | the relevant fire department chief, the Director of the | ||||||
21 | Illinois Department of Public Health, the Director of the | ||||||
22 | Illinois Department of Agriculture, and the Director of the | ||||||
23 | Illinois Environmental Protection Agency upon request by that | ||||||
24 | individual. The Director of the Illinois Department of Public | ||||||
25 | Health, and the Director of the Illinois Environmental | ||||||
26 | Protection Agency, and the Director of the Illinois Department |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of Agriculture may disclose this information to staff members | ||||||
2 | under the same terms and conditions as apply to the Director of | ||||||
3 | Natural Resources. Except as otherwise provided in this | ||||||
4 | Section, any recipient of the information shall not use the | ||||||
5 | information for purposes other than to protect public health | ||||||
6 | or the environment and shall otherwise maintain the | ||||||
7 | information as confidential. Information disclosed to staff | ||||||
8 | shall in no way be construed as publicly available. The holder | ||||||
9 | of the trade secret information may request a confidentiality | ||||||
10 | agreement consistent with the requirements of this Section | ||||||
11 | from all persons to whom the information is disclosed as soon | ||||||
12 | as circumstances permit.
| ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 98-22, eff. 6-17-13; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
14 | Section 160. The Sports Wagering Act is amended by | ||||||
15 | changing Section 25-90 as follows:
| ||||||
16 | (230 ILCS 45/25-90)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 25-90. Tax; Sports Wagering Fund. | ||||||
18 | (a) For the privilege of holding a license to operate | ||||||
19 | sports wagering under this Act, this State shall impose and | ||||||
20 | collect 15% of a master sports wagering licensee's adjusted | ||||||
21 | gross sports wagering receipts from sports wagering. The | ||||||
22 | accrual method of accounting shall be used for purposes of | ||||||
23 | calculating the amount of the tax owed by the licensee. | ||||||
24 | The taxes levied and collected pursuant to this subsection |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) are due and payable to the Board no later than the last day | ||||||
2 | of the month following the calendar month in which the | ||||||
3 | adjusted gross sports wagering receipts were received and the | ||||||
4 | tax obligation was accrued. | ||||||
5 | (a-5) In addition to the tax imposed under subsection (a) | ||||||
6 | of this Section, for the privilege of holding a license to | ||||||
7 | operate sports wagering under this Act, the State shall impose | ||||||
8 | and collect 2% of the adjusted gross receipts from sports | ||||||
9 | wagers that are placed within a home rule county with a | ||||||
10 | population of over 3,000,000 inhabitants, which shall be paid, | ||||||
11 | subject to appropriation from the General Assembly, from the | ||||||
12 | Sports Wagering Fund to that home rule county for the purpose | ||||||
13 | of enhancing the county's criminal justice system. | ||||||
14 | (b) The Sports Wagering Fund is hereby created as a | ||||||
15 | special fund in the State treasury. Except as otherwise | ||||||
16 | provided in this Act, all moneys collected under this Act by | ||||||
17 | the Board shall be deposited into the Sports Wagering Fund. On | ||||||
18 | the 25th of each month, any moneys remaining in the Sports | ||||||
19 | Wagering Fund in excess of the anticipated monthly | ||||||
20 | expenditures from the Fund through the next month, as | ||||||
21 | certified by the Board to the State Comptroller, shall be | ||||||
22 | transferred by the State Comptroller and the State Treasurer | ||||||
23 | to the Capital Projects Fund. | ||||||
24 | (c) Beginning with July 2021, and on a monthly basis | ||||||
25 | thereafter, the Board shall certify to the State Comptroller | ||||||
26 | the amount of license fees collected in the month for initial |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | licenses issued under this Act, except for occupational | ||||||
2 | licenses. As soon after certification as practicable, the | ||||||
3 | State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall | ||||||
4 | transfer the certified amount from the Sports Wagering Fund to | ||||||
5 | the Rebuild Illinois Projects Fund.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 101-31, eff. 6-28-19; 102-16, eff. 6-17-21; | ||||||
7 | revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
8 | Section 165. The Illinois Public Aid Code is amended by | ||||||
9 | changing Sections 5-5.7a and 5-5e as follows:
| ||||||
10 | (305 ILCS 5/5-5.7a) | ||||||
11 | Sec. 5-5.7a. Pandemic related stability payments for | ||||||
12 | health care providers. Notwithstanding other provisions of | ||||||
13 | law, and in accordance with the Illinois Emergency Management | ||||||
14 | Agency, the Department of Healthcare and Family Services shall | ||||||
15 | develop a process to distribute pandemic related stability | ||||||
16 | payments, from federal sources dedicated for such purposes, to | ||||||
17 | health care providers that are providing care to recipients | ||||||
18 | under the Medical Assistance Program. For provider types | ||||||
19 | serving residents who are recipients of medical assistance | ||||||
20 | under this Code and are funded by other State agencies, the | ||||||
21 | Department will coordinate the distribution process of the | ||||||
22 | pandemic related stability payments. Federal sources dedicated | ||||||
23 | to pandemic related payments include, but are not limited to, | ||||||
24 | funds distributed to the State of Illinois from the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Coronavirus Relief Fund pursuant to the Coronavirus Aid, | ||||||
2 | Relief, and Economic Security Act ("CARES Act") and from the | ||||||
3 | Coronavirus State Fiscal Recovery Fund pursuant to Section | ||||||
4 | 9901 of the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, that are | ||||||
5 | appropriated to the Department during Fiscal Years 2020, 2021, | ||||||
6 | and 2022 for purposes permitted by those federal laws and | ||||||
7 | related federal guidance. | ||||||
8 | (1) Pandemic related stability payments for these | ||||||
9 | providers shall be separate and apart from any rate | ||||||
10 | methodology otherwise defined in this Code to the extent | ||||||
11 | permitted in accordance with Section 5001 of the CARES Act | ||||||
12 | and Section 9901 of the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 | ||||||
13 | and any related federal guidance. | ||||||
14 | (2) Payments made from moneys received from the | ||||||
15 | Coronavirus Relief Fund shall be used exclusively for | ||||||
16 | expenses incurred by the providers that are eligible for | ||||||
17 | reimbursement from the Coronavirus Relief Fund in | ||||||
18 | accordance with Section 5001 of the CARES Act and related | ||||||
19 | federal guidance. Payments made from moneys received from | ||||||
20 | the Coronavirus State Fiscal Recovery Fund shall be used | ||||||
21 | exclusively for purposes permitted by Section 9901 of the | ||||||
22 | American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 and related federal | ||||||
23 | guidance. | ||||||
24 | (3) All providers receiving pandemic related stability | ||||||
25 | payments shall attest in a format to be created by the | ||||||
26 | Department and be able to demonstrate that their expenses |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | are pandemic related, were not part of their annual | ||||||
2 | budgets established before March 1, 2020, and are directly | ||||||
3 | associated with health care needs. | ||||||
4 | (4) Pandemic related stability payments will be | ||||||
5 | distributed based on a schedule and framework to be | ||||||
6 | established by the Department with recognition of the | ||||||
7 | pandemic related acuity of the situation for each | ||||||
8 | provider, taking into account the factors including, but | ||||||
9 | not limited to, the following : ; | ||||||
10 | (A) the impact of the pandemic on patients served, | ||||||
11 | impact on staff, and shortages of the personal | ||||||
12 | protective equipment necessary for infection control | ||||||
13 | efforts for all providers; | ||||||
14 | (B) COVID-19 positivity rates among staff, or | ||||||
15 | patients, or both; | ||||||
16 | (C) pandemic related workforce challenges and | ||||||
17 | costs associated with temporary wage increases | ||||||
18 | associated with pandemic related hazard pay programs, | ||||||
19 | or costs associated with which providers do not have | ||||||
20 | enough staff to adequately provide care and protection | ||||||
21 | to the residents and other staff; | ||||||
22 | (D) providers with significant reductions in | ||||||
23 | utilization that result in corresponding reductions in | ||||||
24 | revenue as a result of the pandemic, including , but | ||||||
25 | not limited to , the cancellation or postponement of | ||||||
26 | elective procedures and visits; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (E) pandemic related payments received directly by | ||||||
2 | the providers through other federal resources; | ||||||
3 | (F) current efforts to respond to and provide | ||||||
4 | services to communities disproportionately impacted by | ||||||
5 | the COVID-19 public health emergency, including | ||||||
6 | low-income and socially vulnerable communities that | ||||||
7 | have seen the most severe health impacts and | ||||||
8 | exacerbated health inequities along racial, ethnic, | ||||||
9 | and socioeconomic lines; and | ||||||
10 | (G) provider needs for capital improvements to | ||||||
11 | existing facilities, including upgrades to HVAC and | ||||||
12 | ventilation systems and capital improvements for | ||||||
13 | enhancing infection control or reducing crowding, | ||||||
14 | which may include bed-buybacks. | ||||||
15 | (5) Pandemic related stability payments made from | ||||||
16 | moneys received from the Coronavirus Relief Fund will be | ||||||
17 | distributed to providers based on a methodology to be | ||||||
18 | administered by the Department with amounts determined by | ||||||
19 | a calculation of total federal pandemic related funds | ||||||
20 | appropriated by the Illinois General Assembly for this | ||||||
21 | purpose. Providers receiving the pandemic related | ||||||
22 | stability payments will attest to their increased costs, | ||||||
23 | declining revenues, and receipt of additional pandemic | ||||||
24 | related funds directly from the federal government. | ||||||
25 | (6) Of the payments provided for by this Section made | ||||||
26 | from moneys received from the Coronavirus Relief Fund, a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | minimum of 30% shall be allotted for health care providers | ||||||
2 | that serve the ZIP codes located in the most | ||||||
3 | disproportionately impacted areas of Illinois, based on | ||||||
4 | positive COVID-19 cases based on data collected by the | ||||||
5 | Department of Public Health and provided to the Department | ||||||
6 | of Healthcare and Family Services. | ||||||
7 | (7) From funds appropriated, directly or indirectly, | ||||||
8 | from moneys received by the State from the Coronavirus | ||||||
9 | State Fiscal Recovery Fund for Fiscal Years 2021 and 2022, | ||||||
10 | the Department shall expend such funds only for purposes | ||||||
11 | permitted by Section 9901 of the American Rescue Plan Act | ||||||
12 | of 2021 and related federal guidance. Such expenditures | ||||||
13 | may include, but are not limited to: payments to providers | ||||||
14 | for costs incurred due to the COVID-19 public health | ||||||
15 | emergency; unreimbursed costs for testing and treatment of | ||||||
16 | uninsured Illinois residents; costs of COVID-19 mitigation | ||||||
17 | and prevention; medical expenses related to aftercare or | ||||||
18 | extended care for COVID-19 patients with longer term | ||||||
19 | symptoms and effects; costs of behavioral health care; | ||||||
20 | costs of public health and safety staff; and expenditures | ||||||
21 | permitted in order to address (i) disparities in public | ||||||
22 | health outcomes, (ii) nursing and other essential health | ||||||
23 | care workforce investments, (iii) exacerbation of | ||||||
24 | pre-existing disparities, and (iv) promoting healthy | ||||||
25 | childhood environments. | ||||||
26 | (8) From funds appropriated, directly or indirectly, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | from moneys received by the State from the Coronavirus | ||||||
2 | State Fiscal Recovery Fund for Fiscal Years 2022 and 2023, | ||||||
3 | the Department shall establish a program for making | ||||||
4 | payments to long term care service providers and | ||||||
5 | facilities, for purposes related to financial support for | ||||||
6 | workers in the long term care industry, but only as | ||||||
7 | permitted by either the CARES Act or Section 9901 of the | ||||||
8 | American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 and related federal | ||||||
9 | guidance, including, but not limited to the following: | ||||||
10 | monthly amounts of $25,000,000 per month for July 2021, | ||||||
11 | August 2021, and September 2021 where at least 50% of the | ||||||
12 | funds in July shall be passed directly to front line | ||||||
13 | workers and an additional 12.5% more in each of the next 2 | ||||||
14 | months; financial support programs for providers enhancing | ||||||
15 | direct care staff recruitment efforts through the payment | ||||||
16 | of education expenses; and financial support programs for | ||||||
17 | providers offering enhanced and expanded training for all | ||||||
18 | levels of the long term care healthcare workforce to | ||||||
19 | achieve better patient outcomes, such as training on | ||||||
20 | infection control, proper personal protective equipment, | ||||||
21 | best practices in quality of care, and culturally | ||||||
22 | competent patient communications. The Department shall | ||||||
23 | have the authority to audit and potentially recoup funds | ||||||
24 | not utilized as outlined and attested. | ||||||
25 | (9) From funds appropriated, directly or indirectly, | ||||||
26 | from moneys received by the State from the Coronavirus |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State Fiscal Recovery Fund for Fiscal Years 2022 through | ||||||
2 | 2024 the Department shall establish a program for making | ||||||
3 | payments to facilities licensed under the Nursing Home | ||||||
4 | Care Act and facilities licensed under the Specialized | ||||||
5 | Mental Health Rehabilitation Act of 2013. To the extent | ||||||
6 | permitted by Section 9901 of the American Rescue Plan Act | ||||||
7 | of 2021 and related federal guidance, the program shall | ||||||
8 | provide payments for making permanent improvements to | ||||||
9 | resident rooms in order to improve resident outcomes and | ||||||
10 | infection control. Funds may be used to reduce bed | ||||||
11 | capacity and room occupancy. To be eligible for funding, a | ||||||
12 | facility must submit an application to the Department as | ||||||
13 | prescribed by the Department and as published on its | ||||||
14 | website. A facility may need to receive approval from the | ||||||
15 | Health Facilities and Services Review Board for the | ||||||
16 | permanent improvements or the removal of the beds before | ||||||
17 | it can receive payment under this paragraph.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 101-636, eff. 6-10-20; 102-16, eff. 6-17-21; | ||||||
19 | revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
20 | (305 ILCS 5/5-5e) | ||||||
21 | Sec. 5-5e. Adjusted rates of reimbursement. | ||||||
22 | (a) Rates or payments for services in effect on June 30, | ||||||
23 | 2012 shall be adjusted and
services shall be affected as | ||||||
24 | required by any other provision of Public Act 97-689. In | ||||||
25 | addition, the Department shall do the following: |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) Delink the per diem rate paid for supportive | ||||||
2 | living facility services from the per diem rate paid for | ||||||
3 | nursing facility services, effective for services provided | ||||||
4 | on or after May 1, 2011 and before July 1, 2019. | ||||||
5 | (2) Cease payment for bed reserves in nursing | ||||||
6 | facilities and specialized mental health rehabilitation | ||||||
7 | facilities; for purposes of therapeutic home visits for | ||||||
8 | individuals scoring as TBI on the MDS 3.0, beginning June | ||||||
9 | 1, 2015, the Department shall approve payments for bed | ||||||
10 | reserves in nursing facilities and specialized mental | ||||||
11 | health rehabilitation facilities that have at least a 90% | ||||||
12 | occupancy level and at least 80% of their residents are | ||||||
13 | Medicaid eligible. Payment shall be at a daily rate of 75% | ||||||
14 | of an individual's current Medicaid per diem and shall not | ||||||
15 | exceed 10 days in a calendar month. | ||||||
16 | (2.5) Cease payment for bed reserves for purposes of | ||||||
17 | inpatient hospitalizations to intermediate care facilities | ||||||
18 | for persons with developmental disabilities, except in the | ||||||
19 | instance of residents who are under 21 years of age. | ||||||
20 | (3) Cease payment of the $10 per day add-on payment to | ||||||
21 | nursing facilities for certain residents with | ||||||
22 | developmental disabilities. | ||||||
23 | (b) After the application of subsection (a), | ||||||
24 | notwithstanding any other provision of this
Code to the | ||||||
25 | contrary and to the extent permitted by federal law, on and | ||||||
26 | after July 1,
2012, the rates of reimbursement for services |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and other payments provided under this
Code shall further be | ||||||
2 | reduced as follows: | ||||||
3 | (1) Rates or payments for physician services, dental | ||||||
4 | services, or community health center services reimbursed | ||||||
5 | through an encounter rate, and services provided under the | ||||||
6 | Medicaid Rehabilitation Option of the Illinois Title XIX | ||||||
7 | State Plan shall not be further reduced, except as | ||||||
8 | provided in Section 5-5b.1. | ||||||
9 | (2) Rates or payments, or the portion thereof, paid to | ||||||
10 | a provider that is operated by a unit of local government | ||||||
11 | or State University that provides the non-federal share of | ||||||
12 | such services shall not be further reduced, except as | ||||||
13 | provided in Section 5-5b.1. | ||||||
14 | (3) Rates or payments for hospital services delivered | ||||||
15 | by a hospital defined as a Safety-Net Hospital under | ||||||
16 | Section 5-5e.1 of this Code shall not be further reduced, | ||||||
17 | except as provided in Section 5-5b.1. | ||||||
18 | (4) Rates or payments for hospital services delivered | ||||||
19 | by a Critical Access Hospital, which is an Illinois | ||||||
20 | hospital designated as a critical care hospital by the | ||||||
21 | Department of Public Health in accordance with 42 CFR 485, | ||||||
22 | Subpart F, shall not be further reduced, except as | ||||||
23 | provided in Section 5-5b.1. | ||||||
24 | (5) Rates or payments for Nursing Facility Services | ||||||
25 | shall only be further adjusted pursuant to Section 5-5.2 | ||||||
26 | of this Code. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (6) Rates or payments for services delivered by long | ||||||
2 | term care facilities licensed under the ID/DD Community | ||||||
3 | Care Act or the MC/DD Act and developmental training | ||||||
4 | services shall not be further reduced. | ||||||
5 | (7) Rates or payments for services provided under | ||||||
6 | capitation rates shall be adjusted taking into | ||||||
7 | consideration the rates reduction and covered services | ||||||
8 | required by Public Act 97-689. | ||||||
9 | (8) For hospitals not previously described in this | ||||||
10 | subsection, the rates or payments for hospital services | ||||||
11 | provided before July 1, 2021, shall be further reduced by | ||||||
12 | 3.5%, except for payments authorized under Section 5A-12.4 | ||||||
13 | of this Code. For hospital services provided on or after | ||||||
14 | July 1, 2021, all rates for hospital services previously | ||||||
15 | reduced pursuant to Public Act P.A. 97-689 shall be | ||||||
16 | increased to reflect the discontinuation of any hospital | ||||||
17 | rate reductions authorized in this paragraph (8). | ||||||
18 | (9) For all other rates or payments for services | ||||||
19 | delivered by providers not specifically referenced in | ||||||
20 | paragraphs (1) through (7), rates or payments shall be | ||||||
21 | further reduced by 2.7%. | ||||||
22 | (c) Any assessment imposed by this Code shall continue and | ||||||
23 | nothing in this Section shall be construed to cause it to | ||||||
24 | cease.
| ||||||
25 | (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code to | ||||||
26 | the contrary, subject to federal approval under Title XIX of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the Social Security Act, for dates of service on and after July | ||||||
2 | 1, 2014, rates or payments for services provided for the | ||||||
3 | purpose of transitioning children from a hospital to home | ||||||
4 | placement or other appropriate setting by a children's | ||||||
5 | community-based health care center authorized under the | ||||||
6 | Alternative Health Care Delivery Act shall be $683 per day. | ||||||
7 | (e) (Blank). | ||||||
8 | (f) (Blank). | ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 101-10, eff. 6-5-19; 101-649, eff. 7-7-20; | ||||||
10 | 102-16, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
11 | Section 170. The Cannabis Regulation and Tax Act is | ||||||
12 | amended by changing Section 55-28 as follows:
| ||||||
13 | (410 ILCS 705/55-28)
| ||||||
14 | Sec. 55-28. Restricted cannabis zones. | ||||||
15 | (a) As used in this Section: | ||||||
16 | "Legal voter" means a person: | ||||||
17 | (1) who is duly registered to vote in a municipality | ||||||
18 | with a population of over 500,000; | ||||||
19 | (2) whose name appears on a poll list compiled by the | ||||||
20 | city board of election commissioners since the last | ||||||
21 | preceding election, regardless of whether the election was | ||||||
22 | a primary, general, or special election; | ||||||
23 | (3) who, at the relevant time, is a resident of the | ||||||
24 | address at which he or she is registered to vote; and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) whose address, at the relevant time, is located in | ||||||
2 | the precinct where such person seeks to file a notice of | ||||||
3 | intent to initiate a petition process, circulate a | ||||||
4 | petition, or sign a petition under this Section. | ||||||
5 | As used in the definition of "legal voter", "relevant | ||||||
6 | time" means any time that: | ||||||
7 | (i) a notice of intent is filed, pursuant to | ||||||
8 | subsection (c) of this Section, to initiate the petition | ||||||
9 | process under this Section; | ||||||
10 | (ii) the petition is circulated for signature in the | ||||||
11 | applicable precinct; or | ||||||
12 | (iii) the petition is signed by registered voters in | ||||||
13 | the applicable precinct. | ||||||
14 | "Petition" means the petition described in this Section. | ||||||
15 | "Precinct" means the smallest constituent territory within | ||||||
16 | a municipality with a population of over 500,000 in which | ||||||
17 | electors vote as a unit at the same polling place in any | ||||||
18 | election governed by the Election Code. | ||||||
19 | "Restricted cannabis zone" means a precinct within which | ||||||
20 | home cultivation, one or more types of cannabis business | ||||||
21 | establishments, or both has been prohibited pursuant to an | ||||||
22 | ordinance initiated by a petition under this Section. | ||||||
23 | (b) The legal voters of any precinct within a municipality | ||||||
24 | with a population of over 500,000 may petition their local | ||||||
25 | alderperson, using a petition form made available online by | ||||||
26 | the city clerk, to introduce an ordinance establishing the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | precinct as a restricted zone. Such petition shall specify | ||||||
2 | whether it seeks an ordinance to prohibit, within the | ||||||
3 | precinct: (i) home cultivation; (ii) one or more types of | ||||||
4 | cannabis business establishments; or (iii) home cultivation | ||||||
5 | and one or more types of cannabis business establishments. | ||||||
6 | Upon receiving a petition containing the signatures of at | ||||||
7 | least 25% of the registered voters of the precinct, and | ||||||
8 | concluding that the petition is legally sufficient following | ||||||
9 | the posting and review process in subsection (c) of this | ||||||
10 | Section, the city clerk shall notify the local alderperson of | ||||||
11 | the ward in which the precinct is located. Upon being | ||||||
12 | notified, that alderperson, following an assessment of | ||||||
13 | relevant factors within the precinct, including , but not | ||||||
14 | limited to, its geography, density and character, the | ||||||
15 | prevalence of residentially zoned property, current licensed | ||||||
16 | cannabis business establishments in the precinct, the current | ||||||
17 | amount of home cultivation in the precinct, and the prevailing | ||||||
18 | viewpoint with regard to the issue raised in the petition, may | ||||||
19 | introduce an ordinance to the municipality's governing body | ||||||
20 | creating a restricted cannabis zone in that precinct. | ||||||
21 | (c) A person seeking to initiate the petition process | ||||||
22 | described in this Section shall first submit to the city clerk | ||||||
23 | notice of intent to do so, on a form made available online by | ||||||
24 | the city clerk. That notice shall include a description of the | ||||||
25 | potentially affected area and the scope of the restriction | ||||||
26 | sought. The city clerk shall publicly post the submitted |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | notice online. | ||||||
2 | To be legally sufficient, a petition must contain the | ||||||
3 | requisite number of valid signatures and all such signatures | ||||||
4 | must be obtained within 90 days of the date that the city clerk | ||||||
5 | publicly posts the notice of intent. Upon receipt, the city | ||||||
6 | clerk shall post the petition on the municipality's website | ||||||
7 | for a 30-day comment period. The city clerk is authorized to | ||||||
8 | take all necessary and appropriate steps to verify the legal | ||||||
9 | sufficiency of a submitted petition. Following the petition | ||||||
10 | review and comment period, the city clerk shall publicly post | ||||||
11 | online the status of the petition as accepted or rejected, and | ||||||
12 | if rejected, the reasons therefor. If the city clerk rejects a | ||||||
13 | petition as legally insufficient, a minimum of 12 months must | ||||||
14 | elapse from the time the city clerk posts the rejection notice | ||||||
15 | before a new notice of intent for that same precinct may be | ||||||
16 | submitted. | ||||||
17 | (c-5) Within 3 days after receiving an application for | ||||||
18 | zoning approval to locate a cannabis business establishment | ||||||
19 | within a municipality with a population of over 500,000, the | ||||||
20 | municipality shall post a public notice of the filing on its | ||||||
21 | website and notify the alderperson alderman of the ward in | ||||||
22 | which the proposed cannabis business establishment is to be | ||||||
23 | located of the filing. No action shall be taken on the zoning | ||||||
24 | application for 7 business days following the notice of the | ||||||
25 | filing for zoning approval. | ||||||
26 | If a notice of intent to initiate the petition process to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | prohibit the type of cannabis business establishment proposed | ||||||
2 | in the precinct of the proposed cannabis business | ||||||
3 | establishment is filed prior to the filing of the application | ||||||
4 | or within the 7-day period after the filing of the | ||||||
5 | application, the municipality shall not approve the | ||||||
6 | application for at least 90 days after the city clerk publicly | ||||||
7 | posts the notice of intent to initiate the petition process. | ||||||
8 | If a petition is filed within the 90-day petition-gathering | ||||||
9 | period described in subsection (c), the municipality shall not | ||||||
10 | approve the application for an additional 90 days after the | ||||||
11 | city clerk's receipt of the petition; provided that if the | ||||||
12 | city clerk rejects a petition as legally insufficient, the | ||||||
13 | municipality may approve the application prior to the end of | ||||||
14 | the 90 days. If a petition is not submitted within the 90-day | ||||||
15 | petition-gathering period described in subsection (c), the | ||||||
16 | municipality may approve the application unless the approval | ||||||
17 | is otherwise stayed pursuant to this subsection by a separate | ||||||
18 | notice of intent to initiate the petition process filed timely | ||||||
19 | within the 7-day period. | ||||||
20 | If no legally sufficient petition is timely filed, a | ||||||
21 | minimum of 12 months must elapse before a new notice of intent | ||||||
22 | for that same precinct may be submitted. | ||||||
23 | (d) Notwithstanding any law to the contrary, the | ||||||
24 | municipality may enact an ordinance creating a restricted | ||||||
25 | cannabis zone. The ordinance shall: | ||||||
26 | (1) identify the applicable precinct boundaries as of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the date of the petition; | ||||||
2 | (2) state whether the ordinance prohibits within the | ||||||
3 | defined boundaries of the precinct, and in what | ||||||
4 | combination: (A) one or more types of cannabis business | ||||||
5 | establishments; or (B) home cultivation; | ||||||
6 | (3) be in effect for 4 years, unless repealed earlier; | ||||||
7 | and | ||||||
8 | (4) once in effect, be subject to renewal by ordinance | ||||||
9 | at the expiration of the 4-year period without the need | ||||||
10 | for another supporting petition.
| ||||||
11 | (e) An Early Approval Adult Use Dispensing Organization | ||||||
12 | License permitted to relocate under subsection (b-5) of | ||||||
13 | Section 15-15 shall not relocate to a restricted cannabis | ||||||
14 | zone. | ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 101-27, eff. 6-25-19; 101-593, eff. 12-4-19; | ||||||
16 | 102-15, eff. 6-17-21; 102-98, eff. 7-15-21; revised 8-3-21.)
| ||||||
17 | Section 175. The Reimagine Public Safety Act is amended by | ||||||
18 | changing Section 35-10 as follows:
| ||||||
19 | (430 ILCS 69/35-10)
| ||||||
20 | Sec. 35-10. Definitions. As used in this Act: | ||||||
21 | "Approved technical assistance and training provider" | ||||||
22 | means an organization that has experience in improving the | ||||||
23 | outcomes of local community-based organizations by providing | ||||||
24 | supportive services that address the gaps in their resources |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and knowledge about content-based work or provide support and | ||||||
2 | knowledge about the administration and management of | ||||||
3 | organizations, or both. Approved technical assistance and | ||||||
4 | training providers as defined in this Act are intended to | ||||||
5 | assist community organizations with evaluating the need for | ||||||
6 | evidence-based evidenced-based violence prevention services, | ||||||
7 | promising violence prevention programs, starting up | ||||||
8 | programming, and strengthening the quality of existing | ||||||
9 | programming. | ||||||
10 | "Communities" means, for municipalities with a 1,000,000 | ||||||
11 | or more population in Illinois, the 77 designated areas | ||||||
12 | defined by the University of Chicago Social Science Research | ||||||
13 | Committee as amended in 1980. | ||||||
14 | "Concentrated firearm violence" means the 17 most violent | ||||||
15 | communities in Illinois municipalities greater than one | ||||||
16 | million residents and the 10 most violent municipalities with | ||||||
17 | less than 1,000,000 residents and greater than 25,000 | ||||||
18 | residents with the most per capita firearm-shot incidents from | ||||||
19 | January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2020. | ||||||
20 | "Criminal justice-involved" means an individual who has | ||||||
21 | been arrested, indicted, convicted, adjudicated delinquent, or | ||||||
22 | otherwise detained by criminal justice authorities for | ||||||
23 | violation of Illinois criminal laws. | ||||||
24 | "Evidence-based high-risk youth intervention services" | ||||||
25 | means programs that reduce involvement in the criminal justice | ||||||
26 | system, increase school attendance, and refer high-risk teens |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | into therapeutic programs that address trauma recovery and | ||||||
2 | other mental health improvements based on best practices in | ||||||
3 | the youth intervention services field.
| ||||||
4 | " Evidence-based Evidenced-based violence prevention | ||||||
5 | services" means coordinated programming and services that may | ||||||
6 | include, but are not limited to, effective emotional or trauma | ||||||
7 | related therapies, housing, employment training, job | ||||||
8 | placement, family engagement, or wrap-around support services | ||||||
9 | that are considered to be best practice for reducing violence | ||||||
10 | within the field of violence intervention research and | ||||||
11 | practice. | ||||||
12 | "Evidence-based youth development programs" means | ||||||
13 | after-school and summer programming that provides services to | ||||||
14 | teens to increase their school attendance, school performance, | ||||||
15 | reduce involvement in the criminal justice system, and develop | ||||||
16 | nonacademic interests that build social emotional persistence | ||||||
17 | and intelligence based on best practices in the field of youth | ||||||
18 | development services for high-risk youth. | ||||||
19 | "Options school" means a secondary school where 75% or | ||||||
20 | more of attending students have either stopped attending or | ||||||
21 | failed their secondary school courses since first attending | ||||||
22 | ninth grade. | ||||||
23 | "Qualified violence prevention organization" means an | ||||||
24 | organization that manages and employs qualified violence | ||||||
25 | prevention professionals. | ||||||
26 | "Qualified violence prevention professional" means a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | community health worker who renders violence preventive | ||||||
2 | services. | ||||||
3 | "Social organization" means an organization of individuals | ||||||
4 | who form the organization for the purposes of enjoyment, work, | ||||||
5 | and other mutual interests.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 102-16, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
7 | Section 180. The Judicial Districts Act of 2021 is amended | ||||||
8 | by changing Section 5 as follows:
| ||||||
9 | (705 ILCS 23/5)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 5. Legislative intent. The intent of this Act is to | ||||||
11 | redraw the Judicial Districts to meet the requirements of the | ||||||
12 | Illinois Constitution of 1970 by providing that outside of the | ||||||
13 | First District the State "shall be divided by law into four | ||||||
14 | Judicial Districts of substantially equal population, each of | ||||||
15 | which shall be compact and composed of contiguous counties." | ||||||
16 | Section 2 of Article VI of the Illinois Constitution of | ||||||
17 | 1970 divides the State into five Judicial Districts for the | ||||||
18 | selection of Supreme and Appellate Court Judges, with Cook | ||||||
19 | County comprising the First District and the remainder of the | ||||||
20 | State "divided by law into four Judicial Districts of | ||||||
21 | substantially equal population, each of which shall be compact | ||||||
22 | and composed of contiguous counties." Further, Section 7 of | ||||||
23 | Article VI provides that a Judicial Circuit must be located | ||||||
24 | within one Judicial District, and also provides the First |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Judicial District is comprised of a judicial circuit and the | ||||||
2 | remainder provided by law, subject to the requirement that | ||||||
3 | Circuits composed of more than one county shall be compact and | ||||||
4 | of contiguous counties.
The current Judicial District map was | ||||||
5 | enacted in 1963. | ||||||
6 | The current Judicial Districts do not meet the | ||||||
7 | Constitution's requirement that four Districts other than the | ||||||
8 | First District be of "substantially equal population." Using | ||||||
9 | the American Community Survey data available at the time this | ||||||
10 | Act is enacted, the population of the current First District | ||||||
11 | is 5,198,212; the Second District is 3,204,960; the Third | ||||||
12 | District is 1,782,863; the Fourth District is 1,299,747; and | ||||||
13 | the Fifth District is 1,284,757. | ||||||
14 | Under this redistricting plan, the population, according | ||||||
15 | to the American Community Survey, of the Second District will | ||||||
16 | be 1,770,983; the Third District will be 1,950,349; the Fourth | ||||||
17 | District will be 2,011,316; and the Fifth District will be | ||||||
18 | 1,839,679. A similar substantially equitable result occurs | ||||||
19 | using the 2010 U.S. Census data, the most recent decennial | ||||||
20 | census data available at the time of this Act, with the | ||||||
21 | population of the Second District being approximately | ||||||
22 | 1,747,387; the Third District being 1,936,616; the Fourth | ||||||
23 | District being 2,069,660; and the Fifth District being | ||||||
24 | 1,882,294. Because of the constitutional requirement that a | ||||||
25 | District be composed of whole counties, and given that actual | ||||||
26 | population changes on a day-to-day basis, the populations are |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | not and could never be exact, but the population of each of the | ||||||
2 | four Districts created by this Act is substantially equal. | ||||||
3 | In addition to ensuring the population of the four | ||||||
4 | Districts are substantially equal, this Act complies with | ||||||
5 | Section 7 of Article VI of the Illinois Constitution of 1970, | ||||||
6 | which provides that the First Judicial District shall be | ||||||
7 | comprised of a Judicial Circuit, and the remaining Judicial | ||||||
8 | Circuits shall be provided by law, and Circuits comprised of | ||||||
9 | more than one county shall be compact and of contiguous | ||||||
10 | counties. To comply with Section 7 of Article VI and minimize | ||||||
11 | disruption to the administration of the Judicial Branch, this | ||||||
12 | Act avoids changing the compositions and boundaries of the | ||||||
13 | Judicial Circuits, while simultaneously creating substantially | ||||||
14 | equally populated, compact, and contiguous Judicial Districts. | ||||||
15 | To further avoid any interruption to the administration of | ||||||
16 | the Judicial Branch, this Act does not require that the | ||||||
17 | Supreme Court change where the Appellate Courts currently | ||||||
18 | reside. By Supreme Court Rule, the Second District Appellate | ||||||
19 | Court currently sits in Elgin; the Third District Appellate | ||||||
20 | Court currently sits in Ottawa; the Fourth District Appellate | ||||||
21 | Court currently sits in Springfield; and the Fifth District | ||||||
22 | Appellate Court currently sits in Mt. Vernon. Under this Act, | ||||||
23 | the Supreme Court is not required to change where the | ||||||
24 | Appellate Courts sit as those cities remain in the Second, | ||||||
25 | Third, Fourth, and Fifth District respectively. | ||||||
26 | To ensure continuity of service and compliance with the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Illinois Constitution of 1970, nothing in this Act is intended | ||||||
2 | to affect the tenure of any Appellate or Supreme Court Judge | ||||||
3 | elected or appointed prior to the effective date of this Act. | ||||||
4 | In accordance with the Constitution, no change in the | ||||||
5 | boundaries shall affect an incumbent judge's qualification for | ||||||
6 | office or right to run for retention. Incumbent judges have | ||||||
7 | the right to run for retention in the counties comprising the | ||||||
8 | District that elected the judge, or in the counties comprising | ||||||
9 | the new District where the judge resides, as the judge may | ||||||
10 | elect. As provided by the Constitution, upon a vacancy in an | ||||||
11 | elected Supreme or Appellate Court office, the Supreme Court | ||||||
12 | may fill the vacancy until the vacancy is filled in the next | ||||||
13 | general election in the counties comprising the District | ||||||
14 | created by this Act. | ||||||
15 | Further, nothing in this Act is intended to alter or | ||||||
16 | impair the ability of the Supreme Court to fulfill its | ||||||
17 | obligations to ensure the proper administration of the | ||||||
18 | Judicial Branch. For example, it remains within the purview of | ||||||
19 | the Supreme Court to assign or reassign any judge to any court | ||||||
20 | or determine assignment of additional judges to the Appellate | ||||||
21 | Court. Section 1 of the Appellate Act provides that the | ||||||
22 | "Supreme Court may assign additional judges to service in the | ||||||
23 | Appellate Court from time to time as the business of the | ||||||
24 | Appellate Court requires." Currently the Supreme Court has | ||||||
25 | three judges on assignment to the Second District Appellate | ||||||
26 | Court, whereas one judge is on assignment to the Third, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Fourth, and Fifth Districts. Nothing in this Act seeks to | ||||||
2 | alter any judicial assignments. | ||||||
3 | Finally, it is the intent of the General Assembly that any | ||||||
4 | appealable order, as defined by Supreme Court Rules, entered | ||||||
5 | prior to the effective date of this Act shall be subject to | ||||||
6 | judicial review by the Judicial District in effect on the date | ||||||
7 | the order was entered; however, the administrative and | ||||||
8 | supervisory authority of the courts remains within the purview | ||||||
9 | of the Supreme Court.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 102-11, eff. 6-4-21; revised 7-15-21.)
| ||||||
11 | Section 185. The Criminal Code of 2012 is amended by | ||||||
12 | changing Sections 7-5 and 7-5.5 as follows:
| ||||||
13 | (720 ILCS 5/7-5) (from Ch. 38, par. 7-5)
| ||||||
14 | Sec. 7-5. Peace officer's use of force in making arrest. | ||||||
15 | (a) A peace officer, or any person whom he has summoned or | ||||||
16 | directed
to assist him, need not retreat or desist from | ||||||
17 | efforts to make a lawful
arrest because of resistance or | ||||||
18 | threatened resistance to the arrest. He
is justified in the | ||||||
19 | use of any force which he reasonably believes, based on the | ||||||
20 | totality of the circumstances, to be
necessary to effect the | ||||||
21 | arrest and of any force which he reasonably
believes, based on | ||||||
22 | the totality of the circumstances, to be necessary to defend | ||||||
23 | himself or another from bodily harm
while making the arrest. | ||||||
24 | However, he is justified in using force likely
to cause death |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or great bodily harm only when: (i) he reasonably believes, | ||||||
2 | based on the totality of the circumstances,
that such force is | ||||||
3 | necessary to prevent death or great bodily harm to
himself or | ||||||
4 | such other person; or (ii) when he reasonably believes, based | ||||||
5 | on the totality of the circumstances, both that:
| ||||||
6 | (1) Such force is necessary to prevent the arrest from | ||||||
7 | being
defeated by resistance or escape and the officer | ||||||
8 | reasonably
believes that the person to be arrested is | ||||||
9 | likely to cause
great bodily harm to another; and
| ||||||
10 | (2) The person to be arrested committed or attempted a | ||||||
11 | forcible
felony which involves the infliction or | ||||||
12 | threatened infliction of great
bodily harm or is | ||||||
13 | attempting to escape by use of a deadly weapon, or
| ||||||
14 | otherwise indicates that he will endanger human life or | ||||||
15 | inflict great
bodily harm unless arrested without delay.
| ||||||
16 | As used in this subsection, "retreat" does not mean | ||||||
17 | tactical
repositioning or other de-escalation tactics. | ||||||
18 | A peace officer is not justified in using force likely to | ||||||
19 | cause death or great bodily harm when there is no longer an | ||||||
20 | imminent threat of great bodily harm to the officer or | ||||||
21 | another. | ||||||
22 | (a-5) Where feasible, a peace officer shall, prior to the | ||||||
23 | use of force, make reasonable efforts to identify himself or | ||||||
24 | herself as a peace
officer and to warn that deadly force may be | ||||||
25 | used. | ||||||
26 | (a-10) A peace officer shall not use deadly force against |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a person based on the danger that the person poses to himself | ||||||
2 | or herself if a
an reasonable officer would believe the person | ||||||
3 | does not pose an imminent threat of death or great bodily harm | ||||||
4 | to the peace officer or to another person. | ||||||
5 | (a-15) A peace officer shall not use deadly force against | ||||||
6 | a person who is suspected of committing a property offense, | ||||||
7 | unless that offense is terrorism or unless deadly force is | ||||||
8 | otherwise authorized by law. | ||||||
9 | (b) A peace officer making an arrest pursuant to an | ||||||
10 | invalid warrant
is justified in the use of any force which he | ||||||
11 | would be justified in
using if the warrant were valid, unless | ||||||
12 | he knows that the warrant is
invalid.
| ||||||
13 | (c) The authority to use physical force conferred on peace | ||||||
14 | officers by this Article is a serious responsibility that | ||||||
15 | shall be exercised judiciously and with respect for human | ||||||
16 | rights and dignity and for the sanctity of every human life. | ||||||
17 | (d) Peace officers shall use deadly force only when | ||||||
18 | reasonably necessary in defense of human life. In determining | ||||||
19 | whether deadly force is reasonably necessary, officers shall | ||||||
20 | evaluate each situation in light of the totality of | ||||||
21 | circumstances of each case , including , but not limited to , the | ||||||
22 | proximity in time of the use of force to the commission of a | ||||||
23 | forcible felony, and the reasonable feasibility of safely | ||||||
24 | apprehending a subject at a later time, and shall use other | ||||||
25 | available resources and techniques, if reasonably safe and | ||||||
26 | feasible to a reasonable officer. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (e) The decision by a peace officer to use force shall be | ||||||
2 | evaluated carefully and thoroughly, in a manner that reflects | ||||||
3 | the gravity of that authority and the serious consequences of | ||||||
4 | the use of force by peace officers, in order to ensure that | ||||||
5 | officers use force consistent with law and agency policies. | ||||||
6 | (f) The decision by a peace officer to use force shall be | ||||||
7 | evaluated from the perspective of a reasonable officer in the | ||||||
8 | same situation, based on the totality of the circumstances | ||||||
9 | known to or perceived by the officer at the time of the | ||||||
10 | decision, rather than with the benefit of hindsight, and that | ||||||
11 | the totality of the circumstances shall account for occasions | ||||||
12 | when officers may be forced to make quick judgments about | ||||||
13 | using force. | ||||||
14 | (g) Law enforcement agencies are encouraged to adopt and | ||||||
15 | develop policies designed to protect individuals with | ||||||
16 | physical, mental health, developmental, or intellectual | ||||||
17 | disabilities, or individuals who are significantly more likely | ||||||
18 | to experience greater levels of physical force during police | ||||||
19 | interactions, as these disabilities may affect the ability of | ||||||
20 | a person to understand or comply with commands from peace | ||||||
21 | officers. | ||||||
22 | (h) As used in this Section: | ||||||
23 | (1) "Deadly force" means any use of force that creates | ||||||
24 | a substantial risk of causing death or great bodily harm, | ||||||
25 | including, but not limited to, the discharge of a firearm. | ||||||
26 | (2) A threat of death or serious bodily injury is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "imminent" when, based on the totality of the | ||||||
2 | circumstances, a reasonable officer in the same situation | ||||||
3 | would believe that a person has the present ability, | ||||||
4 | opportunity, and apparent intent to immediately cause | ||||||
5 | death or great bodily harm to the peace officer or another | ||||||
6 | person. An imminent harm is not merely a fear of future | ||||||
7 | harm, no matter how great the fear and no matter how great | ||||||
8 | the likelihood of the harm, but is one that, from | ||||||
9 | appearances, must be instantly confronted and addressed. | ||||||
10 | (3) "Totality of the circumstances" means all facts | ||||||
11 | known to the peace officer at the time, or that would be | ||||||
12 | known to a reasonable officer in the same situation, | ||||||
13 | including the conduct of the officer and the subject | ||||||
14 | leading up to the use of deadly force. | ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21; 102-28, eff. 6-25-21; | ||||||
16 | revised 8-2-21.)
| ||||||
17 | (720 ILCS 5/7-5.5) | ||||||
18 | Sec. 7-5.5. Prohibited use of force by a peace officer. | ||||||
19 | (a) A peace officer, or any other person acting under the | ||||||
20 | color of law, shall not use a chokehold or restraint above the | ||||||
21 | shoulders with risk of asphyxiation in the performance of his | ||||||
22 | or her duties, unless deadly force is justified under this | ||||||
23 | Article 7 of this Code . | ||||||
24 | (b) A peace officer, or any other person acting under the | ||||||
25 | color of law, shall not use a chokehold or restraint above the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shoulders with risk of asphyxiation, or any lesser contact | ||||||
2 | with the throat or neck area of another, in order to prevent | ||||||
3 | the destruction of evidence by ingestion. | ||||||
4 | (c)
As used in this Section, "chokehold" means applying | ||||||
5 | any direct pressure to the throat, windpipe, or airway of | ||||||
6 | another. "Chokehold" does not include any holding involving | ||||||
7 | contact with the neck that is not intended to reduce the intake | ||||||
8 | of air such as a headlock where the only pressure applied is to | ||||||
9 | the head.
| ||||||
10 | (d) As used in this Section, "restraint above the | ||||||
11 | shoulders with risk of positional asphyxiation" means a use of | ||||||
12 | a technique used to restrain a person above the shoulders, | ||||||
13 | including the neck or head, in a position which interferes | ||||||
14 | with the person's ability to breathe after the person no | ||||||
15 | longer poses a threat to the officer or any other person. | ||||||
16 | (e) A peace officer, or any other person acting under the | ||||||
17 | color of law, shall not: | ||||||
18 | (i) use force as punishment or retaliation; | ||||||
19 | (ii) discharge kinetic impact projectiles and all | ||||||
20 | other non-lethal or non-or less-lethal projectiles in a | ||||||
21 | manner that targets the head, neck, groin, anterior | ||||||
22 | pelvis, or back; | ||||||
23 | (iii) discharge conducted electrical weapons in a | ||||||
24 | manner that targets the head, chest, neck, groin, or | ||||||
25 | anterior pelvis; | ||||||
26 | (iv) discharge firearms or kinetic impact projectiles |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | indiscriminately into a crowd; | ||||||
2 | (v) use chemical agents or irritants for crowd | ||||||
3 | control, including pepper spray and tear gas, prior to | ||||||
4 | issuing an order to disperse in a sufficient manner to | ||||||
5 | allow for the order to be heard and repeated if necessary, | ||||||
6 | followed by sufficient time and space to allow compliance | ||||||
7 | with the order unless providing such time and space would | ||||||
8 | unduly place an officer or another person at risk of death | ||||||
9 | or great bodily harm; or | ||||||
10 | (vi) use chemical agents or irritants, including | ||||||
11 | pepper spray and tear gas, prior to issuing an order in a | ||||||
12 | sufficient manner to ensure the order is heard, and | ||||||
13 | repeated if necessary, to allow compliance with the order | ||||||
14 | unless providing such time and space would unduly place an | ||||||
15 | officer or another person at risk of death or great bodily | ||||||
16 | harm. | ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21; 102-28, eff. 6-25-21; | ||||||
18 | revised 8-2-21.)
| ||||||
19 | Section 190. The State's Attorneys Appellate Prosecutor's | ||||||
20 | Act is amended by changing Section 3 as follows:
| ||||||
21 | (725 ILCS 210/3) (from Ch. 14, par. 203)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 3.
There is created the Office of the State's | ||||||
23 | Attorneys
Appellate Prosecutor as a judicial agency of State | ||||||
24 | state government.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) The Office of the State's Attorneys Appellate | ||||||
2 | Prosecutor shall
be governed by a board of governors which
| ||||||
3 | shall consist
of 10 members as follows:
| ||||||
4 | (1) Eight State's Attorneys, 2 to be elected from each | ||||||
5 | District
containing less than 3,000,000 inhabitants;
| ||||||
6 | (2) The State's Attorney of Cook County or his or her | ||||||
7 | designee; and
| ||||||
8 | (3) One State's Attorney to be bi-annually appointed | ||||||
9 | by the other 9 members.
| ||||||
10 | (b) Voting for elected members shall be by District with | ||||||
11 | each of the
State's Attorneys voting from their respective | ||||||
12 | district. Each
board member must be duly elected or appointed | ||||||
13 | and serving as
State's Attorney in the district from which he | ||||||
14 | was elected or appointed.
| ||||||
15 | (c) Elected members shall serve for a term of 2 years | ||||||
16 | commencing upon their election and until their successors are | ||||||
17 | duly elected or
appointed and qualified.
| ||||||
18 | (d) A bi-annual An bi-annually election of members of the | ||||||
19 | board
shall be held within 30 days prior or subsequent to the | ||||||
20 | beginning of the each odd numbered calendar year, and the | ||||||
21 | board shall certify
the results to the Secretary of State.
| ||||||
22 | (e) The board shall promulgate rules of procedure for the
| ||||||
23 | election of its members and the conduct of its meetings and | ||||||
24 | shall elect
a Chairman and a Vice-Chairman and such other | ||||||
25 | officers as it deems
appropriate. The board shall meet at | ||||||
26 | least once every 3
months, and in addition thereto as directed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | by the Chairman, or upon the special
call of any 5 members of | ||||||
2 | the board, in writing, sent to the
Chairman, designating the | ||||||
3 | time and place of the meeting.
| ||||||
4 | (f) Five members of the board shall constitute
a quorum | ||||||
5 | for the purpose of transacting business.
| ||||||
6 | (g) Members of the board shall serve without compensation, | ||||||
7 | but
shall be reimbursed for necessary expenses incurred in the | ||||||
8 | performance
of their duties.
| ||||||
9 | (h) A position shall be vacated by either a member's | ||||||
10 | resignation,
removal or inability to serve as State's | ||||||
11 | Attorney.
| ||||||
12 | (i) Vacancies on the board of elected members shall be | ||||||
13 | filled
within 90 days of the occurrence of the vacancy by a | ||||||
14 | special election
held by the State's Attorneys in the district | ||||||
15 | where the vacancy
occurred. Vacancies on the board of the | ||||||
16 | appointed member shall be
filled within 90 days of the | ||||||
17 | occurrence of the vacancy by a special
election by the | ||||||
18 | members. In the case of a special election, the tabulation and | ||||||
19 | certification of the results may be conducted at any regularly | ||||||
20 | scheduled quarterly or special meeting called for that | ||||||
21 | purpose. A member elected or appointed to fill
such position | ||||||
22 | shall serve for the unexpired term of the member whom he
is | ||||||
23 | succeeding. Any member may be re-elected or re-appointed for
| ||||||
24 | additional terms.
| ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 102-16, eff. 6-17-21; revised 7-16-21.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 195. The Unified Code of Corrections is amended by | ||||||
2 | changing Sections 3-2-5.5, 5-8-1, and 5-8A-4 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (730 ILCS 5/3-2-5.5) | ||||||
4 | Sec. 3-2-5.5. Women's Division. | ||||||
5 | (a) As used in this Section: | ||||||
6 | "Gender-responsive" means taking into account gender | ||||||
7 | specific differences that have been identified in | ||||||
8 | women-centered research, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
9 | socialization, psychological development, strengths, risk | ||||||
10 | factors, pathways through systems, responses to treatment | ||||||
11 | intervention, and other unique gender specific needs | ||||||
12 | facing justice-involved women. Gender responsive policies, | ||||||
13 | practices, programs, and services shall be implemented in | ||||||
14 | a manner that is considered relational, culturally | ||||||
15 | competent, family-centered, holistic, strength-based, and | ||||||
16 | trauma-informed. | ||||||
17 | "Trauma-informed practices" means practices | ||||||
18 | incorporating gender violence research and the impact of | ||||||
19 | all forms of trauma in designing and implementing | ||||||
20 | policies, practices, processes, programs, and services | ||||||
21 | that involve understanding, recognizing, and responding to | ||||||
22 | the effects of all types of trauma with emphasis on | ||||||
23 | physical, psychological, and emotional safety. | ||||||
24 | (b) The Department shall create a permanent Women's | ||||||
25 | Division under the direct supervision of the Director. The |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Women's Division shall have statewide authority and | ||||||
2 | operational oversight for all of the Department's women's | ||||||
3 | correctional centers and women's adult transition centers. | ||||||
4 | (c) The Director shall appoint a Chief Administrator for | ||||||
5 | the Women's Division who has received nationally recognized | ||||||
6 | specialized training in gender-responsive and trauma-informed | ||||||
7 | practices. The Chief Administrator shall be responsible for: | ||||||
8 | (1) management and supervision of all employees | ||||||
9 | assigned to the Women's Division correctional centers and | ||||||
10 | adult transition centers; | ||||||
11 | (2) development and implementation of evidence-based | ||||||
12 | evidenced-based , gender-responsive, and trauma-informed | ||||||
13 | practices that govern Women's Division operations and | ||||||
14 | programs; | ||||||
15 | (3) development of the Women's Division training, | ||||||
16 | orientation, and cycle curriculum, which shall be updated | ||||||
17 | as needed to align with gender responsive and | ||||||
18 | trauma-informed practices; | ||||||
19 | (4) training all staff assigned to the Women's | ||||||
20 | Division correctional centers and adult transition centers | ||||||
21 | on gender-responsive and trauma-informed practices; | ||||||
22 | (5) implementation of validated gender-responsive | ||||||
23 | classification and placement instruments; | ||||||
24 | (6) implementation of a gender-responsive risk, | ||||||
25 | assets, and needs assessment tool and case management | ||||||
26 | system for the Women's Division; and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (7) collaborating with the Chief Administrator of | ||||||
2 | Parole to ensure staff responsible for supervision of | ||||||
3 | females under mandatory supervised release are | ||||||
4 | appropriately trained in evidence-based practices in | ||||||
5 | community supervision, gender-responsive practices, and | ||||||
6 | trauma-informed practices.
| ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 100-527, eff. 6-1-18; 100-576, eff. 6-1-18; | ||||||
8 | revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
9 | (730 ILCS 5/5-8-1) (from Ch. 38, par. 1005-8-1)
| ||||||
10 | Sec. 5-8-1. Natural life imprisonment; enhancements for | ||||||
11 | use of a firearm; mandatory supervised release terms.
| ||||||
12 | (a) Except as otherwise provided in the statute defining | ||||||
13 | the offense or in Article 4.5 of Chapter V, a
sentence of | ||||||
14 | imprisonment for a felony shall be a determinate sentence set | ||||||
15 | by
the court under this Section, subject to Section 5-4.5-115 | ||||||
16 | of this Code, according to the following limitations:
| ||||||
17 | (1) for first degree murder,
| ||||||
18 | (a) (blank),
| ||||||
19 | (b) if a trier of fact finds beyond a reasonable
| ||||||
20 | doubt that the murder was accompanied by exceptionally
| ||||||
21 | brutal or heinous behavior indicative of wanton | ||||||
22 | cruelty or, except as set forth
in subsection | ||||||
23 | (a)(1)(c) of this Section, that any of the aggravating | ||||||
24 | factors
listed in subsection (b) or (b-5) of Section | ||||||
25 | 9-1 of the Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of 2012 are
present, the court may sentence the | ||||||
2 | defendant, subject to Section 5-4.5-105, to a term of | ||||||
3 | natural life
imprisonment, or
| ||||||
4 | (c) the court shall sentence the defendant to a | ||||||
5 | term of natural life
imprisonment if the defendant, at | ||||||
6 | the time of the commission of the murder, had attained | ||||||
7 | the age of 18, and :
| ||||||
8 | (i) has previously been convicted of first | ||||||
9 | degree murder under
any state or federal law, or
| ||||||
10 | (ii) is found guilty of murdering more
than | ||||||
11 | one victim, or
| ||||||
12 | (iii) is found guilty of murdering a peace | ||||||
13 | officer, fireman, or emergency management worker | ||||||
14 | when
the peace officer, fireman, or emergency | ||||||
15 | management worker was killed in the course of | ||||||
16 | performing his
official duties, or to prevent the | ||||||
17 | peace officer or fireman from
performing his | ||||||
18 | official duties, or in retaliation for the peace | ||||||
19 | officer,
fireman, or emergency management worker | ||||||
20 | from performing his official duties, and the | ||||||
21 | defendant knew or should
have known that the | ||||||
22 | murdered individual was a peace officer, fireman, | ||||||
23 | or emergency management worker, or
| ||||||
24 | (iv) is found guilty of murdering an employee | ||||||
25 | of an institution or
facility of the Department of | ||||||
26 | Corrections, or any similar local
correctional |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | agency, when the employee was killed in the course | ||||||
2 | of
performing his official duties, or to prevent | ||||||
3 | the employee from performing
his official duties, | ||||||
4 | or in retaliation for the employee performing his
| ||||||
5 | official duties, or
| ||||||
6 | (v) is found guilty of murdering an emergency | ||||||
7 | medical
technician - ambulance, emergency medical | ||||||
8 | technician - intermediate, emergency
medical | ||||||
9 | technician - paramedic, ambulance driver or other | ||||||
10 | medical assistance or
first aid person while | ||||||
11 | employed by a municipality or other governmental | ||||||
12 | unit
when the person was killed in the course of | ||||||
13 | performing official duties or
to prevent the | ||||||
14 | person from performing official duties or in | ||||||
15 | retaliation
for performing official duties and the | ||||||
16 | defendant knew or should have known
that the | ||||||
17 | murdered individual was an emergency medical | ||||||
18 | technician - ambulance,
emergency medical | ||||||
19 | technician - intermediate, emergency medical
| ||||||
20 | technician - paramedic, ambulance driver, or other | ||||||
21 | medical
assistant or first aid personnel, or
| ||||||
22 | (vi) (blank), or
| ||||||
23 | (vii) is found guilty of first degree murder | ||||||
24 | and the murder was
committed by reason of any | ||||||
25 | person's activity as a community policing | ||||||
26 | volunteer
or to prevent any person from engaging |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in activity as a community policing
volunteer. For | ||||||
2 | the purpose of this Section, "community policing | ||||||
3 | volunteer"
has the meaning ascribed to it in | ||||||
4 | Section 2-3.5 of the Criminal Code of 2012.
| ||||||
5 | For purposes of clause (v), "emergency medical | ||||||
6 | technician - ambulance",
"emergency medical technician - | ||||||
7 | intermediate", "emergency medical technician -
| ||||||
8 | paramedic", have the meanings ascribed to them in the | ||||||
9 | Emergency Medical
Services (EMS) Systems Act.
| ||||||
10 | (d)(i) if the person committed the offense while | ||||||
11 | armed with a
firearm, 15 years shall be added to | ||||||
12 | the term of imprisonment imposed by the
court;
| ||||||
13 | (ii) if, during the commission of the offense, the | ||||||
14 | person
personally discharged a firearm, 20 years shall | ||||||
15 | be added to the term of
imprisonment imposed by the | ||||||
16 | court;
| ||||||
17 | (iii) if, during the commission of the offense, | ||||||
18 | the person
personally discharged a firearm that | ||||||
19 | proximately caused great bodily harm,
permanent | ||||||
20 | disability, permanent disfigurement, or death to | ||||||
21 | another person, 25
years or up to a term of natural | ||||||
22 | life shall be added to the term of
imprisonment | ||||||
23 | imposed by the court.
| ||||||
24 | (2) (blank);
| ||||||
25 | (2.5) for a person who has attained the age of 18 years
| ||||||
26 | at the time of the commission of the offense and
who is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | convicted under the circumstances described in subdivision | ||||||
2 | (b)(1)(B) of Section 11-1.20 or
paragraph (3) of | ||||||
3 | subsection (b) of Section 12-13, subdivision (d)(2) of | ||||||
4 | Section 11-1.30 or paragraph (2) of subsection
(d) of | ||||||
5 | Section 12-14, subdivision (b)(1.2) of Section 11-1.40 or | ||||||
6 | paragraph (1.2) of subsection (b) of
Section 12-14.1, | ||||||
7 | subdivision (b)(2) of Section 11-1.40 or paragraph (2) of | ||||||
8 | subsection (b) of Section 12-14.1
of the Criminal Code of | ||||||
9 | 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012, the sentence shall be a | ||||||
10 | term of natural life
imprisonment.
| ||||||
11 | (b) (Blank).
| ||||||
12 | (c) (Blank).
| ||||||
13 | (d) Subject to
earlier termination under Section 3-3-8, | ||||||
14 | the parole or mandatory
supervised release term shall be | ||||||
15 | written as part of the sentencing order and shall be as | ||||||
16 | follows:
| ||||||
17 | (1) for first degree murder or for the offenses of | ||||||
18 | predatory criminal sexual assault of a child, aggravated | ||||||
19 | criminal sexual assault, and criminal sexual assault if | ||||||
20 | committed on or before December 12, 2005, 3 years;
| ||||||
21 | (1.5) except as provided in paragraph (7) of this | ||||||
22 | subsection (d), for a Class X felony except for the | ||||||
23 | offenses of predatory criminal sexual assault of a child, | ||||||
24 | aggravated criminal sexual assault, and criminal sexual | ||||||
25 | assault if committed on or after December 13, 2005 (the | ||||||
26 | effective date of Public Act 94-715) and except for the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | offense of aggravated child pornography under Section | ||||||
2 | 11-20.1B . , 11-20.3, or 11-20.1 with sentencing under | ||||||
3 | subsection (c-5) of Section 11-20.1 of the Criminal Code | ||||||
4 | of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012, if committed on or | ||||||
5 | after January 1, 2009, 18 months; | ||||||
6 | (2) except as provided in paragraph (7) of this | ||||||
7 | subsection (d), for a Class 1 felony or a Class 2 felony | ||||||
8 | except for the offense of criminal sexual assault if | ||||||
9 | committed on or after December 13, 2005 (the effective | ||||||
10 | date of Public Act 94-715) and except for the offenses of | ||||||
11 | manufacture and dissemination of child pornography under | ||||||
12 | clauses (a)(1) and (a)(2) of Section 11-20.1 of the | ||||||
13 | Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012, if | ||||||
14 | committed on or after January 1, 2009, 12 months;
| ||||||
15 | (3) except as provided in paragraph (4), (6), or (7) | ||||||
16 | of this subsection (d), a mandatory supervised release | ||||||
17 | term shall not be imposed for a Class 3 felony or a Class 4 | ||||||
18 | felony; unless: | ||||||
19 | (A) the Prisoner Review Board, based on a | ||||||
20 | validated risk and needs assessment, determines it is | ||||||
21 | necessary for an offender to serve a mandatory | ||||||
22 | supervised release term; | ||||||
23 | (B) if the Prisoner Review Board determines a | ||||||
24 | mandatory supervised release term is necessary | ||||||
25 | pursuant to subparagraph (A) of this paragraph (3), | ||||||
26 | the Prisoner Review Board shall specify the maximum |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | number of months of mandatory supervised release the | ||||||
2 | offender may serve, limited to a term of:
(i) 12 months | ||||||
3 | for a Class 3 felony;
and (ii) 12 months for a Class 4 | ||||||
4 | felony;
| ||||||
5 | (4) for defendants who commit the offense of predatory | ||||||
6 | criminal sexual assault of a child, aggravated criminal | ||||||
7 | sexual assault, or criminal sexual assault, on or after | ||||||
8 | December 13, 2005 ( the effective date of Public Act | ||||||
9 | 94-715) this amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly , | ||||||
10 | or who commit the offense of aggravated child pornography | ||||||
11 | under Section 11-20.1B, 11-20.3, or 11-20.1 with | ||||||
12 | sentencing under subsection (c-5) of Section 11-20.1 of | ||||||
13 | the Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012, | ||||||
14 | manufacture of child pornography, or dissemination of | ||||||
15 | child pornography after January 1, 2009, the term of | ||||||
16 | mandatory supervised release shall range from a minimum of | ||||||
17 | 3 years to a maximum of the natural life of the defendant;
| ||||||
18 | (5) if the victim is under 18 years of age, for a | ||||||
19 | second or subsequent
offense of aggravated criminal sexual | ||||||
20 | abuse or felony criminal sexual abuse,
4 years, at least | ||||||
21 | the first 2 years of which the defendant shall serve in an
| ||||||
22 | electronic monitoring or home detention program under | ||||||
23 | Article 8A of Chapter V of this Code;
| ||||||
24 | (6) for a felony domestic battery, aggravated domestic | ||||||
25 | battery, stalking, aggravated stalking, and a felony | ||||||
26 | violation of an order of protection, 4 years; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (7) for any felony described in paragraph (a)(2)(ii), | ||||||
2 | (a)(2)(iii), (a)(2)(iv), (a)(2)(vi), (a)(2.1), (a)(2.3), | ||||||
3 | (a)(2.4), (a)(2.5), or (a)(2.6) of Article 5, Section | ||||||
4 | 3-6-3 of the Unified Code of Corrections requiring an | ||||||
5 | inmate to serve a minimum of 85% of their court-imposed | ||||||
6 | sentence, except for the offenses of predatory criminal | ||||||
7 | sexual assault of a child, aggravated criminal sexual | ||||||
8 | assault, and criminal sexual assault if committed on or | ||||||
9 | after December 13, 2005 (the effective date of Public Act | ||||||
10 | 94-715) and except for the offense of aggravated child | ||||||
11 | pornography under Section 11-20.1B . , 11-20.3, or 11-20.1 | ||||||
12 | with sentencing under subsection (c-5) of Section 11-20.1 | ||||||
13 | of the Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012, | ||||||
14 | if committed on or after January 1, 2009 and except as | ||||||
15 | provided in paragraph (4) or paragraph (6) of this | ||||||
16 | subsection (d), the term of mandatory supervised release | ||||||
17 | shall be as follows: | ||||||
18 | (A) Class X felony, 3 years; | ||||||
19 | (B) Class 1 or Class 2 felonies, 2 years; | ||||||
20 | (C) Class 3 or Class 4 felonies, 1 year. | ||||||
21 | (e) (Blank).
| ||||||
22 | (f) (Blank).
| ||||||
23 | (g) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Act and | ||||||
24 | of Public Act 101-652: (i) the provisions of paragraph (3) of | ||||||
25 | subsection (d) are effective on January 1, 2022 and shall | ||||||
26 | apply to all individuals convicted on or after the effective |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | date of paragraph (3) of subsection (d); and (ii) the | ||||||
2 | provisions of paragraphs (1.5) and (2) of subsection (d) are | ||||||
3 | effective on July 1, 2021 and shall apply to all individuals | ||||||
4 | convicted on or after the effective date of paragraphs (1.5) | ||||||
5 | and (2) of subsection (d). | ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 101-288, eff. 1-1-20; 101-652, eff. 7-1-21; | ||||||
7 | 102-28, eff. 6-25-21; revised 8-2-21.)
| ||||||
8 | (730 ILCS 5/5-8A-4) (from Ch. 38, par. 1005-8A-4)
| ||||||
9 | Sec. 5-8A-4. Program description. The supervising | ||||||
10 | authority may
promulgate rules that prescribe reasonable | ||||||
11 | guidelines under which an
electronic monitoring and home | ||||||
12 | detention program shall operate. When using electronic | ||||||
13 | monitoring for home detention these rules may include ,
but not | ||||||
14 | be limited to , the following:
| ||||||
15 | (A) The participant may be instructed to remain within | ||||||
16 | the interior premises or within
the property boundaries of | ||||||
17 | his or her residence at all times during the
hours | ||||||
18 | designated by the supervising authority. Such instances of | ||||||
19 | approved
absences from the home shall include , but are not | ||||||
20 | limited to , the following:
| ||||||
21 | (1) working or employment approved by the court or | ||||||
22 | traveling to or from
approved employment;
| ||||||
23 | (2) unemployed and seeking employment approved for | ||||||
24 | the participant by
the court;
| ||||||
25 | (3) undergoing medical, psychiatric, mental health |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | treatment,
counseling, or other treatment programs | ||||||
2 | approved for the participant by
the court;
| ||||||
3 | (4) attending an educational institution or a | ||||||
4 | program approved for the
participant by the court;
| ||||||
5 | (5) attending a regularly scheduled religious | ||||||
6 | service at a place of worship;
| ||||||
7 | (6) participating in community work release or | ||||||
8 | community service
programs approved for the | ||||||
9 | participant by the supervising authority; or
| ||||||
10 | (7) for another compelling reason consistent with | ||||||
11 | the public interest,
as approved by the supervising | ||||||
12 | authority ; or . | ||||||
13 | (8) purchasing groceries, food, or other basic | ||||||
14 | necessities.
| ||||||
15 | (A-1) At a minimum, any person ordered to pretrial | ||||||
16 | home confinement with or without electronic monitoring | ||||||
17 | must be provided with movement spread out over no fewer | ||||||
18 | than two days per week, to participate in basic activities | ||||||
19 | such as those listed in paragraph (A). | ||||||
20 | (B) The participant shall admit any person or agent | ||||||
21 | designated by the
supervising authority into his or her | ||||||
22 | residence at any time for
purposes of verifying the | ||||||
23 | participant's compliance with the conditions of
his or her | ||||||
24 | detention.
| ||||||
25 | (C) The participant shall make the necessary | ||||||
26 | arrangements to allow for
any person or agent designated |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | by the supervising authority to visit
the participant's | ||||||
2 | place of education or employment at any time, based upon
| ||||||
3 | the approval of the educational institution employer or | ||||||
4 | both, for the
purpose of verifying the participant's | ||||||
5 | compliance with the conditions of
his or her detention.
| ||||||
6 | (D) The participant shall acknowledge and participate | ||||||
7 | with the approved
electronic monitoring device as | ||||||
8 | designated by the supervising authority
at any time for | ||||||
9 | the purpose of verifying the
participant's compliance with | ||||||
10 | the conditions of his or her detention.
| ||||||
11 | (E) The participant shall maintain the following:
| ||||||
12 | (1) access to a working telephone;
| ||||||
13 | (2) a monitoring device in the participant's home, | ||||||
14 | or on the
participant's person, or both; and
| ||||||
15 | (3) a monitoring device in the participant's home | ||||||
16 | and on the
participant's person in the absence of a | ||||||
17 | telephone.
| ||||||
18 | (F) The participant shall obtain approval from the | ||||||
19 | supervising authority
before the participant changes | ||||||
20 | residence or the schedule
described in subsection (A) of | ||||||
21 | this Section. Such approval shall not be unreasonably | ||||||
22 | withheld.
| ||||||
23 | (G) The participant shall not commit another crime | ||||||
24 | during the period of
home detention ordered by the Court.
| ||||||
25 | (H) Notice to the participant that violation of the | ||||||
26 | order for home
detention may subject the participant to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | prosecution for the crime of escape
as described in | ||||||
2 | Section 5-8A-4.1.
| ||||||
3 | (I) The participant shall abide by other conditions as | ||||||
4 | set by the
supervising authority. | ||||||
5 | (J) This Section takes effect January 1, 2022.
| ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21; 102-28, eff. 6-25-21; | ||||||
7 | revised 8-3-21.)
| ||||||
8 | Section 200. The Reporting of Deaths in Custody Act is | ||||||
9 | amended by changing Section 3-5 as follows:
| ||||||
10 | (730 ILCS 210/3-5)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 3-5. Report of deaths of persons in custody in
| ||||||
12 | correctional institutions.
| ||||||
13 | (a) In this Act, "law enforcement agency" includes each | ||||||
14 | law
enforcement entity within this State having the authority | ||||||
15 | to
arrest and detain persons suspected of, or charged with,
| ||||||
16 | committing a criminal offense, and each law enforcement entity
| ||||||
17 | that operates a lock up, jail, prison, or any other facility
| ||||||
18 | used to detain persons for legitimate law enforcement | ||||||
19 | purposes. | ||||||
20 | (b) In any case in which a person dies:
| ||||||
21 | (1) while in the custody of:
| ||||||
22 | (A) a law enforcement agency; | ||||||
23 | (B) a local or State correctional facility in this
| ||||||
24 | State; or
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (C) a peace officer; or
| ||||||
2 | (2) as a result of the peace officer's use of force,
| ||||||
3 | the law enforcement agency shall investigate and report | ||||||
4 | the
death in writing to the Illinois Criminal Justice | ||||||
5 | Information Authority, no later than 30 days
after the | ||||||
6 | date on which the person in custody or incarcerated
died. | ||||||
7 | The written report shall contain the following
| ||||||
8 | information: | ||||||
9 | (A) the following facts concerning the death that | ||||||
10 | are in the possession of the law enforcement agency in | ||||||
11 | charge of the
investigation and the correctional | ||||||
12 | facility where the
death occurred, race, age, gender, | ||||||
13 | sexual orientation, and gender identity of the | ||||||
14 | decedent, and a brief description of causes, | ||||||
15 | contributing factors and the circumstances surrounding | ||||||
16 | the death;
| ||||||
17 | (B) if the death occurred in
custody, the report
| ||||||
18 | shall also include the jurisdiction, the law | ||||||
19 | enforcement agency
providing the investigation, and | ||||||
20 | the local or State
facility where the death occurred; | ||||||
21 | (C) if the death occurred in
custody the report
| ||||||
22 | shall also include if emergency care was requested by | ||||||
23 | the law
enforcement agency in response to any illness, | ||||||
24 | injury, self-inflicted or otherwise, or other issue | ||||||
25 | related to
rapid deterioration of physical wellness or | ||||||
26 | human
subsistence, and details concerning emergency |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | care that
were provided to the decedent if emergency | ||||||
2 | care was
provided. | ||||||
3 | (c) The law enforcement agency and the involved
| ||||||
4 | correctional administrators shall make a good faith effort to | ||||||
5 | obtain all relevant facts and circumstances relevant to the
| ||||||
6 | death and include those in the report. | ||||||
7 | (d) The Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority | ||||||
8 | shall create a standardized form
to be used for the purpose of | ||||||
9 | collecting information as
described in subsection (b). The | ||||||
10 | information shall comply with this Act and the federal Federal | ||||||
11 | Death in Custody Reporting Act of 2013. | ||||||
12 | (e) Law enforcement agencies shall use the form described
| ||||||
13 | in subsection (d) to report all cases in which a person dies:
| ||||||
14 | (1) while in the custody of:
| ||||||
15 | (A) a law enforcement agency;
| ||||||
16 | (B) a local or State correctional facility in this | ||||||
17 | State; or | ||||||
18 | (C) a peace officer; or
| ||||||
19 | (2) as a result of the peace officer's use of force. | ||||||
20 | (f) The Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority | ||||||
21 | may determine the manner in which
the form is transmitted from | ||||||
22 | a law enforcement agency to the
Illinois Criminal Justice | ||||||
23 | Information Authority. All state agencies that collect similar | ||||||
24 | records as required under this Act, including the Illinois | ||||||
25 | State Police, Illinois Department of Corrections, and Illinois | ||||||
26 | Department of Juvenile Justice, shall collaborate with the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Illinois Criminal Justice and Information Authority to collect | ||||||
2 | the information in this Act. | ||||||
3 | (g) The reports shall be public records within the meaning
| ||||||
4 | of subsection (c) of Section 2 of the Freedom of Information
| ||||||
5 | Act and are open to public inspection, with the exception of
| ||||||
6 | any portion of the report that the Illinois Criminal Justice | ||||||
7 | Information Authority determines
is privileged or protected | ||||||
8 | under Illinois or federal law. | ||||||
9 | (g-5) The Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority | ||||||
10 | shall begin collecting this information by January 1, 2022. | ||||||
11 | The reports and publications in subsections (h) and below | ||||||
12 | shall begin by June 1, 2022. | ||||||
13 | (h) The Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority | ||||||
14 | shall make available to the public
information of all | ||||||
15 | individual reports relating to deaths in
custody through the | ||||||
16 | Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority's website to | ||||||
17 | be updated on
a quarterly basis. | ||||||
18 | (i) The Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority | ||||||
19 | shall issue a public annual report
tabulating and evaluating | ||||||
20 | trends and information on deaths in
custody, including, but | ||||||
21 | not limited to: | ||||||
22 | (1) information regarding the race,
gender, sexual | ||||||
23 | orientation, and gender identity of the decedent; and a | ||||||
24 | brief description
of the circumstances
surrounding the | ||||||
25 | death;
| ||||||
26 | (2) if the death occurred in
custody, the report
shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | also include the jurisdiction, law enforcement agency | ||||||
2 | providing
the investigation, and local or State facility | ||||||
3 | where the
death occurred; and
| ||||||
4 | (3) recommendations and State and local efforts
| ||||||
5 | underway to reduce deaths in custody. | ||||||
6 | The report shall be submitted to the Governor and General | ||||||
7 | Assembly and made available to the public on the Illinois | ||||||
8 | Criminal Justice Information Authority's website the first | ||||||
9 | week of February of each year. | ||||||
10 | (j) So that the State may oversee the healthcare provided
| ||||||
11 | to any person in the custody of each law enforcement agency
| ||||||
12 | within this State, provision of medical services to these
| ||||||
13 | persons, general care and treatment, and any other factors | ||||||
14 | that
may contribute to the death of any of these persons, the
| ||||||
15 | following information shall be made available to the public on
| ||||||
16 | the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority's website:
| ||||||
17 | (1) the number of deaths that occurred during the
| ||||||
18 | preceding calendar year;
| ||||||
19 | (2) the known, or discoverable upon reasonable
| ||||||
20 | inquiry, causes and contributing factors of each of the | ||||||
21 | in-custody deaths as defined in subsection (b); and
| ||||||
22 | (3) the law enforcement agency's policies, procedures,
| ||||||
23 | and protocols related to: | ||||||
24 | (A) treatment of a person experiencing withdrawal | ||||||
25 | from alcohol or substance use;
| ||||||
26 | (B) the facility's provision, or lack of
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | provision, of medications used to treat, mitigate, or | ||||||
2 | address a person's symptoms; and
| ||||||
3 | (C) notifying an inmate's next of kin after the
| ||||||
4 | inmate's in-custody death. | ||||||
5 | (k) The family, next of kin, or any other person | ||||||
6 | reasonably nominated by the decedent as an emergency contact | ||||||
7 | shall be
notified as soon as possible in a suitable manner | ||||||
8 | giving an
accurate factual account of the cause of death and
| ||||||
9 | circumstances surrounding the death in custody in accordance | ||||||
10 | with State and federal law. | ||||||
11 | (l) The law enforcement agency or correctional facility
| ||||||
12 | shall name a staff person to act as dedicated family liaison
| ||||||
13 | officer to be a point of contact for the family, to make and
| ||||||
14 | maintain contact with the family, to report ongoing | ||||||
15 | developments and findings of investigations, and to provide
| ||||||
16 | information and practical support. If requested by the
| ||||||
17 | deceased's next of kin, the law enforcement agency or
| ||||||
18 | correctional facility shall arrange for a chaplain, counselor,
| ||||||
19 | or other suitable staff member to meet with the family and
| ||||||
20 | discuss any faith considerations or concerns. The family has a
| ||||||
21 | right to the medical records of a family member who has died in
| ||||||
22 | custody and these records shall be disclosed to them in | ||||||
23 | accordance with State and federal law. | ||||||
24 | (m) Each department shall assign an employee or employees | ||||||
25 | to file reports under this Section. It is unlawful for a person | ||||||
26 | who is required under this
Section to investigate a death or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | file a report to fail to
include in the report facts known or | ||||||
2 | discovered in the
investigation to the Illinois Criminal | ||||||
3 | Justice Information Authority. A violation of this
Section is | ||||||
4 | a petty offense, with a fine not to exceed $500.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21; 102-28, eff. 6-25-21; | ||||||
6 | revised 8-3-21.)
| ||||||
7 | Section 205. The Probate Act of 1975 is amended by | ||||||
8 | changing Section 11a-4 as follows:
| ||||||
9 | (755 ILCS 5/11a-4)
| ||||||
10 | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 102-72 ) | ||||||
11 | Sec. 11a-4. Temporary guardian. | ||||||
12 | (a) Prior to the appointment of a guardian
under this | ||||||
13 | Article, pending an appeal in relation to the
appointment, or
| ||||||
14 | pending the
completion of a citation proceeding brought | ||||||
15 | pursuant to Section 23-3 of this
Act,
or upon a guardian's | ||||||
16 | death, incapacity, or resignation, the court may appoint a | ||||||
17 | temporary guardian upon a showing of the necessity
therefor | ||||||
18 | for the immediate welfare and protection of the alleged
person | ||||||
19 | with a disability or his or her estate
and subject to such | ||||||
20 | conditions as the court may prescribe. A petition for the | ||||||
21 | appointment of a temporary guardian for an alleged person with | ||||||
22 | a disability shall be filed at the time of or subsequent to the | ||||||
23 | filing of a petition for adjudication of disability and | ||||||
24 | appointment of a guardian. The petition for the appointment of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a temporary guardian shall state the facts upon which it is | ||||||
2 | based and the name, the post office address, and, in the case | ||||||
3 | of an individual, the age and occupation of the proposed | ||||||
4 | temporary guardian.
In determining the necessity for temporary | ||||||
5 | guardianship, the immediate
welfare and protection of the | ||||||
6 | alleged person with a disability and his or her estate
shall be
| ||||||
7 | of paramount concern, and the interests of the petitioner, any | ||||||
8 | care provider,
or any other party shall not outweigh the | ||||||
9 | interests of the alleged person with a disability.
The | ||||||
10 | temporary guardian shall have the limited powers and duties of | ||||||
11 | a guardian
of the person or of the estate which are | ||||||
12 | specifically enumerated by court
order. The court order shall | ||||||
13 | state the actual harm identified by the court
that | ||||||
14 | necessitates temporary guardianship or any extension thereof. | ||||||
15 | (a-5) Notice of the time and place of the hearing on a | ||||||
16 | petition for the appointment of a temporary guardian shall be | ||||||
17 | given, not less than 3 days before the hearing, by mail or in | ||||||
18 | person to the alleged person with a disability, to the | ||||||
19 | proposed temporary guardian, and to those persons whose names | ||||||
20 | and addresses are listed in the petition for adjudication of | ||||||
21 | disability and appointment of a guardian under Section 11a-8. | ||||||
22 | The court, upon a finding of good cause, may waive the notice | ||||||
23 | requirement under this subsection. | ||||||
24 | (a-10) Notice of the time and place of the hearing on a | ||||||
25 | petition to revoke the appointment of a temporary guardian | ||||||
26 | shall be given, not less than 3 days before the hearing, by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | mail or in person to the temporary guardian, to the petitioner | ||||||
2 | on whose petition the temporary guardian was appointed, and to | ||||||
3 | those persons whose names and addresses are listed in the | ||||||
4 | petition for adjudication of disability and appointment of a | ||||||
5 | guardian under Section 11a-8. The court, upon a finding of | ||||||
6 | good cause, may waive the notice requirements under this | ||||||
7 | subsection. | ||||||
8 | (b) The temporary guardianship shall
expire within 60 days | ||||||
9 | after the
appointment or whenever a guardian is regularly | ||||||
10 | appointed, whichever occurs
first. No extension shall be | ||||||
11 | granted except:
| ||||||
12 | (1) In a case where there has been an adjudication of | ||||||
13 | disability, an extension shall be granted: | ||||||
14 | (i) pending the disposition on appeal of an | ||||||
15 | adjudication of disability; | ||||||
16 | (ii) pending the completion of a citation | ||||||
17 | proceeding brought pursuant to Section 23-3; | ||||||
18 | (iii) pending the appointment of a successor | ||||||
19 | guardian in a case where the former guardian has | ||||||
20 | resigned, has become incapacitated, or is deceased; or | ||||||
21 | (iv) where the guardian's powers have been | ||||||
22 | suspended pursuant to a court order. | ||||||
23 | (2) In a case where there has not been an adjudication | ||||||
24 | of disability, an extension shall be granted pending the | ||||||
25 | disposition of a petition brought pursuant to Section | ||||||
26 | 11a-8 so long as the court finds it is in the best interest |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of the alleged person with a disability to extend the | ||||||
2 | temporary guardianship so as to protect the alleged person | ||||||
3 | with a disability from any potential abuse, neglect, | ||||||
4 | self-neglect, exploitation, or other harm and such | ||||||
5 | extension lasts no more than 120 days from the date the | ||||||
6 | temporary guardian was originally appointed. | ||||||
7 | The ward shall have the right any time after the | ||||||
8 | appointment
of a temporary guardian is made to petition the | ||||||
9 | court to revoke the appointment
of the temporary guardian.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 102-120, eff. 7-23-21; revised 8-3-21.)
| ||||||
11 | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 102-72 )
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 11a-4. Temporary guardian. | ||||||
13 | (a) Prior to the appointment of a guardian
under this | ||||||
14 | Article, pending an appeal in relation to the
appointment, or
| ||||||
15 | pending the
completion of a citation proceeding brought | ||||||
16 | pursuant to Section 23-3 of this
Act,
or upon a guardian's | ||||||
17 | death, incapacity, or resignation, the court may appoint a | ||||||
18 | temporary guardian upon a showing of the necessity
therefor | ||||||
19 | for the immediate welfare and protection of the alleged
person | ||||||
20 | with a disability or his or her estate
and subject to such | ||||||
21 | conditions as the court may prescribe. A petition for the | ||||||
22 | appointment of a temporary guardian for an alleged person with | ||||||
23 | a disability shall be filed at the time of or subsequent to the | ||||||
24 | filing of a petition for adjudication of disability and | ||||||
25 | appointment of a guardian. The petition for the appointment of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a temporary guardian shall state the facts upon which it is | ||||||
2 | based and the name, the post office address, and, in the case | ||||||
3 | of an individual, the age and occupation of the proposed | ||||||
4 | temporary guardian.
In determining the necessity for temporary | ||||||
5 | guardianship, the immediate
welfare and protection of the | ||||||
6 | alleged person with a disability and his or her estate
shall be
| ||||||
7 | of paramount concern, and the interests of the petitioner, any | ||||||
8 | care provider,
or any other party shall not outweigh the | ||||||
9 | interests of the alleged person with a disability.
The | ||||||
10 | temporary guardian shall have the limited powers and duties of | ||||||
11 | a guardian
of the person or of the estate which are | ||||||
12 | specifically enumerated by court
order. The court order shall | ||||||
13 | state the actual harm identified by the court
that | ||||||
14 | necessitates temporary guardianship or any extension thereof. | ||||||
15 | (a-5) Notice of the time and place of the hearing on a | ||||||
16 | petition for the appointment of a temporary guardian shall be | ||||||
17 | given, not less than 3 days before the hearing, by mail or in | ||||||
18 | person to the alleged person with a disability, to the | ||||||
19 | proposed temporary guardian, and to those persons whose names | ||||||
20 | and addresses are listed in the petition for adjudication of | ||||||
21 | disability and appointment of a guardian under Section 11a-8. | ||||||
22 | The court, upon a finding of good cause, may waive the notice | ||||||
23 | requirement under this subsection. | ||||||
24 | (a-10) Notice of the time and place of the hearing on a | ||||||
25 | petition to revoke the appointment of a temporary guardian | ||||||
26 | shall be given, not less than 3 days before the hearing, by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | mail or in person to the temporary guardian, to the petitioner | ||||||
2 | on whose petition the temporary guardian was appointed, and to | ||||||
3 | those persons whose names and addresses are listed in the | ||||||
4 | petition for adjudication of disability and appointment of a | ||||||
5 | guardian under Section 11a-8. The court, upon a finding of | ||||||
6 | good cause, may waive the notice requirements under this | ||||||
7 | subsection. | ||||||
8 | (b) The temporary guardianship shall
expire within 60 days | ||||||
9 | after the
appointment or whenever a guardian is regularly | ||||||
10 | appointed, whichever occurs
first. No extension shall be | ||||||
11 | granted except:
| ||||||
12 | (1) In a case where there has been an adjudication of | ||||||
13 | disability, an extension shall be granted: | ||||||
14 | (i) pending the disposition on appeal of an | ||||||
15 | adjudication of disability; | ||||||
16 | (ii) pending the completion of a citation | ||||||
17 | proceeding brought pursuant to Section 23-3; | ||||||
18 | (iii) pending the appointment of a successor | ||||||
19 | guardian in a case where the former guardian has | ||||||
20 | resigned, has become incapacitated, or is deceased; or | ||||||
21 | (iv) where the guardian's powers have been | ||||||
22 | suspended pursuant to a court order. | ||||||
23 | (2) In a case where there has not been an adjudication | ||||||
24 | of disability, an extension shall be granted pending the | ||||||
25 | disposition of a petition brought pursuant to Section | ||||||
26 | 11a-8 so long as the court finds it is in the best |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | interests of the alleged person with a disability to | ||||||
2 | extend the temporary guardianship so as to protect the | ||||||
3 | alleged person with a disability from any potential abuse, | ||||||
4 | neglect, self-neglect, exploitation, or other harm and | ||||||
5 | such extension lasts no more than 120 days from the date | ||||||
6 | the temporary guardian was originally appointed. | ||||||
7 | The ward shall have the right any time after the | ||||||
8 | appointment
of a temporary guardian is made to petition the | ||||||
9 | court to revoke the appointment
of the temporary guardian.
| ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 102-72, eff. 1-1-22; 102-120, eff 7-23-21; | ||||||
11 | revised 8-3-21.)
| ||||||
12 | Section 210. The Self-Service Storage Facility Act is | ||||||
13 | amended by changing Section 4 as follows:
| ||||||
14 | (770 ILCS 95/4) (from Ch. 114, par. 804)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 4. Enforcement of lien. An owner's lien as provided | ||||||
16 | for in Section
3 of this Act for a claim which has become due | ||||||
17 | may be satisfied as follows:
| ||||||
18 | (A) The occupant shall be notified . ;
| ||||||
19 | (B) The notice shall be delivered: | ||||||
20 | (1) in person; or | ||||||
21 | (2) by verified mail
or by electronic mail to the last | ||||||
22 | known address of the occupant . ;
| ||||||
23 | (C) The notice shall include:
| ||||||
24 | (1) An itemized statement of the owner's claim showing |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the sum due at
the time of the notice and the date when the | ||||||
2 | sum became due;
| ||||||
3 | (2) The name of the facility, address, telephone | ||||||
4 | number, date, time, location, and manner of the lien sale, | ||||||
5 | and the occupant's name and unit number;
| ||||||
6 | (3) A notice of denial of access to the personal | ||||||
7 | property, if such denial
is permitted under the terms of | ||||||
8 | the rental agreement, which provides the
name, street | ||||||
9 | address, and telephone number of the owner, or his | ||||||
10 | designated
agent, whom the occupant may contact to respond | ||||||
11 | to this notice; | ||||||
12 | (3.5) Except as otherwise provided by a rental | ||||||
13 | agreement and until a lien sale, the exclusive care, | ||||||
14 | custody, and control of all personal property stored in | ||||||
15 | the leased self-service storage space remains vested in | ||||||
16 | the occupant. No bailment or higher level of liability is | ||||||
17 | created if the owner over-locks the occupant's lock, | ||||||
18 | thereby denying the occupant access to the storage space. | ||||||
19 | Rent and other charges related to the lien continue to | ||||||
20 | accrue during the period of time when access is denied | ||||||
21 | because of non-payment;
| ||||||
22 | (4) A demand for payment within a specified time not | ||||||
23 | less than 14 days
after delivery of the notice;
| ||||||
24 | (5) A conspicuous statement that unless the claim is | ||||||
25 | paid within the time
stated in the notice, the personal | ||||||
26 | property will be advertised for sale
or other disposition, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and will be sold or otherwise disposed of at a specified
| ||||||
2 | time and place.
| ||||||
3 | (D) Any notice made pursuant to this Section shall be | ||||||
4 | presumed delivered
when it is deposited with the United States | ||||||
5 | Postal Service, and properly
addressed with postage prepaid or | ||||||
6 | sent by electronic mail and the owner receives a receipt of | ||||||
7 | delivery to the occupant's last known address, except if the | ||||||
8 | owner does not receive a receipt of delivery for the notice | ||||||
9 | sent by electronic mail, the notice is presumed delivered when | ||||||
10 | it is sent to the occupant by verified mail to the occupant's | ||||||
11 | last known mailing address . ;
| ||||||
12 | (E) After the expiration of the time given in the notice, | ||||||
13 | an advertisement
of the sale or other disposition shall be | ||||||
14 | published once a week for two
consecutive weeks in a newspaper | ||||||
15 | of general circulation where the self-service
storage facility | ||||||
16 | is located. The advertisement shall include:
| ||||||
17 | (1) The name of the facility, address, telephone | ||||||
18 | number, date, time, location, and manner of lien sale and | ||||||
19 | the occupant's name and unit number.
| ||||||
20 | (2) (Blank).
| ||||||
21 | (3) The
sale or other disposition shall take place not | ||||||
22 | sooner than 15 days after
the first publication. If there | ||||||
23 | is no newspaper of general circulation
where the | ||||||
24 | self-service storage facility is located, the | ||||||
25 | advertisement shall
be posted at least 10 days before the | ||||||
26 | date of the sale or other disposition
in not less than 6 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | conspicuous places in the neighborhood where the | ||||||
2 | self-service
storage facility is located.
| ||||||
3 | (F) Any sale or other disposition of the personal property | ||||||
4 | shall conform
to the terms of the notification as provided for | ||||||
5 | in this Section . ;
| ||||||
6 | (G) Any sale or other disposition of the personal property | ||||||
7 | shall be held
at the self-service storage facility, or at the | ||||||
8 | nearest suitable place to
where the personal property is held | ||||||
9 | or stored. A sale under this Section shall be deemed to be held | ||||||
10 | at the self-service storage facility where the personal | ||||||
11 | property is stored if the sale is held on a publicly accessible | ||||||
12 | online website . ;
| ||||||
13 | (G-5) If the property upon which the lien is claimed is a | ||||||
14 | motor vehicle or watercraft and rent or other charges related | ||||||
15 | to the property remain unpaid or unsatisfied for 60 days, the | ||||||
16 | owner may have the property towed from the self-service | ||||||
17 | storage facility. If a motor vehicle or watercraft is towed, | ||||||
18 | the owner shall not be liable for any damage to the motor | ||||||
19 | vehicle or watercraft, once the tower takes possession of the | ||||||
20 | property. After the motor vehicle or watercraft is towed, the | ||||||
21 | owner may pursue other collection options against the | ||||||
22 | delinquent occupant for any outstanding debt. If the owner | ||||||
23 | chooses to sell a motor vehicle, aircraft, mobile home, moped, | ||||||
24 | motorcycle, snowmobile, trailer, or watercraft, the owner | ||||||
25 | shall contact the Secretary of State and any other | ||||||
26 | governmental agency as reasonably necessary to determine the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | name and address of the title holder or lienholder of the item, | ||||||
2 | and the owner shall notify every identified title holder or | ||||||
3 | lienholder of the time and place of the proposed sale. The | ||||||
4 | owner is required to notify the holder of a security interest | ||||||
5 | only if the security interest is filed under the name of the | ||||||
6 | person signing the rental agreement or an occupant. An owner | ||||||
7 | who fails to make the lien searches required by this Section is | ||||||
8 | liable only to valid lienholders injured by that failure as | ||||||
9 | provided in Section 3 . ; | ||||||
10 | (H) Before any sale or other disposition of personal | ||||||
11 | property pursuant
to this Section, the occupant may pay the | ||||||
12 | amount necessary to satisfy the
lien, and the reasonable | ||||||
13 | expenses incurred under this Section, and thereby
redeem the | ||||||
14 | personal property. Upon receipt of such payment, the owner | ||||||
15 | shall
return the personal property, and thereafter the owner | ||||||
16 | shall have no liability
to any person with respect to such | ||||||
17 | personal property . ;
| ||||||
18 | (I) A purchaser in good faith of the personal property | ||||||
19 | sold to satisfy
a lien, as provided for in Section 3 of this | ||||||
20 | Act, takes the property free
of any rights of persons against | ||||||
21 | whom the lien was valid, despite noncompliance
by the owner | ||||||
22 | with the requirements of this Section . ;
| ||||||
23 | (J) In the event of a sale under this Section, the owner | ||||||
24 | may satisfy his
lien from the proceeds of the sale, but shall | ||||||
25 | hold the balance, if any,
for delivery on demand to the | ||||||
26 | occupant. If the occupant does not claim
the balance of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | proceeds within one year of the date of sale, it shall
become | ||||||
2 | the property of the owner without further recourse by the | ||||||
3 | occupant.
| ||||||
4 | (K) The lien on any personal property created by this Act | ||||||
5 | shall be terminated
as to any such personal property which is | ||||||
6 | sold or otherwise disposed of
pursuant to this Act and any such | ||||||
7 | personal property which is removed from
the self-service | ||||||
8 | storage facility. | ||||||
9 | (L) If 3 or more bidders who are unrelated to the owner are | ||||||
10 | in attendance at a sale held under this Section, the sale and | ||||||
11 | its proceeds are deemed to be commercially reasonable.
| ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 97-599, eff. 8-26-11; 98-1106, eff. 1-1-15; | ||||||
13 | revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
14 | Section 215. The Predatory Loan Prevention Act is amended | ||||||
15 | by changing Section 15-1-1 as follows:
| ||||||
16 | (815 ILCS 123/15-1-1)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 15-1-1. Short title. This Article Act may be cited as | ||||||
18 | the Predatory Loan Prevention Act. References in this Article | ||||||
19 | to "this Act" mean this Article.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 101-658, eff. 3-23-21; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
21 | Section 220. The Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Business | ||||||
22 | Practices Act is amended by changing Section 2Z.5 as follows:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (815 ILCS 505/2Z.5) | ||||||
2 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on August 1, 2022) | ||||||
3 | Sec. 2Z.5. Dissemination of a sealed a court file. | ||||||
4 | (a) A private entity or person who violates Section | ||||||
5 | 9-121.5 of the Code of Civil Procedure commits an unlawful | ||||||
6 | practice within the meaning of this Act. | ||||||
7 | (b) This Section is repealed on August 1, 2022.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 102-5, eff. 5-17-21; revised 7-16-21.)
| ||||||
9 | Section 225. The Unemployment Insurance Act is amended by | ||||||
10 | changing Section 612 as follows:
| ||||||
11 | (820 ILCS 405/612) (from Ch. 48, par. 442)
| ||||||
12 | Sec. 612. Academic personnel; ineligibility personnel - | ||||||
13 | ineligibility between academic years or
terms. | ||||||
14 | A. Benefits based on wages for services which are | ||||||
15 | employment under the
provisions
of Sections 211.1, 211.2, and | ||||||
16 | 302C shall be payable in the same amount,
on the same terms, | ||||||
17 | and subject to the same conditions as benefits payable
on the | ||||||
18 | basis of wages for other services which are employment under | ||||||
19 | this
Act; except that:
| ||||||
20 | 1. An individual shall be ineligible for
benefits, on | ||||||
21 | the basis of wages for employment in an instructional, | ||||||
22 | research,
or principal administrative capacity performed | ||||||
23 | for an institution of higher
education, for any week which | ||||||
24 | begins during the period between two successive
academic |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | years, or during a similar period between two regular | ||||||
2 | terms, whether
or not successive, or during a period of | ||||||
3 | paid sabbatical leave provided
for in the individual's | ||||||
4 | contract, if the individual has a
contract or contracts to | ||||||
5 | perform services in any such capacity for any
institution
| ||||||
6 | or institutions of higher education for both such academic | ||||||
7 | years or both such
terms.
| ||||||
8 | This paragraph 1 shall apply with respect to any week | ||||||
9 | which begins prior
to January 1, 1978.
| ||||||
10 | 2. An individual shall be ineligible for benefits, on | ||||||
11 | the basis of wages
for service in employment in any | ||||||
12 | capacity other than those referred to in
paragraph 1, | ||||||
13 | performed for an institution of higher learning, for
any | ||||||
14 | week which begins after September 30, 1983, during a | ||||||
15 | period between
two successive academic years or terms, if | ||||||
16 | the individual performed such
service in the first of such | ||||||
17 | academic years or terms and there is a reasonable
| ||||||
18 | assurance
that the individual will perform such service in | ||||||
19 | the second of such academic
years or terms.
| ||||||
20 | 3. An individual shall be ineligible for benefits, on | ||||||
21 | the basis of
wages for service in employment in any | ||||||
22 | capacity other than those referred
to in paragraph 1, | ||||||
23 | performed for an institution of higher education, for
any | ||||||
24 | week which begins after January 5, 1985, during an | ||||||
25 | established and
customary vacation period or holiday | ||||||
26 | recess, if the individual performed
such service in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | period immediately before such vacation period or
holiday | ||||||
2 | recess and there is a reasonable assurance that the | ||||||
3 | individual will
perform such service in the period | ||||||
4 | immediately following such vacation
period or holiday | ||||||
5 | recess.
| ||||||
6 | B. Benefits based on wages for services which are | ||||||
7 | employment under the
provisions of Sections 211.1 and 211.2 | ||||||
8 | shall be payable in the same amount,
on the same terms, and | ||||||
9 | subject to the same conditions, as benefits payable
on the | ||||||
10 | basis
of wages for other services which are employment under | ||||||
11 | this Act, except that:
| ||||||
12 | 1. An individual shall be ineligible for benefits, on | ||||||
13 | the basis of wages
for service in employment
in an | ||||||
14 | instructional, research, or principal administrative | ||||||
15 | capacity performed
for an educational institution, for any | ||||||
16 | week which begins after December
31, 1977, during a period | ||||||
17 | between two successive academic years, or during
a similar | ||||||
18 | period between two regular terms, whether or not | ||||||
19 | successive, or
during a period of paid sabbatical leave | ||||||
20 | provided for in the individual's
contract, if the | ||||||
21 | individual performed such service in the first of such
| ||||||
22 | academic years (or terms) and if there is a contract or a | ||||||
23 | reasonable assurance
that the individual will perform | ||||||
24 | service in any such capacity for any
educational
| ||||||
25 | institution in the second of such academic years (or | ||||||
26 | terms).
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 2. An individual shall be ineligible for benefits, on | ||||||
2 | the basis of wages
for service in employment in any | ||||||
3 | capacity other than those referred to in
paragraph 1, | ||||||
4 | performed for an educational institution,
for any week | ||||||
5 | which
begins after December 31, 1977, during a period | ||||||
6 | between two successive academic
years or terms, if the | ||||||
7 | individual performed such service in the first of
such | ||||||
8 | academic years or terms and there is a reasonable | ||||||
9 | assurance that the
individual will perform such service in | ||||||
10 | the second of such academic years or
terms.
| ||||||
11 | 3. An individual shall be ineligible for benefits, on | ||||||
12 | the basis of
wages for service in employment in any | ||||||
13 | capacity performed for an
educational institution, for any | ||||||
14 | week which begins after January 5, 1985,
during an | ||||||
15 | established and customary vacation period or holiday | ||||||
16 | recess, if
the individual performed such service in the | ||||||
17 | period immediately before such
vacation period or holiday | ||||||
18 | recess and there is a reasonable assurance that
the | ||||||
19 | individual will perform such service in the period | ||||||
20 | immediately
following such vacation period or holiday | ||||||
21 | recess.
| ||||||
22 | 4. An individual shall be ineligible for benefits on | ||||||
23 | the basis of wages
for service in employment in any | ||||||
24 | capacity performed in an educational
institution while in | ||||||
25 | the employ of an educational service agency
for any week | ||||||
26 | which begins after January 5, 1985, (a) during a period
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | between two successive academic years or terms, if the | ||||||
2 | individual performed
such service in the first of such | ||||||
3 | academic years or terms and there is
a reasonable | ||||||
4 | assurance that the individual will perform such service in
| ||||||
5 | the second of such academic years or terms; and (b) during | ||||||
6 | an established
and customary vacation period or holiday | ||||||
7 | recess, if the individual performed
such service in the | ||||||
8 | period immediately before such vacation period or holiday
| ||||||
9 | recess and there is a reasonable assurance that the | ||||||
10 | individual will perform
such service in the period | ||||||
11 | immediately following such vacation period or
holiday | ||||||
12 | recess.
The term "educational service agency" means a | ||||||
13 | governmental agency or
governmental
entity which is | ||||||
14 | established and operated exclusively for the purpose of
| ||||||
15 | providing such services to one or more educational | ||||||
16 | institutions.
| ||||||
17 | C. 1. If benefits are denied to any individual under the | ||||||
18 | provisions of
paragraph
2 of either subsection A or B of this | ||||||
19 | Section for any week which begins
on or after September 3, 1982 | ||||||
20 | and such individual is not offered a bona
fide opportunity to | ||||||
21 | perform such services for the educational institution
for the | ||||||
22 | second of such academic years or terms, such individual shall | ||||||
23 | be
entitled to a retroactive payment of benefits for each week | ||||||
24 | for which the
individual filed a timely claim for benefits as | ||||||
25 | determined by the rules
and regulations issued by the Director | ||||||
26 | for the filing of claims for benefits,
provided that such |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | benefits were denied solely because of the provisions
of | ||||||
2 | paragraph 2 of either subsection A or B of this Section.
| ||||||
3 | 2. If benefits on the basis of wages for service in | ||||||
4 | employment in
other than an instructional, research, or | ||||||
5 | principal administrative capacity
performed in an educational | ||||||
6 | institution while in the employ of an
educational service | ||||||
7 | agency are denied to any individual under the
provisions of | ||||||
8 | subparagraph (a) of paragraph 4 of subsection B and such
| ||||||
9 | individual is not offered a bona fide opportunity to perform | ||||||
10 | such services
in an educational institution while in the | ||||||
11 | employ of an educational service
agency for the second of such | ||||||
12 | academic years or terms, such individual
shall be entitled to | ||||||
13 | a retroactive payment of benefits for each week for
which the | ||||||
14 | individual filed a timely claim for benefits as determined by | ||||||
15 | the
rules and regulations issued by the Director for the | ||||||
16 | filing of claims for
benefits, provided that such benefits | ||||||
17 | were denied solely because
of subparagraph (a) of paragraph 4 | ||||||
18 | of subsection B of this Section.
| ||||||
19 | D. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section or | ||||||
20 | paragraph 2 of subsection C of Section 500 to the contrary, | ||||||
21 | with respect to a week of unemployment beginning on or after | ||||||
22 | March 15, 2020, and before September 4, 2021 , (including any | ||||||
23 | week of unemployment beginning on or after January 1, 2021 and | ||||||
24 | on or before June 25, 2021 ( the effective date of Public Act | ||||||
25 | 102-26) this amendatory Act of the 102nd General Assembly ), | ||||||
26 | benefits shall be payable to an individual on the basis of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | wages for employment in other than an instructional, research, | ||||||
2 | or principal administrative capacity performed for an | ||||||
3 | educational institution or an educational service agency under | ||||||
4 | any of the circumstances described in this Section, to the | ||||||
5 | extent permitted under Section 3304(a)(6) of the Federal | ||||||
6 | Unemployment Tax Act, as long as the individual is otherwise | ||||||
7 | eligible for benefits. | ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 101-633, eff. 6-5-20; 102-26, eff. 6-25-21; | ||||||
9 | revised 8-3-21.)
| ||||||
10 | Section 240. Continuation of provisions; validation. | ||||||
11 | (a) The General Assembly finds and declares that Public | ||||||
12 | Act 102-28 and this
Act manifest the
intention of the General | ||||||
13 | Assembly to have Section 1-2-12.1 of the Illinois Municipal | ||||||
14 | Code and Sections 110-5.1, 110-6.3, 110-6.5, 110-7, 110-8, | ||||||
15 | 110-9, 110-13, 110-14, 110-15, 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of | ||||||
16 | the Code of Criminal Procedure of 1963 continue in effect | ||||||
17 | until January 1, 2023. | ||||||
18 | (b) Section 1-2-12.1 of the Illinois Municipal Code and | ||||||
19 | Sections 110-5.1, 110-6.3, 110-6.5, 110-7, 110-8, 110-9, | ||||||
20 | 110-13, 110-14, 110-15, 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the Code | ||||||
21 | of Criminal Procedure of 1963 are deemed to have been in | ||||||
22 | continuous
effect and shall continue to be in effect
until | ||||||
23 | January 1, 2023. All actions taken in reliance on or under | ||||||
24 | Section 1-2-12.1 of the Illinois Municipal Code and Sections | ||||||
25 | 110-5.1, 110-6.3, 110-6.5, 110-7, 110-8, 110-9, 110-13, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 110-14, 110-15, 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the Code of | ||||||
2 | Criminal Procedure of 1963 by any person or entity before the | ||||||
3 | effective date of this Act are hereby validated. | ||||||
4 | (c) To ensure the continuing effectiveness of Section | ||||||
5 | 1-2-12.1 of the Illinois Municipal Code and Sections 110-5.1, | ||||||
6 | 110-6.3, 110-6.5, 110-7, 110-8, 110-9, 110-13, 110-14, 110-15, | ||||||
7 | 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the Code of Criminal Procedure | ||||||
8 | of 1963, those Sections are set forth in full and reenacted by | ||||||
9 | this Act. Striking and underscoring
are used only to show | ||||||
10 | changes being made to the base text. This
reenactment is | ||||||
11 | intended as a continuation of this Act. This
reenactment is
| ||||||
12 | not intended to supersede any amendment to this Act that may be
| ||||||
13 | made by any other Public Act of the 102nd General Assembly.
| ||||||
14 | Section 245. The Illinois Municipal Code is amended by | ||||||
15 | reenacting and changing Section 1-2-12.1 as follows:
| ||||||
16 | (65 ILCS 5/1-2-12.1) | ||||||
17 | Sec. 1-2-12.1. Municipal bond fees. A municipality may | ||||||
18 | impose a fee up to $20 for bail processing against any person | ||||||
19 | arrested for violating a bailable municipal ordinance or a | ||||||
20 | State or federal law.
| ||||||
21 | This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023. | ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 97-368, eff. 8-15-11; P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21. | ||||||
23 | Repealed by P.A. 102-28, eff. 1-1-23.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 250. The Code of Criminal Procedure of 1963 is | ||||||
2 | amended by reenacting and changing Sections 110-5.1, 110-6.3, | ||||||
3 | 110-6.5, 110-7, 110-8, 110-9, 110-13, 110-14, 110-15, 110-16, | ||||||
4 | 110-17, and 110-18 as follows:
| ||||||
5 | (725 ILCS 5/110-5.1) | ||||||
6 | Sec. 110-5.1. Bail; certain persons charged with violent | ||||||
7 | crimes against family or household members. | ||||||
8 | (a) Subject to subsection (c), a person who is charged | ||||||
9 | with a violent crime shall appear before the court for the | ||||||
10 | setting of bail if the alleged victim was a family or household | ||||||
11 | member at the time of the alleged offense, and if any of the | ||||||
12 | following applies: | ||||||
13 | (1) the person charged, at the time of the alleged | ||||||
14 | offense, was subject to the terms of an order of | ||||||
15 | protection issued under Section 112A-14 of this Code or | ||||||
16 | Section 214 of the Illinois Domestic Violence Act of 1986 | ||||||
17 | or previously was convicted of a violation of an order of | ||||||
18 | protection under Section 12-3.4 or 12-30 of the Criminal | ||||||
19 | Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012 or a violent | ||||||
20 | crime if the victim was a family or household member at the | ||||||
21 | time of the offense or a violation of a substantially | ||||||
22 | similar municipal ordinance or law of this or any other | ||||||
23 | state or the United States if the victim was a family or | ||||||
24 | household member at the time of the offense; | ||||||
25 | (2) the arresting officer indicates in a police report |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or other document accompanying the complaint any of the | ||||||
2 | following: | ||||||
3 | (A) that the arresting officer observed on the | ||||||
4 | alleged victim objective manifestations of physical | ||||||
5 | harm that the arresting officer reasonably believes | ||||||
6 | are a result of the alleged offense; | ||||||
7 | (B) that the arresting officer reasonably believes | ||||||
8 | that the person had on the person's person at the time | ||||||
9 | of the alleged offense a deadly weapon; | ||||||
10 | (C) that the arresting officer reasonably believes | ||||||
11 | that the person presents a credible threat of serious | ||||||
12 | physical harm to the alleged victim or to any other | ||||||
13 | person if released on bail before trial. | ||||||
14 | (b) To the extent that information about any of the | ||||||
15 | following is available to the court, the court shall consider | ||||||
16 | all of the following, in addition to any other circumstances | ||||||
17 | considered by the court, before setting bail for a person who | ||||||
18 | appears before the court pursuant to subsection (a): | ||||||
19 | (1) whether the person has a history of domestic | ||||||
20 | violence or a history of other violent acts; | ||||||
21 | (2) the mental health of the person; | ||||||
22 | (3) whether the person has a history of violating the | ||||||
23 | orders of any court or governmental entity; | ||||||
24 | (4) whether the person is potentially a threat to any | ||||||
25 | other person; | ||||||
26 | (5) whether the person has access to deadly weapons or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a history of using deadly weapons; | ||||||
2 | (6) whether the person has a history of abusing | ||||||
3 | alcohol or any controlled substance; | ||||||
4 | (7) the severity of the alleged violence that is the | ||||||
5 | basis of the alleged offense, including, but not limited | ||||||
6 | to, the duration of the alleged violent incident, and | ||||||
7 | whether the alleged violent incident involved serious | ||||||
8 | physical injury, sexual assault, strangulation, abuse | ||||||
9 | during the alleged victim's pregnancy, abuse of pets, or | ||||||
10 | forcible entry to gain access to the alleged victim; | ||||||
11 | (8) whether a separation of the person from the | ||||||
12 | alleged victim or a termination of the relationship | ||||||
13 | between the person and the alleged victim has recently | ||||||
14 | occurred or is pending; | ||||||
15 | (9) whether the person has exhibited obsessive or | ||||||
16 | controlling behaviors toward the alleged victim, | ||||||
17 | including, but not limited to, stalking, surveillance, or | ||||||
18 | isolation of the alleged victim; | ||||||
19 | (10) whether the person has expressed suicidal or | ||||||
20 | homicidal ideations; | ||||||
21 | (11) any information contained in the complaint and | ||||||
22 | any police reports, affidavits, or other documents | ||||||
23 | accompanying the complaint. | ||||||
24 | (c) Upon the court's own motion or the motion of a party | ||||||
25 | and upon any terms that the court may direct, a court may | ||||||
26 | permit a person who is required to appear before it by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection (a) to appear by video conferencing equipment. If, | ||||||
2 | in the opinion of the court, the appearance in person or by | ||||||
3 | video conferencing equipment of a person who is charged with a | ||||||
4 | misdemeanor and who is required to appear before the court by | ||||||
5 | subsection (a) is not practicable, the court may waive the | ||||||
6 | appearance and release the person on bail on one or both of the | ||||||
7 | following types of bail in an amount set by the court: | ||||||
8 | (1) a bail bond secured by a deposit of 10% of the | ||||||
9 | amount of the bond in cash; | ||||||
10 | (2) a surety bond, a bond secured by real estate or | ||||||
11 | securities as allowed by law, or the deposit of cash, at | ||||||
12 | the option of the person. | ||||||
13 | Subsection (a) does not create a right in a person to | ||||||
14 | appear before the court for the setting of bail or prohibit a | ||||||
15 | court from requiring any person charged with a violent crime | ||||||
16 | who is not described in subsection (a) from appearing before | ||||||
17 | the court for the setting of bail. | ||||||
18 | (d) As used in this Section: | ||||||
19 | (1) "Violent crime" has the meaning ascribed to it in | ||||||
20 | Section 3 of the Rights of Crime Victims and Witnesses | ||||||
21 | Act. | ||||||
22 | (2) "Family or household member" has the meaning | ||||||
23 | ascribed to it in Section 112A-3 of this Code.
| ||||||
24 | (e) This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023. | ||||||
25 | (Source: P.A. 96-1551, eff. 7-1-11; 97-1150, eff. 1-25-13; | ||||||
26 | P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21. Repealed by P.A. 102-28, eff. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | 1-1-23.)
| ||||||
2 | (725 ILCS 5/110-6.3) (from Ch. 38, par. 110-6.3)
| ||||||
3 | Sec. 110-6.3. Denial of bail in stalking and aggravated | ||||||
4 | stalking
offenses. | ||||||
5 | (a) Upon verified petition by the State, the court shall | ||||||
6 | hold a
hearing to determine whether bail should be denied to a | ||||||
7 | defendant who is
charged with
stalking or aggravated stalking, | ||||||
8 | when it is alleged that the defendant's
admission to bail | ||||||
9 | poses a real and present threat to the physical safety of
the | ||||||
10 | alleged victim of the offense, and denial of release on bail or
| ||||||
11 | personal recognizance is necessary to prevent fulfillment of | ||||||
12 | the threat
upon which the charge is based.
| ||||||
13 | (1) A petition may be filed without prior notice to | ||||||
14 | the defendant at the
first appearance before a judge, or | ||||||
15 | within 21 calendar days, except as
provided in Section | ||||||
16 | 110-6, after arrest and release of the defendant upon
| ||||||
17 | reasonable notice to defendant; provided that while the | ||||||
18 | petition is
pending before the court, the defendant if | ||||||
19 | previously released shall not be
detained.
| ||||||
20 | (2) The hearing shall be held immediately upon the | ||||||
21 | defendant's
appearance before the court, unless for good | ||||||
22 | cause shown the defendant or
the State seeks a | ||||||
23 | continuance. A continuance on motion of the defendant
may | ||||||
24 | not exceed 5 calendar days, and the defendant may be held | ||||||
25 | in custody
during the continuance. A continuance on the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | motion of the State may not
exceed 3 calendar days; | ||||||
2 | however, the defendant may be held in custody
during the | ||||||
3 | continuance under this provision if the defendant has been
| ||||||
4 | previously found to have violated an order of protection | ||||||
5 | or has been
previously convicted of, or granted court | ||||||
6 | supervision for, any of the
offenses set forth in Sections | ||||||
7 | 11-1.20, 11-1.30, 11-1.40, 11-1.50, 11-1.60, 12-2,
| ||||||
8 | 12-3.05, 12-3.2, 12-3.3, 12-4, 12-4.1, 12-7.3, 12-7.4, | ||||||
9 | 12-13,
12-14, 12-14.1, 12-15 or 12-16 of the Criminal Code | ||||||
10 | of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012, against the
same | ||||||
11 | person
as the alleged victim of the stalking or aggravated | ||||||
12 | stalking offense.
| ||||||
13 | (b) The court may deny bail to the defendant when, after | ||||||
14 | the hearing, it
is determined that:
| ||||||
15 | (1) the proof is evident or the presumption great that | ||||||
16 | the defendant has
committed the offense of stalking or | ||||||
17 | aggravated stalking; and
| ||||||
18 | (2) the defendant poses a real and present threat to | ||||||
19 | the physical safety
of the alleged victim of the offense; | ||||||
20 | and
| ||||||
21 | (3) the denial of release on bail or personal | ||||||
22 | recognizance is
necessary to prevent fulfillment of the | ||||||
23 | threat upon which the charge is based;
and
| ||||||
24 | (4) the court finds that no condition or combination | ||||||
25 | of conditions set
forth in subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
26 | 110-10 of this Code, including mental
health treatment at |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a community mental health center, hospital, or
facility of | ||||||
2 | the Department of Human Services,
can reasonably assure | ||||||
3 | the physical safety of the alleged victim of the offense.
| ||||||
4 | (c) Conduct of the hearings.
| ||||||
5 | (1) The hearing on the defendant's culpability and | ||||||
6 | threat to the
alleged victim of the offense shall be
| ||||||
7 | conducted in accordance with the following provisions:
| ||||||
8 | (A) Information used by the court in its findings | ||||||
9 | or stated in or
offered
at the hearing may be by way of | ||||||
10 | proffer based upon reliable information
offered by the | ||||||
11 | State or by defendant. Defendant has the right to be
| ||||||
12 | represented by counsel, and if he is indigent, to have | ||||||
13 | counsel appointed
for him. Defendant shall have the | ||||||
14 | opportunity to testify, to present
witnesses in his | ||||||
15 | own behalf, and to cross-examine witnesses if any are
| ||||||
16 | called by the State. The defendant has the right to | ||||||
17 | present witnesses in
his favor. When the ends of | ||||||
18 | justice so require, the court may exercise
its | ||||||
19 | discretion and compel the appearance of a complaining
| ||||||
20 | witness. The court shall state on the record reasons | ||||||
21 | for granting a
defense request to compel the presence | ||||||
22 | of a complaining witness.
Cross-examination of a | ||||||
23 | complaining witness at the pretrial detention hearing | ||||||
24 | for
the purpose of impeaching the witness' credibility | ||||||
25 | is insufficient reason
to compel the presence of the | ||||||
26 | witness. In deciding whether to compel the
appearance |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of a complaining witness, the court shall be | ||||||
2 | considerate of the
emotional and physical well-being | ||||||
3 | of the witness.
The pretrial detention hearing is not | ||||||
4 | to be used for the purposes of
discovery, and the post | ||||||
5 | arraignment rules of discovery do not apply. The
State | ||||||
6 | shall tender to the
defendant, prior to the hearing, | ||||||
7 | copies of defendant's criminal history, if
any, if | ||||||
8 | available, and any written or recorded statements and | ||||||
9 | the substance
of any oral statements made by any | ||||||
10 | person, if relied upon by the State.
The rules | ||||||
11 | concerning the admissibility of evidence in
criminal | ||||||
12 | trials do not apply to the presentation and | ||||||
13 | consideration of
information at the hearing. At the | ||||||
14 | trial concerning the offense for which
the hearing was | ||||||
15 | conducted neither the finding of the court nor any
| ||||||
16 | transcript or other record of the hearing shall be | ||||||
17 | admissible in the
State's case in chief, but shall be | ||||||
18 | admissible for impeachment, or as
provided in Section | ||||||
19 | 115-10.1 of this Code, or in a perjury proceeding.
| ||||||
20 | (B) A motion by the defendant to suppress evidence | ||||||
21 | or to suppress a
confession shall not be entertained. | ||||||
22 | Evidence that proof may have been
obtained as the | ||||||
23 | result of an unlawful search and seizure or through
| ||||||
24 | improper interrogation is not relevant to this state | ||||||
25 | of the prosecution.
| ||||||
26 | (2) The facts relied upon by the court to support a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | finding that:
| ||||||
2 | (A) the
defendant poses a real and present threat | ||||||
3 | to the physical safety of the
alleged victim of the | ||||||
4 | offense; and
| ||||||
5 | (B) the denial of release on bail or personal
| ||||||
6 | recognizance is necessary to prevent fulfillment of | ||||||
7 | the threat upon which
the charge is based;
| ||||||
8 | shall be supported by clear and convincing evidence
| ||||||
9 | presented by the State.
| ||||||
10 | (d) Factors to be considered in making a determination of | ||||||
11 | the threat to
the alleged victim of the offense.
The court may, | ||||||
12 | in determining whether the defendant poses, at the time of
the | ||||||
13 | hearing, a real and
present threat to the physical safety of | ||||||
14 | the alleged victim of the offense,
consider but
shall not be | ||||||
15 | limited to evidence or testimony concerning:
| ||||||
16 | (1) The nature and circumstances of the offense | ||||||
17 | charged;
| ||||||
18 | (2) The history and characteristics of the defendant | ||||||
19 | including:
| ||||||
20 | (A) Any evidence of the defendant's prior criminal | ||||||
21 | history indicative of
violent, abusive or assaultive | ||||||
22 | behavior, or lack of that behavior. The
evidence may | ||||||
23 | include testimony or documents received in juvenile
| ||||||
24 | proceedings, criminal, quasi-criminal, civil | ||||||
25 | commitment, domestic relations
or other proceedings;
| ||||||
26 | (B) Any evidence of the defendant's psychological, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | psychiatric or other
similar social history that tends | ||||||
2 | to indicate a violent, abusive, or
assaultive nature, | ||||||
3 | or lack of any such history.
| ||||||
4 | (3) The nature of the threat which is the basis of the | ||||||
5 | charge against the defendant;
| ||||||
6 | (4) Any statements made by, or attributed to the | ||||||
7 | defendant, together with
the circumstances surrounding | ||||||
8 | them;
| ||||||
9 | (5) The age and physical condition of any person | ||||||
10 | assaulted
by the defendant;
| ||||||
11 | (6) Whether the defendant is known to possess or have | ||||||
12 | access to any
weapon or weapons;
| ||||||
13 | (7) Whether, at the time of the current offense or any | ||||||
14 | other offense or
arrest, the defendant was on probation, | ||||||
15 | parole, aftercare release, mandatory supervised
release or | ||||||
16 | other release from custody pending trial, sentencing, | ||||||
17 | appeal or
completion of sentence for an offense under | ||||||
18 | federal or state law;
| ||||||
19 | (8) Any other factors, including those listed in | ||||||
20 | Section 110-5 of this
Code, deemed by the court to have a | ||||||
21 | reasonable bearing upon the
defendant's propensity or | ||||||
22 | reputation for violent, abusive or assaultive
behavior, or | ||||||
23 | lack of that behavior.
| ||||||
24 | (e) The court shall, in any order denying bail to a person | ||||||
25 | charged with
stalking or aggravated stalking:
| ||||||
26 | (1) briefly summarize the evidence of the defendant's |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | culpability and its
reasons for concluding that the | ||||||
2 | defendant should be held without bail;
| ||||||
3 | (2) direct that the defendant be committed to the | ||||||
4 | custody of the sheriff
for confinement in the county jail | ||||||
5 | pending trial;
| ||||||
6 | (3) direct that the defendant be given a reasonable | ||||||
7 | opportunity for
private consultation with counsel, and for | ||||||
8 | communication with others of his
choice by visitation, | ||||||
9 | mail and telephone; and
| ||||||
10 | (4) direct that the sheriff deliver the defendant as | ||||||
11 | required for
appearances in connection with court | ||||||
12 | proceedings.
| ||||||
13 | (f) If the court enters an order for the detention of the | ||||||
14 | defendant
under subsection (e) of this Section, the defendant | ||||||
15 | shall be brought to
trial on the offense for which he is | ||||||
16 | detained within 90 days after the date
on which the order for | ||||||
17 | detention was entered. If the defendant is not
brought to | ||||||
18 | trial within the 90 day period required by this subsection | ||||||
19 | (f),
he shall not be held longer without bail. In computing the | ||||||
20 | 90 day period,
the court shall omit any period of delay | ||||||
21 | resulting from a continuance
granted at the request of the | ||||||
22 | defendant.
The court shall immediately notify the alleged | ||||||
23 | victim of the offense that the defendant
has been admitted to | ||||||
24 | bail under this subsection.
| ||||||
25 | (g) Any person shall be entitled to appeal any
order | ||||||
26 | entered under this Section denying bail to the defendant.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (h) The State may appeal any order entered under this | ||||||
2 | Section denying any
motion for denial of bail.
| ||||||
3 | (i) Nothing in this Section shall be construed as | ||||||
4 | modifying or limiting
in any way the defendant's presumption | ||||||
5 | of innocence in further criminal
proceedings.
| ||||||
6 | (j) This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023. | ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 97-1109, eff. 1-1-13; 97-1150, eff. 1-25-13; | ||||||
8 | 98-558, eff. 1-1-14; P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21. Repealed by | ||||||
9 | P.A. 102-28, eff. 1-1-23.)
| ||||||
10 | (725 ILCS 5/110-6.5)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 110-6.5. Drug testing program. The Chief Judge of the | ||||||
12 | circuit may establish a drug testing program as provided
by | ||||||
13 | this Section in any county in the circuit if the county board | ||||||
14 | has approved
the establishment of the program and the county | ||||||
15 | probation department or
pretrial services agency has consented | ||||||
16 | to administer it. The drug testing
program shall be conducted | ||||||
17 | under the following provisions:
| ||||||
18 | (a) The court, in the case of a defendant charged with a | ||||||
19 | felony offense or
any offense involving the possession or | ||||||
20 | delivery of cannabis or a
controlled substance, shall:
| ||||||
21 | (1) not consider the release of the defendant on his | ||||||
22 | or her own
recognizance, unless the defendant consents to | ||||||
23 | periodic drug testing during
the period of release on his | ||||||
24 | or her own recognizance, in accordance with this
Section;
| ||||||
25 | (2) consider the consent of the defendant to periodic |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | drug testing
during the period of release on bail in | ||||||
2 | accordance with this Section as a
favorable factor for the | ||||||
3 | defendant in determining the amount of bail, the
| ||||||
4 | conditions of release or in considering the defendant's | ||||||
5 | motion to reduce
the amount of bail.
| ||||||
6 | (b) The drug testing shall be conducted by the pretrial | ||||||
7 | services agency or
under the direction of the probation | ||||||
8 | department when a pretrial services
agency does not exist in | ||||||
9 | accordance with this Section.
| ||||||
10 | (c) A defendant who consents to periodic drug testing as | ||||||
11 | set forth in this
Section
shall sign an agreement with the | ||||||
12 | court that, during the period of release,
the defendant shall | ||||||
13 | refrain from using illegal drugs and that the
defendant will | ||||||
14 | comply with the conditions of the testing program. The
| ||||||
15 | agreement shall be on a form prescribed by the court and shall | ||||||
16 | be executed
at the time of the bail hearing. This agreement | ||||||
17 | shall be made a specific
condition of bail.
| ||||||
18 | (d) The drug testing program shall be conducted as | ||||||
19 | follows:
| ||||||
20 | (1) The testing shall be done by urinalysis for the | ||||||
21 | detection of
phencyclidine, heroin, cocaine, methadone and | ||||||
22 | amphetamines.
| ||||||
23 | (2) The collection of samples shall be performed under | ||||||
24 | reasonable and
sanitary conditions.
| ||||||
25 | (3) Samples shall be collected and tested with due | ||||||
26 | regard for the
privacy of the individual being tested and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in a manner reasonably
calculated to prevent substitutions | ||||||
2 | or interference with the collection or
testing of reliable | ||||||
3 | samples.
| ||||||
4 | (4) Sample collection shall be documented, and the | ||||||
5 | documentation
procedures shall include:
| ||||||
6 | (i) Labeling of samples so as to reasonably | ||||||
7 | preclude the probability of
erroneous identification | ||||||
8 | of test results; and
| ||||||
9 | (ii) An opportunity for the defendant to provide | ||||||
10 | information on the
identification of prescription or | ||||||
11 | nonprescription drugs used in connection
with a | ||||||
12 | medical condition.
| ||||||
13 | (5) Sample collection, storage, and transportation to | ||||||
14 | the place of
testing shall be performed so as to | ||||||
15 | reasonably preclude the probability of
sample | ||||||
16 | contamination or adulteration.
| ||||||
17 | (6) Sample testing shall conform to scientifically | ||||||
18 | accepted analytical
methods and procedures. Testing shall | ||||||
19 | include verification or confirmation
of any positive test | ||||||
20 | result by a reliable analytical method before the
result | ||||||
21 | of any test may be used as a basis for any action by the | ||||||
22 | court.
| ||||||
23 | (e) The initial sample shall be collected before the | ||||||
24 | defendant's release
on bail. Thereafter, the defendant shall | ||||||
25 | report to the pretrial services
agency or probation department | ||||||
26 | as required
by the agency or department. The pretrial
services |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | agency or probation department shall
immediately notify the | ||||||
2 | court of
any defendant who fails to report for testing.
| ||||||
3 | (f) After the initial test, a subsequent confirmed | ||||||
4 | positive test result
indicative of continued drug use shall | ||||||
5 | result in the following:
| ||||||
6 | (1) Upon the first confirmed positive test result, the | ||||||
7 | pretrial services
agency or probation department, shall | ||||||
8 | place the defendant on a more
frequent testing schedule | ||||||
9 | and shall warn the defendant of the consequences
of | ||||||
10 | continued drug use.
| ||||||
11 | (2) A second confirmed positive test result shall be | ||||||
12 | grounds for a
hearing before the judge who authorized the | ||||||
13 | release of the defendant in
accordance with the provisions | ||||||
14 | of subsection (g) of this Section.
| ||||||
15 | (g) The court shall, upon motion of the State or upon its | ||||||
16 | own motion,
conduct a hearing in connection with any defendant | ||||||
17 | who fails to appear for
testing, fails to cooperate with the | ||||||
18 | persons conducting the testing
program, attempts to submit a | ||||||
19 | sample not his or her own or has had a
confirmed positive test | ||||||
20 | result indicative of continued drug use for the second
or | ||||||
21 | subsequent time after the
initial test. The hearing shall be | ||||||
22 | conducted in accordance with the
procedures of Section 110-6.
| ||||||
23 | Upon a finding by the court that the State has established | ||||||
24 | by clear and
convincing evidence that the defendant has | ||||||
25 | violated the drug testing
conditions of bail, the court may | ||||||
26 | consider any of the following sanctions:
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (1) increase the amount of the defendant's bail or | ||||||
2 | conditions of release;
| ||||||
3 | (2) impose a jail sentence of up to 5 days;
| ||||||
4 | (3) revoke the defendant's bail; or
| ||||||
5 | (4) enter such other orders which are within the power | ||||||
6 | of the court as
deemed appropriate.
| ||||||
7 | (h) The results of any drug testing conducted under this | ||||||
8 | Section
shall not be admissible on the issue of the | ||||||
9 | defendant's guilt in connection
with any criminal charge.
| ||||||
10 | (i) The court may require that the defendant pay for the | ||||||
11 | cost of drug
testing.
| ||||||
12 | (j) This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023. | ||||||
13 | (Source: P.A. 88-677, eff. 12-15-94; P.A. 101-652, eff. | ||||||
14 | 7-1-21. Repealed by P.A. 102-28, eff. 1-1-23.)
| ||||||
15 | (725 ILCS 5/110-7) (from Ch. 38, par. 110-7)
| ||||||
16 | Sec. 110-7. Deposit of bail security.
| ||||||
17 | (a) The person for whom bail has been set shall execute the | ||||||
18 | bail bond and
deposit with the clerk of the court before which | ||||||
19 | the proceeding is pending a
sum of money equal to 10% of the | ||||||
20 | bail, but in no event shall such deposit be
less than $25. The | ||||||
21 | clerk of the court shall provide a space on each form for a
| ||||||
22 | person other than the accused who has provided the money for | ||||||
23 | the posting of
bail to so indicate and a space signed by an
| ||||||
24 | accused who has executed the bail bond indicating whether a | ||||||
25 | person other
than the accused has provided the money for the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | posting of bail. The form
shall also include a written notice | ||||||
2 | to such person who has provided
the defendant with the money | ||||||
3 | for the posting of bail indicating that the bail
may be used to | ||||||
4 | pay costs, attorney's fees, fines, or other purposes | ||||||
5 | authorized
by the court and if the
defendant fails to comply | ||||||
6 | with the conditions of the bail bond, the court
shall enter an | ||||||
7 | order declaring the bail to be forfeited. The written notice
| ||||||
8 | must be: (1) distinguishable from the surrounding text; (2) in | ||||||
9 | bold type or
underscored; and (3) in a type size at least 2 | ||||||
10 | points larger than the
surrounding type. When a person for | ||||||
11 | whom
bail has been set is charged with an offense under the | ||||||
12 | Illinois Controlled
Substances Act or the Methamphetamine | ||||||
13 | Control and Community Protection Act which is a Class X | ||||||
14 | felony, or making a terrorist threat in violation of
Section | ||||||
15 | 29D-20 of the Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of | ||||||
16 | 2012 or an attempt to commit the offense of making a terrorist | ||||||
17 | threat, the court may require the
defendant to deposit a sum | ||||||
18 | equal to 100% of the bail.
Where any person is charged with a | ||||||
19 | forcible felony while free on bail and
is the subject of | ||||||
20 | proceedings under Section 109-3 of this Code the judge
| ||||||
21 | conducting the preliminary examination may also conduct a | ||||||
22 | hearing upon the
application of the State pursuant to the | ||||||
23 | provisions of Section 110-6 of this
Code to increase or revoke | ||||||
24 | the bail for that person's prior alleged offense.
| ||||||
25 | (b) Upon depositing this sum and any bond fee authorized | ||||||
26 | by law, the person
shall be released
from custody subject to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the conditions of the bail bond.
| ||||||
2 | (c) Once bail has been given and a charge is pending or
is | ||||||
3 | thereafter filed in or transferred to a court of competent
| ||||||
4 | jurisdiction the latter court shall continue the original bail
| ||||||
5 | in that court subject to the provisions of Section 110-6 of | ||||||
6 | this Code.
| ||||||
7 | (d) After conviction the court may order that the original
| ||||||
8 | bail stand as bail pending appeal or deny, increase or reduce | ||||||
9 | bail
subject to the provisions of Section 110-6.2.
| ||||||
10 | (e) After the entry of an order by the trial court allowing
| ||||||
11 | or denying bail pending appeal either party may apply to the
| ||||||
12 | reviewing court having jurisdiction or to a justice thereof
| ||||||
13 | sitting in vacation for an order increasing or decreasing the
| ||||||
14 | amount of bail or allowing or denying bail pending appeal | ||||||
15 | subject to the
provisions of Section 110-6.2.
| ||||||
16 | (f) When the conditions of the bail bond have been | ||||||
17 | performed
and the accused has been discharged from all | ||||||
18 | obligations in the
cause the clerk of the court shall return to | ||||||
19 | the accused or to the
defendant's designee by an assignment | ||||||
20 | executed at the time the bail amount
is deposited, unless
the | ||||||
21 | court orders otherwise, 90% of the sum which had been
| ||||||
22 | deposited and shall retain as bail bond costs 10% of the amount
| ||||||
23 | deposited. However, in no event shall the amount retained by | ||||||
24 | the
clerk as bail bond costs be less than $5. Notwithstanding | ||||||
25 | the foregoing, in counties with a population of 3,000,000 or | ||||||
26 | more, in no event shall the amount retained by the clerk as |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | bail bond costs exceed $100. Bail bond deposited by or on
| ||||||
2 | behalf of a defendant in one case may be used, in the court's | ||||||
3 | discretion,
to satisfy financial obligations of that same | ||||||
4 | defendant incurred in a
different case due to a fine, court | ||||||
5 | costs,
restitution or fees of the defendant's attorney of | ||||||
6 | record. In counties with
a population of 3,000,000 or more, | ||||||
7 | the court shall
not order bail bond deposited by or on behalf | ||||||
8 | of a defendant in one case to
be used to satisfy financial | ||||||
9 | obligations of that same defendant in a
different case until | ||||||
10 | the bail bond is first used to satisfy court costs and
| ||||||
11 | attorney's fees in
the case in which the bail bond has been | ||||||
12 | deposited and any other unpaid child
support obligations are | ||||||
13 | satisfied. In counties with a population of less than | ||||||
14 | 3,000,000, the court shall
not order bail bond deposited by or | ||||||
15 | on behalf of a defendant in one case to
be used to satisfy | ||||||
16 | financial obligations of that same defendant in a
different | ||||||
17 | case until the bail bond is first used to satisfy court costs
| ||||||
18 | in
the case in which the bail bond has been deposited.
| ||||||
19 | At the request of the defendant the court may order such | ||||||
20 | 90% of
defendant's bail deposit, or whatever amount is | ||||||
21 | repayable to defendant
from such deposit, to be paid to | ||||||
22 | defendant's attorney of record.
| ||||||
23 | (g) If the accused does not comply with the conditions of
| ||||||
24 | the bail bond the court having jurisdiction shall enter an
| ||||||
25 | order declaring the bail to be forfeited. Notice of such order
| ||||||
26 | of forfeiture shall be mailed forthwith to the accused at his
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | last known address. If the accused does not appear and | ||||||
2 | surrender
to the court having jurisdiction within 30 days from | ||||||
3 | the date of
the forfeiture or within such period satisfy the | ||||||
4 | court
that appearance and surrender by the accused is | ||||||
5 | impossible
and without his fault the court shall enter | ||||||
6 | judgment for the State if the
charge for which the bond was | ||||||
7 | given was a felony
or misdemeanor, or if the charge was | ||||||
8 | quasi-criminal or traffic,
judgment for the political | ||||||
9 | subdivision of the State which
prosecuted the case, against | ||||||
10 | the accused for the amount of
the bail and costs of the court | ||||||
11 | proceedings; however,
in counties with a population of less | ||||||
12 | than 3,000,000, instead of the court
entering a judgment for | ||||||
13 | the full amount
of the bond the court may, in its discretion, | ||||||
14 | enter judgment for the cash
deposit on the bond, less costs, | ||||||
15 | retain the deposit for further disposition or,
if a cash bond | ||||||
16 | was posted for failure to appear in a matter involving
| ||||||
17 | enforcement of child support or maintenance, the amount of the | ||||||
18 | cash deposit on
the bond, less outstanding costs, may be | ||||||
19 | awarded to the person or entity to
whom the child support or | ||||||
20 | maintenance is due. The deposit
made in accordance with | ||||||
21 | paragraph (a) shall be applied to
the payment of costs. If | ||||||
22 | judgment is entered and any amount of such
deposit remains
| ||||||
23 | after the payment of costs it shall be applied to payment of
| ||||||
24 | the judgment and transferred to the treasury of the municipal
| ||||||
25 | corporation wherein the bond was taken if the offense was a
| ||||||
26 | violation of any penal ordinance of a political subdivision
of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this State, or to the treasury of the county wherein the
bond | ||||||
2 | was taken if the offense was a violation of any penal
statute | ||||||
3 | of this State. The balance of the judgment may be
enforced and | ||||||
4 | collected in the same manner as a judgment entered
in a civil | ||||||
5 | action.
| ||||||
6 | (h) After a judgment for a fine and court costs or either | ||||||
7 | is
entered in the prosecution of a cause in which a deposit had
| ||||||
8 | been made in accordance with paragraph (a) the balance of such
| ||||||
9 | deposit, after deduction of bail bond costs, shall be applied
| ||||||
10 | to the payment of the judgment.
| ||||||
11 | (i) When a court appearance is required for an alleged | ||||||
12 | violation of the Criminal Code of 1961, the Criminal Code of | ||||||
13 | 2012, the Illinois Vehicle Code, the Wildlife Code, the Fish | ||||||
14 | and Aquatic Life Code, the Child Passenger Protection Act, or | ||||||
15 | a comparable offense of a unit of local government as | ||||||
16 | specified in Supreme Court Rule 551, and if the accused does | ||||||
17 | not appear in court on the date set for appearance or any date | ||||||
18 | to which the case may be continued and the court issues an | ||||||
19 | arrest warrant for the accused, based upon his or her failure | ||||||
20 | to appear when having so previously been ordered to appear by | ||||||
21 | the court, the accused upon his or her admission to bail shall | ||||||
22 | be assessed by the court a fee of $75. Payment of the fee shall | ||||||
23 | be a condition of release unless otherwise ordered by the | ||||||
24 | court. The fee shall be in addition to any bail that the | ||||||
25 | accused is required to deposit for the offense for which the | ||||||
26 | accused has been charged and may not be used for the payment of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | court costs or fines assessed for the offense. The clerk of the | ||||||
2 | court shall remit $70 of the fee assessed to the arresting | ||||||
3 | agency who brings the offender in on the arrest warrant. If the | ||||||
4 | Department of State Police is the arresting agency, $70 of the | ||||||
5 | fee assessed shall be remitted by the clerk of the court to the | ||||||
6 | State Treasurer within one month after receipt for deposit | ||||||
7 | into the State Police Operations Assistance Fund. The clerk of | ||||||
8 | the court shall remit $5 of the fee assessed to the Circuit | ||||||
9 | Court Clerk Operation and Administrative Fund as provided in | ||||||
10 | Section 27.3d of the Clerks of Courts Act.
| ||||||
11 | (j) This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023. | ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 99-412, eff. 1-1-16; P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21. | ||||||
13 | Repealed by P.A. 102-28, eff. 1-1-23.)
| ||||||
14 | (725 ILCS 5/110-8) (from Ch. 38, par. 110-8)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 110-8. Cash, stocks, bonds and real estate as | ||||||
16 | security for bail.
| ||||||
17 | (a) In lieu of the bail deposit provided for in Section | ||||||
18 | 110-7 of this
Code any person for whom bail has been set may | ||||||
19 | execute the bail bond with
or without sureties which bond may | ||||||
20 | be secured:
| ||||||
21 | (1) By a deposit, with the clerk of the court, of an amount | ||||||
22 | equal to the
required bail, of cash, or stocks and bonds in | ||||||
23 | which trustees are
authorized to invest trust funds under the | ||||||
24 | laws of this State; or
| ||||||
25 | (2) By real estate situated in this State with |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | unencumbered equity not
exempt owned by the accused or | ||||||
2 | sureties worth double the amount of bail set
in the bond.
| ||||||
3 | (b) If the bail bond is secured by stocks and bonds the | ||||||
4 | accused or
sureties shall file with the bond a sworn schedule | ||||||
5 | which shall be approved
by the court and shall contain:
| ||||||
6 | (1) A list of the stocks and bonds deposited | ||||||
7 | describing each in
sufficient detail that it may be | ||||||
8 | identified;
| ||||||
9 | (2) The market value of each stock and bond;
| ||||||
10 | (3) The total market value of the stocks and bonds | ||||||
11 | listed;
| ||||||
12 | (4) A statement that the affiant is the sole owner of | ||||||
13 | the stocks and
bonds listed and they are not exempt from | ||||||
14 | the enforcement of a judgment
thereon;
| ||||||
15 | (5) A statement that such stocks and bonds have not | ||||||
16 | previously been used
or accepted as bail in this State | ||||||
17 | during the 12 months preceding the date
of the bail bond; | ||||||
18 | and
| ||||||
19 | (6) A statement that such stocks and bonds are | ||||||
20 | security for the
appearance of the accused in accordance | ||||||
21 | with the conditions of the bail
bond.
| ||||||
22 | (c) If the bail bond is secured by real estate the accused | ||||||
23 | or sureties
shall file with the bond a sworn schedule which | ||||||
24 | shall contain:
| ||||||
25 | (1) A legal description of the real estate;
| ||||||
26 | (2) A description of any and all encumbrances on the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | real estate
including the amount of each and the holder | ||||||
2 | thereof;
| ||||||
3 | (3) The market value of the unencumbered equity owned | ||||||
4 | by the affiant;
| ||||||
5 | (4) A statement that the affiant is the sole owner of | ||||||
6 | such unencumbered
equity and that it is not exempt from | ||||||
7 | the enforcement of a judgment
thereon;
| ||||||
8 | (5) A statement that the real estate has not | ||||||
9 | previously been used or
accepted as bail in this State | ||||||
10 | during the 12 months preceding the date of
the bail bond; | ||||||
11 | and
| ||||||
12 | (6) A statement that the real estate is security for | ||||||
13 | the appearance of
the accused in accordance with the | ||||||
14 | conditions of the bail bond.
| ||||||
15 | (d) The sworn schedule shall constitute a material part of | ||||||
16 | the bail
bond. The affiant commits perjury if in the sworn | ||||||
17 | schedule he makes a false
statement which he does not believe | ||||||
18 | to be true. He shall be prosecuted and
punished accordingly, | ||||||
19 | or, he may be punished for contempt.
| ||||||
20 | (e) A certified copy of the bail bond and schedule of real | ||||||
21 | estate shall
be filed immediately in the office of the | ||||||
22 | registrar of titles or recorder
of the county in which the real | ||||||
23 | estate is situated and the State
shall have a lien on such real | ||||||
24 | estate from the time such copies are filed
in the office of the | ||||||
25 | registrar of titles or recorder. The
registrar of titles or | ||||||
26 | recorder shall enter, index and record (or
register as the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | case may be) such bail bonds and schedules without
requiring | ||||||
2 | any advance fee, which fee shall be taxed as costs in the
| ||||||
3 | proceeding and paid out of such costs when collected.
| ||||||
4 | (f) When the conditions of the bail bond have been | ||||||
5 | performed and the
accused has been discharged from his | ||||||
6 | obligations in the cause, the clerk of
the court shall return | ||||||
7 | to him or his sureties the deposit of any cash,
stocks or | ||||||
8 | bonds. If the bail bond has been secured by real estate the | ||||||
9 | clerk
of the court shall forthwith notify in writing the | ||||||
10 | registrar of titles or
recorder and the lien of the bail bond | ||||||
11 | on the real estate shall be
discharged.
| ||||||
12 | (g) If the accused does not comply with the conditions of | ||||||
13 | the bail bond
the court having jurisdiction shall enter an | ||||||
14 | order declaring the bail to be
forfeited. Notice of such order | ||||||
15 | of forfeiture shall be mailed forthwith by
the clerk of the | ||||||
16 | court to the accused and his sureties at their last known
| ||||||
17 | address. If the accused does not appear and surrender to the | ||||||
18 | court having
jurisdiction within 30 days from the date of the | ||||||
19 | forfeiture or within such
period satisfy the court that | ||||||
20 | appearance and surrender by the accused is
impossible and | ||||||
21 | without his fault
the court shall enter judgment for the
State | ||||||
22 | against the accused and his sureties for the amount of the bail | ||||||
23 | and
costs of the proceedings; however,
in counties with a | ||||||
24 | population of less than
3,000,000, if the defendant has
posted | ||||||
25 | a
cash bond, instead of the court entering a judgment for the | ||||||
26 | full amount of the
bond the court may, in its discretion, enter |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | judgment for the cash deposit on
the bond, less costs, retain | ||||||
2 | the deposit for further disposition or, if a cash
bond was | ||||||
3 | posted for failure to appear in a matter involving enforcement | ||||||
4 | of
child support or maintenance, the amount of the cash | ||||||
5 | deposit on the bond, less
outstanding costs, may be awarded to | ||||||
6 | the person or entity to whom the child
support or maintenance | ||||||
7 | is due.
| ||||||
8 | (h) When judgment is entered in favor of the State on any | ||||||
9 | bail bond
given for a felony or misdemeanor, or judgement for a | ||||||
10 | political subdivision
of the state on any bail bond given for a | ||||||
11 | quasi-criminal or traffic
offense, the State's Attorney or | ||||||
12 | political subdivision's attorney shall
forthwith obtain a | ||||||
13 | certified copy of the
judgment and deliver same to the
sheriff | ||||||
14 | to be enforced by levy on the stocks or
bonds deposited with
| ||||||
15 | the clerk of the court and the real estate described in the | ||||||
16 | bail bond
schedule. Any cash forfeited under subsection (g) of | ||||||
17 | this
Section shall be used to satisfy the judgment and costs | ||||||
18 | and, without
necessity of levy, ordered paid
into the treasury | ||||||
19 | of the municipal corporation wherein the bail bond was
taken | ||||||
20 | if the offense was a violation of any penal ordinance of a | ||||||
21 | political
subdivision of this State, or into the treasury of | ||||||
22 | the county wherein the
bail bond was taken if the offense was a | ||||||
23 | violation of any penal statute of
this State, or to the person | ||||||
24 | or entity to whom child support or maintenance
is owed if the | ||||||
25 | bond was taken for failure to appear in a matter involving | ||||||
26 | child
support or maintenance. The stocks, bonds and real |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | estate shall be sold in
the same
manner as in sales for the | ||||||
2 | enforcement of a judgment in
civil actions and the proceeds of | ||||||
3 | such sale
shall be used to satisfy all court costs, prior | ||||||
4 | encumbrances, if any, and
from the balance a sufficient amount | ||||||
5 | to satisfy the judgment shall be paid
into the treasury of the | ||||||
6 | municipal corporation wherein the bail bond was
taken if the | ||||||
7 | offense was a violation of any penal ordinance of a political
| ||||||
8 | subdivision of this State, or into the treasury of the county | ||||||
9 | wherein the
bail bond was taken if the offense was a violation | ||||||
10 | of any penal statute of
this State. The balance shall be | ||||||
11 | returned to the owner. The real estate so
sold may be redeemed | ||||||
12 | in the same manner as real estate may be redeemed
after | ||||||
13 | judicial sales or sales for the enforcement of
judgments in | ||||||
14 | civil actions.
| ||||||
15 | (i) No stocks, bonds or real estate may be used or accepted | ||||||
16 | as bail bond
security in this State more than once in any 12 | ||||||
17 | month period.
| ||||||
18 | (j) This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023. | ||||||
19 | (Source: P.A. 89-469, eff. 1-1-97; P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21. | ||||||
20 | Repealed by P.A. 102-28, eff. 1-1-23.)
| ||||||
21 | (725 ILCS 5/110-9) (from Ch. 38, par. 110-9)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 110-9. Taking of bail by peace officer. When bail has | ||||||
23 | been set by a judicial officer for a particular offense or
| ||||||
24 | offender any sheriff or other peace officer may take bail in | ||||||
25 | accordance
with the provisions of Section 110-7 or 110-8 of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this Code and release
the offender to appear in accordance | ||||||
2 | with the conditions of the bail bond,
the Notice to Appear or | ||||||
3 | the Summons. The officer shall give a receipt to
the offender | ||||||
4 | for the bail so taken and within a reasonable time deposit
such | ||||||
5 | bail with the clerk of the court having jurisdiction of the | ||||||
6 | offense. A sheriff or other peace officer taking bail in | ||||||
7 | accordance with the provisions of Section 110-7 or 110-8 of | ||||||
8 | this Code shall accept payments made in the form of currency, | ||||||
9 | and may accept other forms of payment as the sheriff shall by | ||||||
10 | rule authorize. For purposes of this Section, "currency" has | ||||||
11 | the meaning provided in subsection (a) of Section 3 of the | ||||||
12 | Currency Reporting Act.
| ||||||
13 | This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023. | ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 99-618, eff. 1-1-17; P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21. | ||||||
15 | Repealed by P.A. 102-28, eff. 1-1-23.)
| ||||||
16 | (725 ILCS 5/110-13) (from Ch. 38, par. 110-13)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 110-13. Persons prohibited from furnishing bail | ||||||
18 | security. No attorney at law practicing in this State and no | ||||||
19 | official authorized
to admit another to bail or to accept bail | ||||||
20 | shall furnish any part of any
security for bail in any criminal | ||||||
21 | action or any proceeding nor shall any
such person act as | ||||||
22 | surety for any accused admitted to bail.
| ||||||
23 | This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023. | ||||||
24 | (Source: Laws 1963, p. 2836; P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21. | ||||||
25 | Repealed by P.A. 102-28, eff. 1-1-23.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (725 ILCS 5/110-14) (from Ch. 38, par. 110-14)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 110-14. Credit for incarceration on bailable offense; | ||||||
3 | credit against monetary bail for certain offenses. | ||||||
4 | (a) Any person incarcerated on a bailable offense who does | ||||||
5 | not supply
bail and against whom a fine is levied on conviction | ||||||
6 | of the offense
shall be allowed a credit of $30 for each day so | ||||||
7 | incarcerated upon application
of the defendant. However,
in no | ||||||
8 | case shall the amount so allowed or
credited exceed the amount | ||||||
9 | of the fine. | ||||||
10 | (b) Subsection (a) does not apply to a person incarcerated | ||||||
11 | for sexual assault as defined in paragraph (1) of subsection | ||||||
12 | (a) of Section 5-9-1.7 of the Unified Code of Corrections.
| ||||||
13 | (c) A person subject to bail on a Category B offense shall | ||||||
14 | have $30 deducted from his or her 10% cash bond amount every | ||||||
15 | day the person is incarcerated. The sheriff shall calculate | ||||||
16 | and apply this $30 per day reduction and send notice to the | ||||||
17 | circuit clerk if a defendant's 10% cash bond amount is reduced | ||||||
18 | to $0, at which point the defendant shall be released upon his | ||||||
19 | or her own recognizance.
| ||||||
20 | (d) The court may deny the incarceration credit in | ||||||
21 | subsection (c) of this Section if the person has failed to | ||||||
22 | appear as required before the court and is incarcerated based | ||||||
23 | on a warrant for failure to appear on the same original | ||||||
24 | criminal offense. | ||||||
25 | (e) This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 100-1, eff. 1-1-18; 100-929, eff. 1-1-19; | ||||||
2 | 101-408, eff. 1-1-20; P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21. Repealed by | ||||||
3 | P.A. 102-28, eff. 1-1-23.)
| ||||||
4 | (725 ILCS 5/110-15) (from Ch. 38, par. 110-15)
| ||||||
5 | Sec. 110-15. Applicability of provisions for giving and | ||||||
6 | taking bail. The provisions of Sections 110-7 and 110-8 of | ||||||
7 | this Code are exclusive of
other provisions of law for the | ||||||
8 | giving, taking, or enforcement of bail. In
all cases where a | ||||||
9 | person is admitted to bail the provisions of Sections
110-7 | ||||||
10 | and 110-8 of this Code shall be applicable.
| ||||||
11 | However, the Supreme Court may, by rule or order, | ||||||
12 | prescribe a uniform
schedule of amounts of bail in all but | ||||||
13 | felony offenses. The uniform schedule shall not require a | ||||||
14 | person cited for violating the Illinois Vehicle Code or a | ||||||
15 | similar provision of a local ordinance for which a violation | ||||||
16 | is a petty offense as defined by Section 5-1-17 of the Unified | ||||||
17 | Code of Corrections, excluding business offenses as defined by | ||||||
18 | Section 5-1-2 of the Unified Code of Corrections or a | ||||||
19 | violation of Section 15-111 or subsection (d) of Section 3-401 | ||||||
20 | of the Illinois Vehicle Code, to post bond to secure bail for | ||||||
21 | his or her release. Such uniform schedule may
provide that the | ||||||
22 | cash deposit provisions of Section 110-7 shall not apply
to | ||||||
23 | bail amounts established for alleged violations punishable by | ||||||
24 | fine
alone, and the schedule may further provide that in | ||||||
25 | specified traffic cases
a valid Illinois chauffeur's or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | operator's license must be deposited, in
addition to 10% of | ||||||
2 | the amount of the bail specified in the schedule.
| ||||||
3 | This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023. | ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 98-870, eff. 1-1-15; 98-1134, eff. 1-1-15; P.A. | ||||||
5 | 101-652, eff. 7-1-21. Repealed by P.A. 102-28, eff. 1-1-23.)
| ||||||
6 | (725 ILCS 5/110-16) (from Ch. 38, par. 110-16)
| ||||||
7 | Sec. 110-16. Bail bond-forfeiture in same case or absents | ||||||
8 | self during trial-not
bailable. If a person admitted to bail | ||||||
9 | on a felony charge forfeits his bond and
fails to appear in | ||||||
10 | court during the 30 days immediately after such
forfeiture, on | ||||||
11 | being taken into custody thereafter he shall not be bailable
| ||||||
12 | in the case in question, unless the court finds that his | ||||||
13 | absence was not
for the purpose of obstructing justice or | ||||||
14 | avoiding prosecution.
| ||||||
15 | This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023. | ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 77-1447; P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21. Repealed by | ||||||
17 | P.A. 102-28, eff. 1-1-23.)
| ||||||
18 | (725 ILCS 5/110-17) (from Ch. 38, par. 110-17)
| ||||||
19 | Sec. 110-17. Unclaimed bail deposits. Any sum
of money | ||||||
20 | deposited by any person to secure his or her release from | ||||||
21 | custody which
remains unclaimed by the person entitled to its | ||||||
22 | return for 3
years after the conditions of the bail bond have | ||||||
23 | been performed
and the accused has been discharged from all | ||||||
24 | obligations in the
cause shall be presumed to be abandoned and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subject to disposition under the Revised Uniform Unclaimed | ||||||
2 | Property Act.
| ||||||
3 | This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023. | ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 100-22, eff. 1-1-18; 100-929, eff. 1-1-19; | ||||||
5 | 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21. Repealed by | ||||||
6 | P.A. 102-28, eff. 1-1-23.)
| ||||||
7 | (725 ILCS 5/110-18) (from Ch. 38, par. 110-18)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 110-18. Reimbursement. The sheriff of each county | ||||||
9 | shall certify
to the treasurer of each county the number of | ||||||
10 | days that persons had been
detained in the custody of the | ||||||
11 | sheriff without a bond being set as a result
of an order | ||||||
12 | entered pursuant to Section 110-6.1 of this Code. The county | ||||||
13 | treasurer shall,
no later than January 1, annually certify to | ||||||
14 | the Supreme Court the number
of days that persons had been | ||||||
15 | detained without bond during the twelve-month
period ending | ||||||
16 | November 30. The Supreme Court shall reimburse, from funds
| ||||||
17 | appropriated to it by the General Assembly for such purposes, | ||||||
18 | the treasurer
of each county an amount of money for deposit in | ||||||
19 | the county general revenue
fund at a rate of $50 per day for | ||||||
20 | each day that persons were detained in
custody without bail as | ||||||
21 | a result of an order entered pursuant to Section
110-6.1 of | ||||||
22 | this Code.
| ||||||
23 | This Section is repealed on January 1, 2023. | ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 85-892; P.A. 101-652, eff. 7-1-21. Repealed by | ||||||
25 | P.A. 102-28, eff. 1-1-23.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 255. The Statute on Statutes is amended by adding | ||||||
2 | Section 9 as follows:
| ||||||
3 | (5 ILCS 70/9 new) | ||||||
4 | Sec. 9. Stated repeal date; presentation to Governor. If a | ||||||
5 | bill that changes or eliminates the stated repeal date of an | ||||||
6 | Act or an Article or Section of an Act is presented to the | ||||||
7 | Governor by the General Assembly before the stated repeal date | ||||||
8 | and, after the stated repeal date, either the Governor | ||||||
9 | approves the bill, the General Assembly overrides the | ||||||
10 | Governor's veto of the bill, or the bill becomes law because it | ||||||
11 | is not returned by the Governor
within 60 calendar days after | ||||||
12 | it is presented to the Governor, then the Act, Article, or | ||||||
13 | Section shall be deemed to remain in full force and effect from | ||||||
14 | the stated repeal date through the date the Governor approves | ||||||
15 | the bill, the General Assembly overrides the Governor's veto | ||||||
16 | of the bill, or the bill becomes law because it is not returned | ||||||
17 | by the Governor
within 60 calendar days after it is presented | ||||||
18 | to the Governor. | ||||||
19 | Any action taken in reliance on the continuous effect of | ||||||
20 | such an Act, Article, or Section by any person or entity is | ||||||
21 | hereby validated.
| ||||||
22 | Section 995. No acceleration or delay. Where this Act | ||||||
23 | makes changes in a statute that is represented in this Act by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | text that is not yet or no longer in effect (for example, a | ||||||
2 | Section represented by multiple versions), the use of that | ||||||
3 | text does not accelerate or delay the taking effect of (i) the | ||||||
4 | changes made by this Act or (ii) provisions derived from any | ||||||
5 | other Public Act.
| ||||||
6 | Section 996. No revival or extension. This Act does not | ||||||
7 | revive or extend any Section or Act otherwise repealed.
|